PLAY CO TOYS & ENTERTAINMENT CORP
SB-2, 1999-09-16
HOBBY, TOY & GAME SHOPS
Previous: MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER TOTAL RETURN TRUST, 24F-2NT, 1999-09-16
Next: NATIONWIDE VARIABLE ACCOUNT 6, 485BPOS, 1999-09-16



As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 16, 1999
                                                      Registration No. 333-_____


                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM SB-2

                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                        UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                       PLAY CO. TOYS & ENTERTAINMENT CORP.
                 (Name of Small Business Issuer in Its Charter)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                           <C>                                <C>
         Delaware                                                      2330                          95-3024222
(State or Other Jurisdiction of                               (Primary Standard Industrial       (IRS Employer
Incorporation or Organization)                                Classification Code Number)        Identification No.)

</TABLE>

        550 Rancheros Drive, San Marcos, California 92069, (760) 471-4505
          (Address and Telephone Number of Principal Executive Offices)
(Address of Principal Place of Business or Intended Principal Place of Business)

       CT Corp., 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, DE 19801, (302) 658-7581
            (Name, Address and Telephone Number of Agent for Service)

                     Copies to: Marie Elena Cocchiaro, Esq.
                          Millennium Ventures Law Group
                            113 Crosby Court, Suite 2
                         Walnut Creek, California 94598
                                 (925) 934-9531

     Approximate Date of Commencement of Proposed Sale to the Public: As soon as
practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

     If this form is filed to  register  additional  securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and
list  the  Securities  Act   registration   number  of  the  earlier   effective
registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

     If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities
Act registration number of the earlier effective  registration statement for the
same offering. [ ]

     If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities
Act registration number of the earlier effective  registration statement for the
same offering. [ ]

     If delivery of the  prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]


<PAGE>
                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Title Of Each Class                                     Proposed Maximum                Proposed
Of Securities                           Amount To Be    Aggregate Price                 Maximum Aggregate     Amount Of
To Be Registered                        Registered      Per Unit1                       Offering Price1       Registration Fee

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Common Stock, par value
$0.01 per share2
<S>                                     <C>                         <C>                  <C>                  <C>
                                        1,500,000                   $ 1.11               $1,665,000           $574.10
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Common Stock, par value
$0.01 per share3
                                          350,000                  $3.004                $1,050,000           $362.04
                                                                         -
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total...........                                                                         $2,715,000           $936.14
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>

  (1) Total  estimated  solely for the purpose of determining  the  registration
fee.

     Shares into which  750,000  shares of Series F Preferred  Stock,  par value
$0.01 (the "Series F Stock"),  are convertible,  the price for which is based on
the average of the bid and asked  price per share of Common  Stock on August 26,
1999.  Shares  issuable upon the exercise of options (the  "Options")  issued in
accordance with the Securities  Purchase  Agreement  entered into by and between
the Company and the Selling  Securityholders,  together with such  indeterminate
number of  securities as may be issuable by reason of  anti-dilution  provisions
contained therein. Represents the exercise price of the Options.

     The Registrant  hereby amends this  Registration  Statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall
file a further  amendment  which  specifically  states  that  this  Registration
Statement shall  thereafter  become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the  Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"),  or until the  Registration
Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant
to said Section 8(a), may determine .



<PAGE>
                  Cross Reference Sheet Pursuant to Rule 404(a)
                      Showing the Location In Prospectus of
                   Information Required by Items of Form SB-2

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


Item in Form SB                                                   Prospectus Caption



<S>                                                                     <C>
1.   Front of Registration Statement and Outside                        Cover Page and Cover Page of Registration Statement
     Front Cover of Prospectus

2.   Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of                       Continued Cover Page, Table of Contents
     Prospectus

3.   Summary Information and Risk Factors                               Prospectus Summary, The Offering, Summary Financial Data,
                                                                        Risk Factors

4.   Use of Proceeds                                                    Use of Proceeds

5.   Determination of Offering Price                                    Not Applicable

6.   Dilution                                                           Risk Factors, Dilution

7.   Selling Securityholders                                            Selling Securityholders

8.   Plan of Distribution                                               Cover Page, Plan of Distribution for the Securities of
                                                                        the Selling Securityholders

9.   Legal Proceedings                                                  Business of the Company

10.  Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and Control Persons       Management

11. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management      Principal Securityholders

12. Description of Securities                                           Description of Securities

13. Interest of Named Experts and Counsel                               Interest of Named Experts and Counsel

14. Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification
    for Securities Act Liabilities                                      Management and Item 24. Indemnification of
                                                                        Directors and Officers

15. Organization Within Last Five Years                                 Prospectus Summary, Business of the Company,
                                                                        Principal Securityholders, Certain Relationships
                                                                        and Related Transactions, Risk Factors


<PAGE>
Item in Form SB (cont'd)                                            Prospectus Caption (cont'd)

16.  Description of Business                                             Business of the Company

17.  Management's Discussion and Analysis or Plan of Operation           Management's Discussion and Analysis of
                                                                         Financial Condition and Results of Operations

18.  Description of Property                                             Business of the Company

19.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions                      Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

20.  Market for Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters            Market for Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

21.  Executive Compensation                                              Management

22.  Financial Statements                                                Financial Statements

23.  Changes in and Disagreements
     with Accountants and Financial Discosure                            Not Applicable

</TABLE>








<PAGE>
     Preliminary Prospectus subject to completion, dated September 16, 1999

PROSPECTUS

                       PLAY CO. TOYS & ENTERTAINMENT CORP.

       1,500,000 Shares of Common Stock Offered by Selling Securityholders
                350,000 Shares of Common Stock Underlying Options
                       Offered by Selling Securityholders

         This   Prospectus   relates   to  the   resale   by   certain   selling
securityholders  (the  "Selling  Securityholders")  of an aggregate of 1,850,000
shares (the "Shares") of Play Co. Toys &  Entertainment  Corp.  (the  "Company")
common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the "Common Stock"), 1,500,000 of which
Shares are issuable upon the  conversion of 750,000 shares of Series F Preferred
Stock (the "Series F Stock") and 350,000 of which  Shares are issuable  upon the
exercise of options (the "Options"). Each share of Series F Stock is convertible
into two shares of Common Stock,  at the option of the holder,  on the date this
Registration  Statement  is declared  effective by the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission. The Series F Stock shall convert automatically on the earlier of two
years after  issuance or in the event the Common Stock  achieves a closing price
of $5.00 for 30 consecutive days. Collectively,  the Shares, Options, and Shares
underlying the Options are referred to as the "Securities."

          The Series F Stock  offered  herein  were  issued on May 27, 1999 in a
private  placement exempt from the  registration  requirements of the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), in accordance with ss.4(2) thereof and Rule
506 of the General Rules and  Regulations  Under the Securities Act of 1933 (the
"Securities  Act  Rules"),  and are  subject  to the terms and  conditions  of a
Securities  Purchase  Agreement  entered into by and between the Company and (i)
David Stefansky,  (ii) Aaron  Stefansky,  (iii) Solomon  Libenthal,  (iv) Samuel
Krieger,  (v) Birdie Capital Corp.,  (vi)  Harbourcreek  Investments,  Ltd., and
(vii) Valentia  Properties,  Inc. The Options  offered herein are subject to the
terms and  conditions of the Option  Agreements  entered into by and between the
Company and (i) Robb Peck McCooey Clearing Corporation  ("RPMCC"),  (ii) Redwood
Capital Partners,  Inc., (iii) Gushnut  Consulting,  Inc., (iv) Vince Calicchia,
and (v) Don  Sinsabaugh.  None  of the  aforesaid  individuals  or  entities  is
affiliated  with the Company.  The owners of the  Securities  offered hereby for
resale are collectively referred to herein as the Selling  Securityholders.  The
Securities are being offered by the Selling Securityholders and may be sold from
time to time in negotiated transactions, at fixed prices (which may be changed),
and at market prices  prevailing at the time of sale, or a combination  thereof.
The Company's  Common Stock,  on September 15, 1999,  closed at $1.06 per share.
The  Company  will  not  receive  any of the  proceeds  from the  resale  of any
Securities sold by the Selling  Securityholders  but shall receive proceeds from
the exercise of any Options. See "Plan of Distribution for the Securities of the
Selling Securityholders."

         The  Company's  Common  Stock,  Series E  Preferred  Stock  ("Series  E
Stock"),  and Series E Preferred Stock Redeemable  Purchase  Warrants ("Series E
Warrants") are quoted on the  over-the-counter  market on the OTC Bulletin Board
under the symbols "PLCO,"  "PLCOP," and PLCOW,"  respectively.  Quotation on the
OTC Bulletin  Board does not imply that there is a meaningful  sustained  market
for the Company's  Securities or that if one develops,  it will be sustained for
any period of time.

          THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY INVOLVE A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK.
                          SEE "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE 9.

          THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE
        SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION; NOR HAS THE COMMISSION PASSED
                UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
            ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

               The date of this Prospectus is September 16, 1999.



<PAGE>
         Prior to this Offering,  there has been a limited public market for the
Company's Common Stock,  Series E Stock, and Series E Warrants.  There can be no
assurance  (i) that any  meaningful  market for the  Company's  Securities  will
develop or (ii) that if one does develop, it will be sustained for any period of
time.  Quotation on the OTC Bulletin Board,  Nasdaq, or on any exchange does not
imply that a  meaningful  sustained  market for the  Company's  Securities  will
develop or that if  developed,  such market will be sustained  for any period of
time.

         Until September 24, 1997, the Company's  Common Stock was listed on the
Nasdaq SmallCap Stock Market  ("Nasdaq") under the symbol "PLCO." Effective with
the close of business on September  23,  1997,  the  Company's  Common Stock was
delisted  from  trading on  Nasdaq.  The  Company  appealed  an  earlier  Nasdaq
determination  and  presented  its  argument in August  1997 at an oral  hearing
before the Nasdaq Qualifications Panel (the "Panel"). On September 23, 1997, the
Company  received a decision from the Panel that based its decision to delist on
its belief that the Company did not meet the  stockholders'  equity  maintenance
requirement of $1 million and based on  transactions  it deemed  "detrimental to
the investing public and the public interest" concerning transactions undertaken
in February 1996 with respect to options  issued to an investor which provided a
$2 million  letter of credit  ("L/C") as security  for a credit line the Company
maintained  with  Congress  Financial  Corporation  (Western)  ("Congress,"  the
"Congress  Financing").  The Company  appealed this matter to the Nasdaq Listing
and Hearing Review  Committee  (the "Review  Committee")  which,  on October 29,
1997,  remanded the Panel's  determination for  reconsideration  by a new Nasdaq
analyst and a new Panel due in part to the Company's allegations of bias.

         In December 1997,  the Company  presented  written  evidence to the new
Panel which, in a determination  dated January 20, 1998, affirmed the delisting.
The Company appealed this  determination to the Review Committee.  In a decision
dated May 21, 1998, the Review  Committee  affirmed the delisting  citing as its
basis therefor,  inter alia, as follows:  ". . . given the Company's  history of
losses,  we do  not  have  confidence  in  the  Company's  ability  to  maintain
compliance  [with the capital and  surplus  requirement]  for the long term." In
addition,  the Review  Committee  determined that  "substantial  dilution to the
public  shareholders  by stock issuance . . . and by the conversion of preferred
stock issued . . . at prices substantially below the market price" supported the
Review  Committee's  argument of purported  affiliate  self-dealing.  In further
support of its  determination,  the Review Committee cited the Company's failure
to  provide  information  requested  with  respect  to  entities  which were not
affiliated with the Company.  (In response to the Review Committee's request for
such  information,  the  Company  informed  same  that  it did  not  believe  it
appropriate  to  make   representations   regarding  the   transactions  or  the
composition  of any entities with which it was not  affiliated  and  recommended
that the Review Committee redirect such inquiries directly to such entities.)

         The Company sought all  administrative  remedies  available from Nasdaq
and  believes  that Nasdaq  erred in its  determination.  Given the extreme cost
associated  with  appealing  Nasdaq's  decision to the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission, however, the Company decided not to file such an appeal.


                                        1


<PAGE>
                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

         For further  information with respect to the Company and the Securities
offered  hereby,  reference  is  made to the  Public  Reference  Section  of the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") at its principal office at
450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,  D.C., 20549. The Commission maintains a web
site  that  contains  reports,  proxy  and  information  statements,  and  other
information which is filed electronically through the Commission's Edgar system,
all of which may be viewed through  accessing the  Commission's web site located
at http://www.sec.gov.

         The  Company's  fiscal  year end is March 31. The Company is subject to
the informational reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended (the "Exchange  Act"),  and in accordance  therewith,  files periodic
reports,  proxy statements,  and other  information with the Commission.  In the
event the Company's obligation to file such periodic reports,  proxy statements,
and other  information is suspended,  the Company will  voluntarily  continue to
file such  information  with the Commission.  The Company will distribute to its
stockholders  annual reports containing audited financial  statements,  together
with an opinion by its independent  auditors.  In addition,  the Company may, in
its discretion,  furnish quarterly reports to stockholders  containing unaudited
financial information for the first three quarters of each year.



                                        2


<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         The following  summary is intended to set forth certain pertinent facts
and  highlights  from  material  contained in the body of this  Prospectus.  The
summary is qualified in its entirety by the detailed  information  and financial
statements  appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.  Unless otherwise indicated,
the  information  in this  Prospectus  gives effect to the 1 for 3 reverse stock
split in July 1997.

     Play  Co.  Toys  &  Entertainment   Corp.  (the   "Company"),   a  Delaware
corporation,  was founded in 1974, at which time it operated one store under the
name Play Co. Toys in  Escondido,  California.  At present,  the Company and its
subsidiary,  Toys  International.COM,  Inc.  ("Toys,"  formerly  known  as  Toys
International,  Inc.),  operate an aggregate of twetny-seven  stores  throughout
Southern California (in the Los Angeles,  Orange, San Diego, Riverside,  and San
Bernardino  Counties) and in (i) Tempe,  Arizona,  (ii) Las Vegas, Nevada, (iii)
Dallas,  Texas,  (iv) Auburn Hills,  Michigan,  and (v) Chicago,  Illinois.  The
Company  intends  to expand  its  operations  geographically  and in  accordance
therewith  has  executed  leases  to open nine  additional  stores by the end of
calendar year 2000.  These stores shall be located in California (San Ysidro and
Mission Viejo), Nevada (Las Vegas), Texas (Houston), North Carolina (Charlotte),
Tennessee  (Nashville),   and  Illinois   (Schaumberg).   The  Company  and  its
subsidiaries  are  hereinafter  referred to in the  aggregate  as the  "Company"
except as otherwise required for clarity.

     Approximately 75% of the Company's stores offer educational, new electronic
interactive,  and  specialty  and  collectible  toys and  items for sale and are
strategically  located in highly  trafficked,  upscale malls.  The remaining 25%
sell traditional toys and games and are located in strip shopping centers. Given
the  favorable  results  obtained  from a two  year  market  test of the sale of
children's swimwear in its stores, the Company recently expanded its product mix
and now offers a limited number of children's  swimwear and accessories for sale
in many of its stores.

         Since 1997, the Company has embraced and implemented a new store design
and layout,  remodeled most of its older stores, closed  non-profitable  stores,
and expanded its geographic market from exclusively  Southern  California to the
mid-western  United States.  Since 1996, the Company has opened  fourteen stores
(inclusive  of the three it purchased in January  1997) and remodeled one store,
all of  which  are  considered  by  management  to be  high-end  retail  toy and
educational, electronic interactive stores. These outlets, and those the Company
expects to open in the future,  offer items  comparable in quality and choice to
those  offered  by FAO  Schwarz,  Warner  Brothers,  and  Disney  Stores and are
expected to attract clientele similar to those attracted by such stores.

         In April  1999,  the  Company  debuted  the  first  of three  dedicated
electronic commerce web sites. This site, www.ToysWhyPayRetail.com, represents a
new trade  name for the  Company  and  allows  consumers  to  purchase,  at near
wholesale  prices,  overstocks,  special buys, and overruns on mostly name-brand
toys  purchased  by the  Company  out of  season.  The  Company  plans  to offer
approximately  1000  items  for  sale on the web  site.  The  second  and  third
electronic   commerce   web   sites  are   currently   being   developed   to  a
state-of-the-art  standard in conjunction  with two Internet  consulting  firms.
These sites will offer  collectible and imported  specialty  merchandise such as
die-cast cars, dolls, plush toys, trains, and collectible action figures and are
expected  to open in the late  fall of 1999.  In  conjunction  with the web site
launch,  the  Company  plans to place  computer  kiosks in several of its retail
locations in order to permit customers to place orders on the web site for goods
otherwise not sold in such store.

         Because the Company's new and newly remodeled  stores focus on the sale
of educational and electronic  interactive games and toys,  specialty  products,
and collector's toys which generally carry higher gross margins than traditional
toys,  such stores have shown and are  expected to continue to show higher gross
profits than the Company's older stores (which focused  primarily on the sale of
traditional toys).

         In May 1999,  pursuant to ss.506 of Regulation D of the  Securities Act
Rules,  the Company sold 750,000 shares of Series F Stock at a purchase price of
$1.00 per share, through RPMCC as placement agent. The Company received $750,000
for the sale less (i)  legal and  administrative  expenses,  (ii) the  placement
agent's 10% commission,  and (iii) a 1% nonaccountable  expense allowance.  Each
share of Series F Stock is  convertible  into two fully paid and  non-assessable
shares  of  Common  Stock,  at the  option  of the  holder,  on  the  date  this
Registration  Statement is declared  effective by the  Commission.  The Series F
Stock shall convert  automatically on the earlier of two years after issuance or
in the  event  the  Common  Stock  achieves  a  closing  price of  $5.00  for 30
consecutive days.

         This  Prospectus  covers the resale of the  1,500,000  shares of Common
Stock  underlying  the  Series  F Stock  sold  in the  above  described  private
placement and an additional  350,000 shares of Common Stock  underlying  Options
which  were  granted to the  placement  agent and its  designees  as part of the
private placement.

         The Company's executive offices are located at 550 Rancheros Drive, San
Marcos, California 92069; the Company's phone number is (760) 471-4505.


                                        3


<PAGE>
                                  THE OFFERING1
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                                <C>
Securities Offered:                                                1,850,000 Shares of Common Stock being sold by the
                                                                   Selling Securityholders. The Shares offered hereby will be
                                                                   tradable immediately upon issuance.

Price Per Share:                                                   Not applicable
Securities Outstanding Prior to the Offering
   Common Stock2:                                                  5,548,857 shares
   Series E Preferred Stock3:                                      5,833,903 shares
   Series F Preferred Stock4:                                      750,000 shares

Securities Outstanding After the Offering                          23.
   Common Stock5:                                                  7,398,857 shares
   Series E Preferred Stock3:                                      5,833,903 shares
   Series F Preferred Stock6:                                      0 shares

 Use of Proceeds:                                                  The Company will receive no proceeds from the sale
                                                                   of the Common Stock offered for resale hereby. The
                                                                   net proceeds of the Company's sale of the 750,000
                                                                   shares of Series F Stock, aggregating $657,500,
                                                                   have been used for general working capital. See
                                                                   "Use of Proceeds."

Risk Factors:                                                      An investment in the Securities offered hereby
                                                                   is highly speculative and involves potentially
                                                                   substantial dilution. The statements contained
                                                                   in this Prospectus which are not historical
                                                                   facts contain forward looking information with
                                                                   respect to plans, projections, or future
                                                                   performances of the Company, the occurrences of
                                                                   which involve certain risks and uncertainties
                                                                   as detailed herein. See "Risk Factors."

Symbols7:                                                          Common Stock.............PLCO
                                                                   Series E Stock...............PLCOP
                                                                   Series E Warrants..........PLCOW


</TABLE>
<PAGE>
(footnotes from previous page)


     (1) Unless  otherwise  indicated,  no effect is given in this Prospectus to
(i) the 2,000,000  shares of Series E Stock  reserved for issuance upon exercise
of the Series E Warrants and the 12,000,000  million shares of Common Stock into
which said Series E Stock is  convertible  or (ii)  35,003,418  shares of Common
Stock  into  which  the  5,833,903  shares  of  Series E Stock  outstanding  are
convertible.

     (2) Does not include (i) the  35,003,418  shares of Common Stock into which
the 5,833,903  shares of Series E Stock currently  outstanding are  convertible,
(ii) the  12,000,000  shares of Common  Stock into which the  2,000,000  million
shares of Series E Stock  underlying the 2,000,000  Series E Warrants  currently
outstanding  are  convertible,  (iii) the 1,500,000  shares of Common Stock into
which the Series F Stock are  convertible,  or (iv) the 350,000 shares of Common
Stock underlying the Options.

     (3) Does not include the 2,000,000  shares of Series E Stock underlying the
2,000,000 Series E Warrants outstanding.

     (4) Each share of Series F Stock is  convertible  into two shares of Common
Stock on effectiveness of this Registration Statement.  The Series F Stock shall
convert automatically on the earlier of two years after issuance or in the event
the Common Stock achieves a closing price of $5.00 for 30 consecutive days.

     (5) Includes the  1,500,000  shares of Common Stock into which the Series F
Stock are convertible on  effectiveness of this  Registration  Statement and the
350,000 shares of Common Stock underlying the Options.

     (6) On effectiveness of this Registration Statement, each share of Series F
Stock is  convertible,  at the option of the  holder,  into two shares of Common
Stock, which Common Stock is registered hereby.  Given that the Company's Common
Stock is  listed on the OTC  Bulletin  Board,  while  the  Series F Stock is not
listed at all, it is highly probable that the holders of the Series F Stock will
convert such shares into Common Stock immediately on effectiveness hereof.

     (7) Until  September  24,  1997 the  Company's  Common  Stock was listed on
Nasdaq.  The  Company's  Common  Stock,  Series E Stock,  and  Series E Warrants
(collectively,  the  "Securities")  are now  listed on the OTC  Bulletin  Board.
Quotation  thereon does not imply that a  meaningful,  sustained  market for the
Company's Securities has developed or will, in fact, develop. See "Risk Factors"
and "Market for Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters."

                                        4


<PAGE>
                             SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

     The following  table  summarizes  certain  selected  financial  data and is
qualified in its entirety by the more detailed  financial  statements  contained
elsewhere  in this  document.  The selected  operating  data for the three month
periods  ended June 30, 1998 and 1999 and balance sheet data as of June 30, 1999
are derived from the Company's unaudited financial statements. Operating results
for the three month period ended June 30, 1999 are not necessarily indicative of
the results  that may be expected for any other  interim  period or for the year
ending March 31, 2000.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                       March 31,                     June 30,

                                                 1998                 1999               1999
                                                 ----                 ----               ----
Balance Sheet Data:
<S>                                               <C>                  <C>                <C>
Working capital                                   $4,452,481           $5,832,145         $4,760,003

Total assets                                      14,139,887           21,150,392         22,745,250

Total current liabilities                          4,581,831            7,558,647          9,550,538

Long term obligations                              7,055,549            8,527,116          8,966,084

Redeemable preferred stock                               ---                  ---                 --

Stockholders' equity                               2,502,507            5,064,629          4,228,628

Common stock dividends                                   ---                  ---                 --

</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   Year Ended March 31,             Three Months Ended June 30,

                                                  1998                1999                1998                1999
                                                  ----                ----                ----                ----
Operating Data:

<S>                                               <C>                 <C>                  <C>                 <C>
Net sales                                         $22,568,527         $34,371,230          $6,357,395          $6,508,565

Gross profit                                        8,878,928          14,780,446           2,651,064           2,745,351

Gross margin                                            39.3%               43.0%               41.7%               42.2%

Total operating expenses                           10,119,430          13,672,377           2,672,188           3,979,558

Net income (loss) before taxes                    (2,054,470)             143,018           (186,776)         (1,549,601)

Net income (loss)                                 (2,054,470)             140,868           (186,776)         (1,549,601)

Net income (loss) applicable to common shares
                                                  (3,528,276)         (1,566,857)           (460,582)         (2,090,074)

Income (loss) per common share                         (0.86)               (.34)              (0.11)               (.38)
Weighted average shares outstanding
                                                    4,098,971           4,590,642           4,103,525           5,525,936

</TABLE>

                                        5


<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS

         The Securities offered hereby are speculative and involve a high degree
of risk. In addition to the other information contained in this Prospectus,  the
following  factors  regarding risks  associated with the Company's  business and
risks related to the Offering should be carefully  considered  before purchasing
the Securities offered by this Prospectus. The purchase of Securities should not
be  considered  by  anyone  who  cannot  afford  the risk of loss of his  entire
investment. The statements contained in this Prospectus which are not historical
facts contain forward looking information with respect to plans, projections, or
future  performances  of the Company,  the  occurrences of which involve certain
risks and  uncertainties as detailed herein.  No assurance can be made that this
plan  or  projections  will  be  realized  or that  if  realized,  such  plan or
projections will produce the results anticipated by the Company.


     1. Instability of Revenues;  History of Operating Losses; Retained Earnings
Deficit.  While the  Company's  revenues  for the years ended March 31, 1998 and
1999  increased by $11,802,703  to  $34,371,230  and $2,944,251 to  $22,568,527,
respectively,  its revenues for the years ended March 31, 1995,  1996,  and 1997
steadily declined from $25,374,722 to $21,230,853 to $19,624,276,  respectively.
The decrease in revenues during 1995, 1996, and 1997 was primarily the result of
a general  economic  downturn  in the  southern  California  economy,  increased
competition,  and the closing by the Company of non-profitable stores. While the
Company  generated  net income of $140,868  for the year ended  March 31,  1999,
during each of the fiscal  years  ended  March 31,  1998,  1997,  and 1996,  the
Company  suffered  net  losses  of  $2,054,470,   $3,584,881,   and  $3,542,715,
respectively.  In addition,  for the quarter  ended June 30,  1999,  the Company
sustained a net loss of $1,549,601 as compared to a net loss of $186,776  during
the corresponding  1998 period.  This increase in net loss is due primarily to a
51.2% increase in operating  expenses and a 90.4%  increase in interest  expense
during the June 30, 1999 quarter as compared to the June 30, 1998 quarter.

     While  the   Company's   recent   (within  the  last  three  fiscal  years)
implementation  of a new store design and layout,  the remodeling of most of its
older stores, the closing of its non-profitable stores, and the expansion of its
geographic market from exclusively Southern California to the mid-western United
States is showing  positive  results in terms of an increase  in revenues  and a
decrease in net loss such that  fiscal year 1999  resulted in net income for the
Company, such income was nominal and the Company posted a net loss of $1,549,601
in its first  fiscal  quarter of 2000,  and there can be no  assurance  that the
Company's  revenues or results of  operations  will continue to increase and not
decline. In addition,  the Company may sustain additional losses or be unable to
fund such losses.

     At June  30,  1999  and  1998,  the  Company  had (i)  working  capital  of
$4,688,839  and  $5,096,166,   respectively;  (ii)  an  accumulated  deficit  of
$18,097,753 and $14,901,404,  respectively;  and (iii)  stockholders'  equity of
$4,228,628 and $3,860,002, respectively. The accumulated deficit could adversely
affect the Company's ability to conduct its operations.

     2. Future Losses and Negative Cash Flow. The Company has executed leases to
open  an  additional  nine  stores  by  the  end  of  calendar  year  2000.  The
construction costs associated with opening such stores have averaged, during the
last two fiscal years,  approximately  $300,000 per store,  an amount which does
not account for the inventory  required to be purchased for each location or the
salaries of the employees to be hired to operate each location. In addition, the
Company  expects to incur  approximately  $1.5 million in expenses over the next
sixteen months in developing its marketing and web site operations and expanding
its product offerings and web site content.

     As a result  of the  above  factors,  the  Company  expects  a  significant
negative  cash  flow for the  next  sixteen  months.  Therefore,  the  Company's
operating losses are expected to increase considerably,  or at a minimum, not to
decrease  at all in the near  future.  Since  cash  flow is  expected  to remain
negative, the Company believes it will require additional capital, in the way of
subsequent  equity  financing,  within the next sixteen months. In the event the
Company cannot obtain such financing or such financing is insufficient to offset
the Company's expenses,  the Company's net loss during any given period could be
greater than expected and the market price of the Company's stock could decline.
See "Dilution" and Risk Factor No. 18 "Possible Future Dilution."


<PAGE>
     3. Decrease in Same Store Sales. The Company's same store sales declined by
27% for the period ended June 30, 1999. The Company believes that its same store
sales  showed a  decline  after a period of two  years of  continuous  increases
because in the three months ended June 30, 1999,  the flow of allocated or "hot"
selling  merchandise  is being  spread over 25% more stores.  This  shortfall in
inventory is a result of the current credit lines that the Company has with some
of its vendors.  The Company is working to increase its lines of credit with its
vendors to more  adequately  address not only the past  growth but its  expected
future growth as well. There can be no assurance, however, that the vendors will
increase the Company's lines of credits or increase them sufficiently.

     4. Unpredictable  Operating Results.  The Company's  operating results have
fluctuated  in the past and may fluctuate  significantly  in the future due to a
variety of factors, many of which are outside of the Company's control.  Because
such  results  are  volatile  and   difficult  to  predict,   quarter-to-quarter
comparisons  of same are not a good  indication  of  future  performance.  It is
likely that in some future  quarter,  the Company's  operating  results may fall
below the expectations of securities analysts and investors.  In this event, the
trading price of the Company's Common Stock may decline  significantly.  Factors
that may harm the  Company's  business or cause  operating  results to fluctuate
include the following: the inability to obtain new customers at reasonable cost,
to retain existing customers,  or to encourage repeat purchases; an inability to
convert web site visitors  into  customers;  a change in the mix of toys,  video
games,  software,  plush  toys,  and other  products  sold by the  Company;  the
seasonality  of the toy industry;  the inability to manage  inventory  levels or
control inventory theft or to manage distribution  operations;  the inability to
adequately  maintain,  upgrade, and develop the web sites or the systems used to
process customer orders and payments; the ability of competitors to offer new or
enhanced web sites, services, or products; price competition; an increase in the
number of product  returns;  fluctuations in the demand for children's  products
associated  with movies,  television,  and other  entertainment  or recreational
trends; the inability to obtain  fashionable  children's toys and hobby products
from  vendors;  fluctuations  in the  dollar  amount  of  consumer  spending  on
children's toys and hobby products; the amount and timing of operating costs and
capital  expenditures   relating  to  expansion  of  the  Company's  operations;
unexpected  increases in shipping costs or delivery times,  particularly  during
the holiday  season;  technical  difficulties  or  internet or system  downtime;
government  regulations related to use of the internet for commerce or for sales
and distribution of toys and hobby products; and economic conditions which might
otherwise result in decreased expendable income per household.

     A number of factors will cause the Company's  gross margins to fluctuate in
future  periods,  including the mix of toys and hobby products  sold,  inventory
management,  inbound and  outbound  shipping and  handling  costs,  the level of
product returns, and the level of discount pricing. Any change in one or more of
these factors could reduce gross margins in future periods.

     5. Change in  Business  Focus.  In 1996,  management  realized  the need to
change the Company's focus, finding there was a large demand for educational and
promotional toys and collectibles,  and thus decided to change its business plan
to focus on these  markets.  Accordingly,  the  Company  developed  a new  store
design,  marketing  format,  and product mix and decided to redesign some of its
existing  stores and open new stores under this  format.  The  marketing  format
calls for the opening of new stores in malls rather than in strip  centers where
most of the Company's older stores are located.  While the Company believes this
change  in focus  was  necessitated  by the then and now  prevailing  children's
entertainment  trends and is a positive step which  increases the  likelihood of
profitability for the Company, there can be no assurance that this new direction
and marketing  focus will be successful in the long run or that the Company will
have the funding to continue to implement its business plan.

     6. Dependence on Specialty Toys; Changes in Consumer  Preferences;  Limited
Suppliers.  The  Company's  increase  in same store  sales and gross  margins is
largely due to the  Company's  post-1996  commencement  of the sale of specialty
toys, including educational,  electronic  interactive,  and collectible toys. As
children's  consumer  preferences and tastes  continually  change, the Company's
success  depends  on its  ability  also to change and adapt to new trends and to
supply  merchandise then in demand.  Because the Company does not have long-term
or  exclusive  vendor  contracts,  it  may  be  unable  to  purchase  sufficient
quantities of product in a timely manner and thus may lose customers.  Moreover,
since  children's  entertainment  products  are often  characterized  by fads of
limited life cycles,  there can be no assurance that the Company accurately will
be able to forecast such preferences in a timely fashion.  If the Company cannot
so  forecast or provide  its  customers  with  products  then in demand,  profit
margins will be significantly adversely affected.
<PAGE>
     In addition to the foregoing,  the Company cannot  guarantee that specialty
toys  will  continue  to  have  higher  profit  margins.  Moreover,  most of the
companies  with which the Company  competes  have more  extensive  research  and
development, marketing, and customer support capabilities and greater financial,
technological,  and other resources than the Company.  There can be no assurance
that the Company will be able to distinguish itself from such larger,  more well
known  entities or that it will be  successful.  Moreover,  the Company does not
believe  there are any  significant  barriers  to entry  which  might  otherwise
discourage  new companies from entering the specialty toy industry and competing
with the Company for business,  and there can be no assurance that the Company's
competitors will not also embrace the Company's  business concept and vary their
product mix so as to compete directly with the Company.  See "Risk Factor No. 11
- - Competition."

     7. Inventory Risk. The Company currently holds  approximately  $4.4 million
in inventory  for  distribution  to its  twetny-seven  stores  across the United
States  and  approximately  $7.7  million in  inventory  in such  stores.  Since
consumer demand can change for products between the time the Company orders such
products and the time it receives them, the rapidly  changing trends in consumer
tastes in the market for children's  entertainment products subjects the Company
to significant  inventory risk. The Company must accurately predict these trends
and not overstock  unpopular  products.  The Company is particularly  exposed to
this risk because it derives a majority of its net sales in the fourth  calendar
quarter of each year. Any failure to  sufficiently  stock popular toys and other
products in advance of such quarter would harm the Company's  operating  results
for the entire fiscal year. Furthermore,  in the event that one or more products
do not achieve widespread  consumer  acceptance,  the Company may be required to
take  significant  inventory  markdowns,  which could reduce net sales and gross
margins.  This risk may be greatest in the first calendar  quarter of each year,
after the Company has significantly  increased  inventory levels for the holiday
season.  This risk likely will  increase as new inventory is purchased or as the
Company becomes more involved in web site sales due to the lack of experience in
purchasing products for these categories. In addition, to the extent that demand
for the Company's  products  increases  over time,  the Company may be forced to
increase  inventory  levels  which  would  subject  the  Company  to  additional
inventory risks.

     8.  Dependence  on  Supplier  Credit  and  Short-Term  Loans.  The  Company
purchases  a  significant  portion  of  its  products  from  approximately  five
manufacturers and ships them to its stores from its distribution  center.  There
are no written contracts and/or  agreements with any individual  manufacturer or
supplier,  except for Shopnet.com,  Inc. ("Shopnet," see "Certain  Relationships
and Related  Transactions");  rather,  all orders are on a purchase  order basis
only.  The Company  requires  certain  lines of credit and banking  relations to
conduct its business.  The Company relies on credit terms from its suppliers and
manufacturers  to purchase  nearly all of its inventory.  Credit terms vary from
company  to company  and are based  upon many  factors  including  the  ordering
company's financial condition, account history, type of product, and the time of
year the order is placed.  Such credit arrangements vary for reasons both within
and outside the control of the  Company.  Prior to fiscal  1998,  the  Company's
credit lines decreased due to the Company's then poor financial condition. While
the Company's  credit lines recently  increased based on its improved  financial
condition, due to its expansion, the Company remains unable to keep current with
its accounts  payable.  Therefore,  there can be no assurance that the Company's
credit lines or the terms  thereof will not once again be reduced or  terminated
altogether in the future.  The reduction or termination of existing credit lines
or the loss of major  suppliers  would  have a  material  adverse  effect on the
Company's business.

     The Company's  dependence on its principal  suppliers involves risk, and if
there is a disruption in supply from a principal  supplier or  distributor,  the
Company's business could be adversely affected. Business could also be adversely
affected if key  specialty  suppliers  sell more  products  through  mass market
retailers.  Many of the Company's  suppliers  currently provide the Company with
certain  incentives  including  volume  purchasing  allowances  and  cooperative
advertising.  A reduction or  discontinuation  of these  incentives could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business.
<PAGE>
     Since the  beginning  of fiscal year 1999,  the  Company  has entered  into
approximately  twelve  financing  agreements for the leasing of fixtures for its
remodeled  and new stores.  These  agreements  were  entered  into with  various
entities,  none of  which is  affiliated  with the  Company,  and bear  terms of
between three and five years.  The  agreements  are payable  monthly and provide
fixture  financing in the approximate  aggregate amount of $1,112,000.  All such
financings  are secured by the  Company's  store  fixtures  and  equipment.  The
Company is currently negotiating additional financing of this type, though there
can be no assurance  that the Company will obtain such  additional  financing or
that if it does obtain same,  it will generate  revenues  sufficient to make the
payments  thereon  in a timely  fashion.  See Risk  Factor  No.  14 - "Need  for
Additional Financing."

     The Company also relies on short-term  loans in order to meet its cash flow
needs.  Between  January and April 1999,  the Company  borrowed an  aggregate of
$400,000 from an unaffiliated entity and $300,000 from an affiliate, pursuant to
promissory notes executed therewith. The Company has repaid these notes in full.
In  November  1998,  the  Company  entered  into an  agreement  with each of (i)
Frampton Industries, Ltd. ("Frampton"), an affiliate under the common control of
Europe  American  Capital  Foundation  ("EACF"),  an entity  which  beneficially
controls the Company, and (ii) EACF to secure additional financing.  Pursuant to
the respective  agreements,  Frampton loaned $500,000 and EACF loaned  $150,000,
each loan in the form of a convertible,  subordinated debenture due December 31,
1999. The debentures bear a 5% interest rate and initially were convertible into
Series E Stock at a price of $0.10 per share at Frampton's and EACF's respective
options.  This price  represents a 50% discount from the then current  (November
10, 1998) market price  reflecting a discount for the illiquidity of the shares,
which do not carry any registration  rights. In May 1999, Frampton and EACF each
agreed to amend such conversion  price to $0.20 per share,  which represents the
full  market  price on the date of the  original  transaction.  There  can be no
assurance that additional short-term funds will be available to the Company.

     9.  Dependence  on FINOVA  Credit  Line  (Secured  by all of the  Company's
Assets).  On January 21, 1998, the Company entered into a $7.1 million  secured,
revolving  Loan and  Security  Agreement  (the "FINOVA  Agreement")  with FINOVA
Capital  Corporation  ("FINOVA").  The  credit  line  offered  under the  FINOVA
Agreement  replaced the $7 million  credit line the Company  previously had with
Congress  Financial  Corporation  (Western)  ("Congress").  Neither  FINOVA  nor
Congress is affiliated with the Company. The Company repaid the Congress loan on
February 3, 1998. The FINOVA credit line is secured by substantially  all of the
Company's  assets  and  expires  on August 3,  2000.  The  FINOVA  Agreement  is
guaranteed by United Textiles & Toys Corp.  ("United  Textiles"),  the Company's
parent,  and accrues  interest at a rate of floating prime plus one and one-half
percent.  Effective  July 30, 1998, the Company and FINOVA amended the Agreement
to increase the maximum level of borrowings thereunder from $7.1 million to $7.6
million.  Effective  September 24, 1998,  the Company and FINOVA  entered into a
second  amendment to increase the maximum  level of borrowings  thereunder  from
$7.6 million to $8.6 million  through  December 31, 1998. As of January 1, 1999,
the maximum level of borrowings  returned to the $7.6 million level. In December
1998, the FINOVA  Agreement was amended a third time to reflect  FINOVA's taking
of a subordinate position with respect to its lien on only such equipment as has
been leased by the Company from Phoenix Leasing, Inc. In November 1998, pursuant
to an  agreement  with ZD  Group,  L.L.C.  ("ZD") - a related  New York  limited
liability  company,  the  beneficiary  of which is a member of the family of the
Company's  chairman - ZD issued a $700,000  irrevocable  standby L/C in favor of
FINOVA.  As  consideration  for its issuance of the L/C, ZD is entitled (i) to a
one-third profit  percentage after application of corporate  overhead  beginning
April 1, 1999 through the end of the terms of the store leases from three of the
Company's stores (Woodfield Mall in Schaumburg,  Illinois, now scheduled to open
in the late fall of 1999; Auburn Hills, Michigan; and Gurnee, Illinois) and (ii)
to  nominate  and  appoint  one-third  of the  Company's  directors  during  the
aforesaid  store  lease terms (but in no event later than fiscal year end 2013).
Such stores did not generate a profit after application of corporate overhead in
the  three-month  period ended June 30, 1999,  thus, no payments have accrued or
been made to ZD to date. As a result of the L/C, FINOVA lent a matching $700,000
to the Company in the form of a term loan, pursuant to a fourth amendment to the

<PAGE>
FINOVA  Agreement  entered into on February 11, 1999.  The term loan from FINOVA
expires on August 3, 2000 and bears interest at prime plus one percent. In March
1999, the Company and FINOVA entered into a Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security
Agreement which stretches the agreed upon (in the FINOVA Agreement)  decrease in
advance rate against the Company's cost value of its inventory over a five month
period. In August 1999, the Company and FINOVA entered into a Sixth Amendment to
Loan and Security  Agreement  pursuant to which the  Company's  maximum level of
borrowings was increased to $11.3 million.  The amendment also (1) increased the
minimum net worth  financial  covenant  from $750,000 to $2.9 million as of June
30, 1999 with the $2.9 million threshold  increasing by 60% of any equity raised
by the Company and by 60% of any annual  profits  generated by the Company;  (2)
allows the Company to sell a minority  equity  interest  (up to 49%) in its Toys
subsidiary;  and (3)  increased  the  maximum  levels of  capital  expenditures,
capital leases and unsecured debt allowed under the financing agreement.

     Under the FINOVA Agreement,  the Company is able to borrow against the cost
value of eligible inventory. Since February 1999, pursuant to the Agreement, the
Company's  allowed borrowing has increased by $100,000 to $2.5 million against a
combination of $3 million in standby L/Cs in favor of FINOVA and restricted cash
provided by a  subordinated  loan.  $1.5 million of the $3 million in additional
borrowing  support  from the  standby  L/Cs  was  provided  by an  institutional
investor in the form of a  subordinated  loan,  $1.0 million was provided in the
form  of a  standby  L/C  issued  by  Multimedia  Concepts  International,  Inc.
("Multimedia,"  an affiliate of the Company by virtue of its 78.5%  ownership of
United Textiles,  the Company's parent),  and the other $500,000 was provided by
the Company.

     During fiscal year 1999, the Company breached two negative covenants in the
FINOVA Agreement by exceeding maximum levels of capital expenditures,  unsecured
debt, and lease financing.  FINOVA waived such defaults. The Company may require
an  additional  increase  in its  line of  credit.  There  can be no  assurance,
however, that FINOVA (i) will be amenable to such a credit line increase or (ii)
will  provide  such an  increase  under terms the Company  deems  reasonable.  A
refusal  by FINOVA to  provide  the  requested  increase  would  have a material
adverse effect on the Company's  business and  operations.  See "Business of the
Company" and "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions."

     10.  Inventory  Shrinkage  and Theft.  Within the last twelve  months,  the
Company hired a Director of Security to analyze and increase  security  measures
in its stores and warehouse. The Company has experienced an increasing amount of
employee  theft from its stores and is taking  steps to monitor  its stores more
closely. In addition,  the Company is prosecuting all who are caught stealing to
the fullest  extent  under the law.  While the Company has  security  alarms and
surveillance  monitors in its warehouse  and in all its stores,  the Company has
discovered  that employees are  disengaging  the monitors in an attempt to steal
products.  There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to deter such
thefts  in  the  future,  its  preventive  security  measures   notwithstanding.
Considerable  inventory  theft will adversely  affect the Company's gross profit
margins.

     11.  Competition.  The toy and hobby products market is highly competitive.
Though  the  Company's   newer  stores  offer  a  combination  of   traditional,
educational,  new electronic  interactive,  specialty,  and collectible toys and
items,  the Company  remains in direct  competition  with local,  regional,  and
national toy retailers and department  stores. The toy and hobby retail industry
faces a number of potentially  adverse business  conditions  including price and
gross margin  pressures and market  consolidation.  The Company  competes with a
variety of mass merchandisers,  superstores, and other toy retailers,  including
Toys R Us and Kay Bee Toy  Stores.  Competitors  that  emphasize  specialty  and
educational  toys include Disney Stores,  Warner Bros.  Stores,  Learning Smith,
Lake Shore,  Zainy Brainy,  and Noodle Kidoodle.  The Company also competes both
through its  electronic  commerce  operations  and  through  its stores  against
internet  oriented toy retailers  such as eToys,  Inc. There can be no assurance
that the Company's  business  strategy will enable it to compete  effectively in
the  toy  industry.  The toy  market  is  particularly  characterized  by  large
retailers and discount stores with intensive advertising and marketing campaigns
and with deeply discounted pricing of such products.  The Company competes as to
price, personnel, service, speed of delivery, and breadth of product line. There
can be no assurance that the Company can succeed in such  competition,  however,
and an  inability of the Company to provide  merchandise  and service of, at the
very  least,  comparable  quality  would have a material  adverse  effect on the
Company.
<PAGE>
     Given that children's  consumer  preferences and tastes  continually change
and children's entertainment products are often characterized by fads of limited
life cycles,  the  Company's  success  depends on its ability also to change and
adapt to new trends and to supply  merchandise  then in demand.  There can be no
assurance,  however,  that the Company will be able to recognize  such trends in
the time  required  to prepare  for same or supply  merchandise  then in demand.
Combining the  traditional  and  educational toy segments of the market into one
retail  location  is  believed  to be a  unique  concept  that  should  prove to
differentiate  the  Company's  stores  from those of its larger or similar  size
competitors.  However,  while  management  has been  unable to locate  any other
retailer currently using this combined  marketing concept,  the Company competes
for the educational toy customer with the specialty  stores indicated above, and
there can be no  assurance  that such  competitors  will not also  embrace  this
concept  or a  variation  of same and vary  their  product  mix so as to compete
directly with the Company.  In addition,  the Company may not be able to capture
and/or maintain a profitable share of the retail toy market.

     Furthermore,  most of the  companies  with which the Company  competes have
more  extensive  research  and  development,  marketing,  and  customer  support
capabilities  and greater  financial,  technological,  and other  resources than
those of the  Company,  and there can be no  assurance  that the Company will be
successful in competing against such companies or in distinguishing  itself from
larger,  more well known  entities.  In  addition,  the Company does not believe
there are any significant barriers to entry which might otherwise discourage new
companies  from  entering the  specialty  toy industry  and  competing  with the
Company for business. See Risk Factor No. 8 - "Dependence on Supplier Credit and
Short-Term Loans."

     In addition to the above issues concerning  competition,  the Company faces
new and as yet  unchartered  competition  from its foray  into the  business  of
internet  commerce.  The online commerce market is new,  rapidly  evolving,  and
intensely  competitive.  Increased  competition  is  likely  to  result in price
reductions,  reduced gross margins, and loss of market share, any of which could
harm net sales  and  results  of  operations.  Competition  in the  industry  is
expected to intensify as current and new  competitors  can enter the market with
little difficulty and launch new web sites at relatively low cost.

     12. Potential Rescission of Investment in Toys  International.COM,  Inc. On
July 20, 1999, the Company and Toys entered into an investment agreement whereby
an  unaffiliated  investment  bank and a British Virgin  islands  corporation of
which Moses Mika, a director of the Company, is a shareholder (collectively, the
"Toys  Investors") each purchased  330,000 shares (or 3.3%) of Toys common stock
for an  aggregate of $2.8  million as a bridge  financing  to a proposed  public
offering.  (This placement of securities reduced the Company's ownership of Toys
from 100% to 93.4%.) Pursuant to the agreement, if the public offering price for
the shares is less than the $2.8 million the Toys  Investors  collectively  paid
for their shares,  the Toys  Investors will receive from Toys, at the closing of
the offering,  either additional shares or cash to cover the difference.  In the
event this is required,  Toys, and hence, the Company, could incur a potentially
considerable   operating   loss  which  might  reduce  the   Company's   profits
significantly.  See "Business of the Company - Recent Developments" and "Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions."


<PAGE>
     In  addition,  the  agreement  allows the Toys  Investors  to  rescind  the
agreement  and recover  their  respective  $1.4 million  investments  if (i) for
reasons within the control of the Company or Toys, Toys is unable to raise funds
in  the  public  offering  by  April  1,  2000,   (ii)  Toys  breaches   certain
representations  or warranties under the agreement,  (ii) Toys' actual quarterly
financials  deviate by 30% or more from the  financials  comprising its business
plan,  (iii) the market  valuation of the Company at the public offering is less
than $50 million, or (iv) the $2.8 million in proceeds of the investment are not
utilized according to certain agreed upon terms. In the event the Toys Investors
rescind the agreement,  Toys would be required to repurchase the shares for $2.8
million in cash which could be extremely difficult to obtain. Toys' only options
to raise such funds would be to offer equity in a private  sale, on terms likely
to be extremely  disadvantageous  to Toys, or to seek a loan from the Company in
which event the Company  would be compelled to sell  additional  equity at terms
likely  to be  extremely  disadvantageous  to  it.  Moreover,  there  can  be no
assurance  that either Toys or the Company  would  locate  investors  willing to
engage at all in a private  offering  of  securities.  If  neither  Toys nor the
Company were able to raise the funds required for the share repurchase, the Toys
Investors  could  commence suit against both  companies or seek to place same in
involuntary bankruptcy.

     13. Narrow Profit  Margins and Need to Control  Expenses and Other Charges.
The Company's operating history has been characterized by narrow profit margins,
though  recently its margins have  increased  through the refocus of its product
mix.  Nonetheless,  the Company's earnings will continue to depend significantly
on its ability to (i)  purchase  product on favorable  terms;  (ii) obtain store
locations on favorable  price and credit terms;  (iii) retail a large volume and
variety of products  efficiently;  and (iv) provide  quality  support  services.
Moreover,  small  increases in expenses or other  charges to income could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations.  There can be no
assurance  that the  Company  will be able to  generate  sufficient  revenues or
maintain  sufficient  control  over  expenses  and  other  charges  to  increase
profitability.  Though the Company has,  within the past fiscal year,  increased
gross  profit  margins and posted a net profit of  $140,868  for the fiscal year
ended March 31, 1999, such income is nominal,  and the Company posted a net loss
of  $1,549,601  for the quarter  ended June 30, 1999.  There can be no assurance
that the  Company  will be able to  increase  its gross  profit  margins or post
income, as opposed to a loss, in the future.

     14. Need for  Additional  Financing.  In order to continue its growth,  the
Company  will  require  funds to (i) open new stores;  (ii)  redesign one or two
existing stores;  and (iii) finance its losses, if any. If, for any reason,  the
Company  cannot  obtain such funds,  the  Company's  only recourse - outside its
existing  $11.3  million  line of credit  with  FINOVA and such loans as are set
forth in Risk Factor No. 8 - will be to seek  additional  financing via the sale
of equity or debt securities in a future public or private  offering.  There can
be no assurance,  however, that such financing will be available or that it will
be  available at prices  and/or on terms  acceptable  to the  Company.  See Risk
Factor No. 8 --  "Dependence on Supplier  Credit and Short-Term  Loans" and Risk
Factor  No. 9 --  "Dependence  on  FINOVA  Credit  Line  (Secured  by all of the
Company's Assets)."

     15.  Seasonality.  The Company's  business is highly  seasonal with a large
portion of its revenues (approximately 30-40% of the Company's annual net sales)
and  profits  being  derived  during  the months of  October  through  December.
Accordingly,  the Company's quarterly operating results fluctuate significantly.
During the fourth calendar quarter, the Company employs a considerable number of
temporary  employees to assist its permanent  staff and  purchases  considerably
more inventory. The Company must obtain substantial short-term borrowings during
the first three quarters of the calendar year to purchase  inventory and finance
capital and operating  expenditures.  Historically,  these  borrowings have been
repaid  after the  fourth  quarter.  Factors  that could  negatively  affect the
Company  during  the  fourth  quarter  include   adverse   weather   conditions,
unfavorable  economic  conditions,  an  inability  to  hire  adequate  temporary
personnel,  an inability to maintain  appropriate  inventory levels,  and a late
Thanksgiving  which  reduces  the  number  of  days  between   Thanksgiving  and
Christmas.
<PAGE>
     16.  Reliance  Upon  Management.  The Company  depends  upon the  continued
personal efforts and abilities of its management, none of whom has an employment
agreement  with the  Company.  The loss of  services  of  Richard  Brady  (chief
executive  officer and a founder of the Company),  James Frakes (chief financial
officer and secretary), or Harold Rashbaum (the Company's chairman of the board)
would  adversely  affect the  business  of the  Company.  The  Company  recently
obtained "key-man" life insurance policies, each in the amount of $5 million, on
Richard  Brady and Ilan  Arbel,  president  of United  Textiles,  the  Company's
parent.

     17.  Possible  Inability to Utilize Benefit of Tax Loss  Carryforwards.  At
March 31, 1999,  the Company had net operating  loss  carryforwards  ("NOLs") of
approximately $9.4 million for federal purposes and approximately $5 million for
state  purposes.  Such  carryforwards  may be utilized to offset future  taxable
income subject to the limitations set forth in the Internal Revenue Code ("IRC")
ss.382.  Specifically,  IRC ss.382  limits NOLs after an ownership  change to an
annual  amount  equal to the value a  company's  outstanding  stock  immediately
before the date of the  ownership  change  multiplied  by the federal  long-term
tax-exempt rate. While the Company's federal NOLs are available to offset future
taxable  income and expire at various dates through March 31, 2013 and the state
NOLs are available and expire at various dates through March 31, 2003, a portion
of the NOLs is subject to provisions of IRC ss.382 which limits use thereof when
changes of more than 50% of a company's  stock  ownership  occur  during a three
year testing period.

     During the years  ended March 31, 1994 and 1995,  the  Company's  ownership
changed by more than 50% as a result of the May 1993  acquisition  of a majority
interest in the Company and the Company's November 1994 completion of an initial
public  offering of its Common  Stock.  Further  changes in Common and Preferred
Stock ownership  during each of the years ended March 31, 1997 through 1999 have
also potentially limited the use of NOLs. The effect of such limitations has yet
to be  determined.  NOLs  could  be  limited  further  by (i)  the  exercise  of
outstanding Options and Series E Warrants, (ii) the May 1999 private issuance of
Series F Stock,  (iii) grants of options  under the  Company's  401(k)  Employee
Stock  Option Plan (the "Plan" or the "ESOP") or Stock  Option Plan (the "SOP"),
or (iv) a consistent  achievement  of  profitable  operations.  Any  significant
limitation on the  utilization of NOLs will increase the Company's tax liability
and reduce income and available cash resources.

     18. Possible Future Dilution.  The Company has authorized  capital stock of
190,500,000  shares consisting of 160 million shares of Common Stock, 25 million
shares of Series E Stock,  and 5,500,000  shares of Series F Stock.  Inasmuch as
the Company may use authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock and/or Series
E or F Stock  without  shareholder  approval,  there may be further  dilution of
shareholders'  interests.  The Company may additionally  sell equity and/or debt
securities  in  a  future  public  offering  or  private  transaction  to  raise
additional capital which may dilute the interests of potential investors in this
Offering.  In  addition,  the Company may, in the future,  donate  shares of its
Common  Stock to its ESOP plan,  which  donation  may dilute  the  interests  of
potential  investors in this  Offering.  There are 5,833,903  shares of Series E
Stock currently  outstanding.  Of same,  4,683,903  shares are  restricted,  and
4,200,570 shares are convertible into Common Stock commencing  December 29, 1999
(until December 29, 2002).  Each share of Series E Stock is convertible,  at the
option of the holder, into six shares of Common Stock commencing two years after
issuance  for a  period  of three  years.  Conversion  of the  Series E Stock or
exercise of the Company's 2 million  outstanding Series E Warrants will decrease
the net tangible book value per share of Common Stock.

     There are 750,000 shares of Series F Stock  currently  outstanding,  all of
which are  restricted,  and each of which is  convertible,  at the option of the
holder,  into two  shares of Common  Stock  commencing  the date the  Commission
declares this Registration Statement effective. The Series F Stock shall convert
automatically  on the  earlier of two years  after  issuance or in the event the
Common Stock  achieves a closing  price of $5.00 for 30  consecutive  days.  The
conversion  of the Series F Stock will  decrease the net tangible book value per
share of Common Stock.
<PAGE>
     In the event the price of the Series E Stock  rises  above $5.00 per share,
the 2 million  outstanding  Series E Warrants  likely will be exercised and thus
converted into 2 million  shares of Series E Stock,  each share of which is then
convertible into six shares of Common Stock.  Accordingly,  in the event (i) the
Series E  Warrants  are  exercised  and the Series E Stock  underlying  same are
issued and converted  (any time two years after  issuance) into Common Stock (12
million shares), and (ii) the currently outstanding 5,833,903 shares of Series E
Stock are  converted  (any time  after  December  29,  1999) into  Common  Stock
(35,003,418  shares), the Company will be required to issue 47,003,418 shares of
Common  Stock.  In  addition,  given that the Company has issued  debentures  to
Frampton and EACF in consideration of an aggregate $650,000 loan made by same to
the Company,  and given that such debentures are convertible into Series E Stock
at a price of $0.20 per share (at Frampton's and EACF's respective options), the
Company  may be  required to issue an  additional  3,250,000  shares of Series E
Stock pursuant to the debentures  whereupon any time two years after issuance of
the Series E Stock,  same are convertible into an aggregate of 19,500,000 shares
of Common Stock. See "Dilution."

     The  tangible  net  book  value  as of  June  30,  1999 is  $4,171,436,  or
approximately  $0.75 per  outstanding  share of Common  Stock of which there are
5,548,857 shares outstanding as of June 30, 1999. On a pro forma basis, assuming
the immediate  conversion of the 5,833,903  outstanding shares of Series E Stock
into 35,003,418 shares of Common Stock, the 750,000 outstanding shares of Series
F Stock into 1,500,000  shares of Common Stock,  and the ultimate  conversion of
the Frampton and EACF  debentures into  19,500,000  shares of Common Stock,  the
tangible  net book value per share of Common  Stock  would be $0.07 based on the
$4,171,436  tangible  net book value and the  61,552,275  shares of Common Stock
outstanding on a pro forma basis. This represents an immediate dilution of $0.68
per share of Common Stock.  Outstanding Series E Warrants and stock options have
not been included in the pro forma  calculation as the Series E Warrants are not
"in the money" and outstanding stock options are not significant.

     19.  Dilutive  Effect of Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plan. In May 1994, the
Company adopted  resolutions  approving the ESOP which covers  substantially all
employees of the Company.  The Plan includes  provisions  for both an ESOP and a
401(k)  Plan.  The  ESOP  allows  only  contributions  by  the  Company,   which
contributions  can be made annually at the discretion of the Company's  board of
directors.  The ESOP has been  designed  to invest  primarily  in the  Company's
stock.  The 401(k) portion of the Plan is contributed to by the employees of the
Company through payroll deductions.  The Company does not match contributions to
the 401(k).  Contributions  to the ESOP may result in an expense  resulting in a
reduction  in earnings  and may dilute the  ownership  interests  of persons who
acquire Securities in this Offering.

     20. Limited Market for Securities; Unpredictable Trading. At present, there
is a limited market for the Company's Common Stock, Series E Stock, and Series E
Warrants and no market for the Company's  Series F Stock.  There is no assurance
that a regular  trading  market will develop for such  Securities or that if one
does  develop,  it will be  sustained;  therefore,  purchasers  may be unable to
resell the Securities offered herein at or near their original offering price or
at any price. Furthermore, it is unlikely that a lending institution will accept
the  Company's  Securities  as  pledged  collateral  for loans even if a regular
trading market for such Securities does develop.

     Since  inception,  the  Company's  Securities  have  exhibited  significant
volatility  with  respect to bid,  ask,  close,  and sales  prices.  The Company
believes  that such  volatility is affected by  shareholder  responses to events
both within and without the  Company's  control,  i.e.,  variations  in periodic
operating results, announcements of technological innovations or new products or
services by the Company or its  competitors,  changes in financial  estimates by
securities  analysts,  conditions  or trends  in the  industry,  changes  in the
economic performance and/or market valuations of other retail companies, release
of lock-up or other transfer restrictions on outstanding  Securities or sales of
additional  Securities,  and  actual  and  potential  litigation.  In the  past,
following  periods  of  volatility  in the  market  price of their  stock,  many
companies have been the subject of securities  class action  litigation.  If the
Company were sued in such an action,  it could result in substantial costs and a
diversion of management's  attention and resources and would cause the Company's
Securities prices to fall.


<PAGE>
     21.  No  Dividends  and  None  Anticipated.  The  Company  has not paid any
dividends;  nor,  because  of its  present  financial  status,  does it have any
intention to issue any dividends in the future. The Company expects that it will
reinvest any profits in its business.

     22. Significant  Ownership by Principal  Stockholder.  United Textiles owns
approximately  44.9%  of  the  Company's  Common  Stock.  Breaking  Waves,  Inc.
("Breaking  Waves"),  a wholly-owned  subsidiary of Shopnet,  owns approximately
25.2% of the Company's  Common Stock.  The president of both Breaking  Waves and
Shopnet is the father-in-law of the president of United Textiles who is the also
the president of European  Ventures Corp.,  the parent company of Shopnet.  As a
result, United Textiles and its management, through their Common Stock holdings,
are able to exercise control over the policies and direction of the Company. The
following chart depicts the Company's ownership structure:

                       Europe American Capital Foundation


Frampton Industries, Ltd. (100%) American Telecom PLC (80%) ABC Fund, Ltd.(100%)
                                     (100%)

                                U.S. Stores Corp.
                                     (67.7%)

                     Multimedia Concepts International, Inc.
                                     (78.5%)

                          United Textiles & Toys Corp.
                                     (44.9%)

                       Play Co. Toys & Entertainment Corp.


     The Company has two  subsidiaries:  Toys,  of which the Company owns 93.4%,
and Play Co. Toys Canyon Country, Inc. ("Canyon"),  which is wholly-owned by the
Company. Toys is the only operating  subsidiary,  operating nineteen stores, one
of which is the Santa Clarita store which Canyon recently  assigned to Toys. See
"Business of the Company - Ownership of the Company."

     23.  Future  Sales of  Stock by  Stockholders.  The  Company's  outstanding
capital stock consists of 5,548,857 shares of Common Stock,  5,833,903 shares of
Series E Stock,  2,000,000  Series E Warrants,  and  750,000  shares of Series F
Stock. In accordance with the Company's  Series E Offering in December 1997, all
Securities held by the Company's officers, directors, and principal stockholders
are  subject  to a two  year  lock-up  agreement  with  the  underwriter  of the
Company's  offering:  the lock-up  expires on December 29, 1999. All "restricted
securities" as that term is defined under the Securities Act, in the future, may
be sold only if the holder is in compliance with Rule 144 promulgated  under the
Securities Act or pursuant to an effective  registration  statement.  Except for
the Securities  subject to the lock-up  referenced above, most Securities issued
were  issued in excess of one year ago and may be sold in  accordance  with Rule
144. The sale of Securities by current  stockholders,  whether  pursuant to Rule
144 or  otherwise,  may have a  depressing  effect upon the market  price of the
Company's Securities.

     24. Penny Stock  Regulation.  The Commission has adopted  regulations  that
generally  define a "penny  stock" to be any equity  security  that has a market
price of less than $5.00 per share or an  exercise  price of less than $5.00 per
share,  other than a security  whose  issuer has (a) net  tangible  assets of at
least $2 million,  if such  issuer has been in  continuous  operation  for three
years;  (b) net tangible assets of at least $5 million,  if such issuer has been
in continuous operation for less than three years; or (c) average revenues of at
least $6 million  for the  preceding  three years or that is (a)  registered  or
approved for  registration  and traded on a national  securities  exchange  that
meets  Commission  requirements  or (b) authorized for quotation on an automated
quotation system sponsored by a registered  securities  association which system
was operating prior to 1990 and meets  Commission  requirements or (c) issued by

<PAGE>
an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or (d)
excluded,  on the basis of exceeding a minimum price, net tangible assets of the
issuer, or other relevant criteria, from the designation of such term by rule or
regulation which the Commission shall prescribe or (e) exempted,  in whole or in
part, conditionally or unconditionally,  from the definition of such term by the
Commission.  Since the Company has had more than $6 million in revenues  for the
preceding three years, its Securities are not designated penny stocks. Unless an
exception is  available,  the  regulations  require the  delivery,  prior to any
transaction  involving a penny stock, of a risk disclosure  schedule  explaining
the penny stock  market and the risks  associated  therewith.  If the  Company's
Securities were to become subject to the regulations applicable to penny stocks,
the market liquidity for the Securities would be severely affected, limiting the
ability of  broker-dealers  to sell the Securities and the ability of purchasers
in this Offering to sell their Securities in the secondary  market.  There is no
assurance that trading in the Company's  Securities will not be subject to these
or other regulations that would adversely affect the market for such Securities.

     25.  Indemnification  of Officers and  Directors.  As  permitted  under the
Delaware  General  Corporation  Law, the Company's  Certificate of Incorporation
provides for the  indemnification  and elimination of the personal  liability of
the directors to the Company or any of its  shareholders  for damages related to
breaches of their fiduciary duties as directors. As a result of the inclusion of
such provision,  shareholders may be unable to recover damages against directors
for actions taken by them which  constitute  negligence  or gross  negligence or
that are in violation of their fiduciary duties. The inclusion of this provision
in the  Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  may reduce the  likelihood of
derivative   litigation   against  directors  and  other  types  of  shareholder
litigation.

     Insofar as  indemnification  for  liabilities  arising under the Act may be
permitted  to  directors,  officers,  and  controlling  persons  of the  Company
pursuant to any charter, provision, by-law, contract,  arrangement,  statute, or
otherwise,  the Company has been advised that in the opinion of the  Commission,
such  indemnification  is against  public policy as expressed in the Act and is,
therefore,  unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities  (other than the payment by the Company of expenses incurred or
paid by a  director,  officer,  or  controlling  person  of the  Company  in the
successful defense of any such action,  suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such
director,  officer,  or controlling person of the Company in connection with the
Securities being registered pursuant to this Registration Statement, the Company
will,  unless in the  opinion of its  counsel  the  matter  has been  settled by
controlling  precedent,  submit  to a  court  of  appropriate  jurisdiction  the
question  whether  such  indemnification  by  it is  against  public  policy  as
expressed  in the Act and will be  governed  by the final  adjudication  by such
court of such issue.

     26.  Litigation.  The Company is currently in litigation in connection with
the August  1997  closing of its Rialto  store.  If the court  finds in favor of
plaintiff,  the  outcome  could have an adverse  effect on the  Company  and its
operations.  Such  outcome  could  affect the  Company's  implementation  of its
business plan. If the Company's  funds are  insufficient  to meet an adjudicated
financial obligation,  the Company may be forced to seek additional financing to
implement its business plan.  The Company is engaged in settlement  negotiations
with plaintiff in this matter; however, the action may not settle, in which case
trial has been scheduled for September 1999.

     27.  Year 2000.  In 1998,  the  Company  developed  a plan to  upgrade  its
existing management  information system and computer hardware and to become year
2000 compliant. The Company has completed the hardware upgrade and has installed
a year 2000  compliant  upgrade to its  accounting  software.  At  present,  the
Company  cannot place orders for delivery after December 31, 1999 as no purchase
order can be  generated  for such order until the year 2000  computer  issue has
been completely resolved. The Company expects to finish the year 2000 compliance
work in the  September  quarter of 1999,  though there can be no assurance  that
this  problem  will be  eradicated  thereby.  The total cost of the hardware and
software purchased for the project was approximately $100,000.
<PAGE>
     Beyond the above noted internal year 2000 system issue,  the Company has no
current  knowledge of any outside third party year 2000 issues that would result
in a  material  negative  impact  on its  operations.  Although  management  has
reviewed  its  significant  vendors'  and  financing  arm's  recent SEC  filings
vis-a-vis  year 2000  risks and  uncertainties  and,  on the basis  thereof,  is
confident that the steps the Company has taken to become year 2000 compliant are
sufficient,  unexpected year 2000 system  difficulties  may arise and materially
adversely affect the Company.  In addition,  while the Company shall continue to
monitor or otherwise obtain  confirmation from the aforesaid entities - and such
other entities as management deems appropriate - as to their respective  degrees
of preparedness, there can be no assurance that all relevant information will be
available  to the Company to permit same to  adequately  assess such  additional
steps as may be warranted under the circumstances.  To date, nothing has come to
the attention of the Company that would lead it to believe that its  significant
vendors and/or service  providers  will not be year 2000 ready.  The effect,  if
any,  of year 2000  problems  on the  Company's  results  of  operations  if the
Company's  or its  customers,  vendors,  or  service  providers  are  not  fully
compliant  cannot be estimated  with any degree of certainty.  It is nonetheless
possible that year 2000 problems  could have a material  adverse  effect in that
holiday 1999 purchases may be stunted due to consumer  uncertainty  and that the
overall  business  environment  may be disrupted in the Company's  fourth fiscal
quarter.

     28. Physical Location of the Company's  Warehouse and Stores.  The majority
of the Company's stores and its warehouse are located in Southern California and
thus are vulnerable to natural  disasters such as earthquakes and fire and other
unexpected  problems.  The occurrence of a natural  disaster or other unexpected
problems could cause  interruption or delay in the Company's  business,  loss of
data, or render the Company unable to accept and fulfill  customer  orders.  The
Company  has no formal  disaster  recovery  plan and its  business  interruption
insurance may not adequately compensate the Company for losses that may occur.

     29.  Potential  Internet  Security  and Credit  Card Fraud.  The  Company's
relationships  with its  customers  may be  adversely  affected if the  security
measures it utilizes on its web sites to protect personal  information  (such as
credit card numbers) are ineffective. If the Company loses customers as a result
of ineffective security measures, its net sales and gross margins could decrease
and its reputation could be materially adversely affected. The Company relies on
security and authentication technology it licenses from third parties. With this
technology,  the  Company  performs  real-time  credit  card  authorization  and
verification  with its  bank.  The  Company  cannot  predict  whether  events or
developments will result in a compromise or breach of the technology the Company
uses to protect its customers' personal information. Furthermore, servers may be
vulnerable to computer viruses,  physical or electronic  break-ins,  and similar
disruptions.  The Company may need to expend significant  additional capital and
other resources to protect  against a security  breach or to alleviate  problems
caused by any  breaches  and cannot  assure  that it can  prevent  all  security
breaches.

     In addition to the foregoing,  the Company's net sales and reputation could
be materially  adversely affected if the Company experiences  significant credit
card fraud. A failure to adequately  control fraudulent credit card transactions
would  reduce net sales and gross  margins  because the  Company  does not carry
insurance  against this risk.  The Company has  developed  technology to help it
detect the fraudulent use of credit card information.  Nonetheless, to date, the
Company has suffered losses as a result of orders placed with fraudulent  credit
card data even though the associated  financial  institution approved payment of
the  orders.  Under  current  credit card  practices,  the Company is liable for
fraudulent  credit card  transactions  because it does not obtain a cardholder's
signature.


<PAGE>
     30. Rapid Technological Change. The Company's business,  both online and in
its stores, is subject to rapid technological advancement. If the Company cannot
maintain  an edge  on the  market  and  continue  to  adapt  with  technological
advancements,  especially  computerized  change,  the Company's  services  could
become  commonplace and the Company could lose  customers.  If the Company faces
material  delays  in  introducing  new  services,  products,  and  enhancements,
customers  may leave the Company and  purchase  products  sold by the  Company's
competitors.  In  order to  remain  competitive,  therefore,  the  Company  must
continue to enhance and improve the functionality and features of its online and
physical stores, which task requires significant capital. The Company expects to
expend  approximately $1.5 million in developing,  enhancing,  and marketing its
internet and physical  store sites  during  fiscal year 2000.  Such task entails
significant  technical and business risks.  The Company may use new technologies
ineffectively  or may fail properly to adapt its web site or the systems it uses
to process customer orders and payments and to customer requirements or emerging
industry  standards.  As the internet  and the online  commerce  industries  are
rapidly changing,  if competitors  introduce new products and services embodying
new  technologies,  or if new  industry  standards  and  practices  emerge,  the
Company's  existing  web sites and  proprietary  technology  and systems may not
sufficiently address such change.

     31.  Government  Regulation.  The  adoption  or  modification  of  laws  or
regulations  relating to the internet could adversely affect the manner in which
the Company conducted its business.  In addition,  the growth and development of
the market for online  commerce may lead to more stringent  consumer  protection
laws, both in the United States and abroad,  that may impose additional  burdens
on the Company.  Laws and regulations  directly  applicable to communications or
commerce  over the internet  are  becoming  more  prevalent.  The United  States
Congress   recently   enacted  internet  laws  regarding   children's   privacy,
copyrights,  taxation,  and the transmission of sexually explicit material.  The
European  Union  recently  enacted its own privacy  regulations.  The law of the
internet,  however, remains largely unsettled,  even in areas in which there has
been some  legislative  action.  It may take years to determine  whether and how
existing laws such as those governing intellectual property, privacy, libel, and
taxation  apply to the  internet.  In order to comply with new or existing  laws
regulating  online  commerce,  the  Company (i) may need to spend time and money
revising  the process by which it fulfills  customer  orders to ensure that such
shipments  comply  with  applicable  laws or (ii)  may  need to hire  additional
personnel to monitor compliance with applicable laws or (iii) may need to modify
its software to protect customers' personal information.

     In addition to the foregoing, as a publisher of online content, the Company
faces potential  liability for defamation,  negligence,  copyright,  patent,  or
trademark  infringement  or other  claims  based on the  nature  and  content of
materials  published or distributed.  If the Company faces such liability,  then
its reputation  and business may suffer.  In the past,  plaintiffs  have brought
these types of claims and sometimes  successfully  litigated them against online
services.  Although  the  Company  carries  general  liability  insurance,  such
insurance  does not cover claims of these types.  There can be no assurance that
the Company will be able to obtain  insurance to protect  against such liability
in the future or that same will be  adequate  to  indemnify  the Company for all
liability that may be imposed thereon.

     32. Sales And Other Taxes.  The Company has recently  been  notified by the
State of Arizona that it requires that the Company  assess sales tax on internet
orders purchased by Arizona  residents.  If more states or any foreign countries
successfully  assert that the Company  should collect such or other taxes on the
sales of its products,  the Company's net sales and results of operations  could
be harmed.  Prior  hereto,  the Company did not collect  sales or other  similar
taxes for physical shipments of goods into states other than California.  If the
Company  becomes  obligated to collect  sales taxes,  it will need to update the
system that processes customer orders to calculate the appropriate sales tax for
each customer order and then remit the collected  sales taxes to the appropriate
authorities.  These upgrades will increase operating expenses and may discourage
customers  from  purchasing  products from the Company  because they have to pay
sales tax. As a result,  the Company  may need to lower  prices to retain  these
customers.


<PAGE>
     33.  Lease  Commitment  and  Liability.  The  Company  is  party  to or the
guarantor of twetny-seven store leases, averaging ten to fifteen years in length
and having  approximate  base rentals of $83,000 to $450,000 per year. Given the
length and expense associated with such leases, the Company may face significant
pecuniary  penalty in the event it or its  subsidiary(ies)  seek(s) to terminate
such leases, good cause  notwithstanding.  In the event the Company is unable to
generate sufficient revenue from a particular store location, given the terms of
the lease with the landlord thereof,  the Company may find it difficult to close
such location without significant cost or litigation  expense.  See "Business of
the Company - Description of Property."

     34. Forward Looking  Statements.  The statements  contained herein that are
not historical facts are "forward-looking statements" which can be identified by
the use of forward looking  terminology  such as "believes,"  "expects,"  "may,"
"will," "should," or "anticipates,"  the negatives or other variations  thereof,
or comparable  terminology and include  statements as to the intent,  belief, or
current expectations of the Company and its directors,  officers, and management
with respect to the future operations,  performance, or position of the Company.
These forward  looking  statements are  predictions.  No assurances can be given
that the  future  results  indicated,  whether  expressed  or  implied,  will be
achieved.  While sometimes presented with numerical  specificity,  these forward
looking  statements  are based upon a variety  of  assumptions  relating  to the
business of the Company,  which,  although considered reasonable by the Company,
may  not be  realized.  Because  of the  number  and  range  of the  assumptions
underlying the Company's forward looking  statements,  many of which are subject
to significant  uncertainties and contingencies beyond the reasonable control of
the  Company,  some of the  assumptions  inevitably  will not  materialize,  and
unanticipated  events and circumstances may occur subsequent to the date herein.
These  forward  looking   statements  are  based  on  current   information  and
expectations,  and the Company assumes no obligation to update.  Therefore,  the
actual  experience of the Company and results achieved during the period covered
by any particular  forward  looking  statement may differ  materially from those
anticipated.  Consequently,  the inclusion of forward looking  statements should
not be regarded  as a  representation  by the  Company or any other  person that
these  estimates will be realized,  and actual  results may vary  substantially.
There can be no  assurance  that any of these  expectations  will be realized or
that any of the forward looking statements contained herein will prove accurate.


                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

     The Company  will not  generate  any  revenue  from this  Offering,  as the
Securities  registered  herein  are to be  sold  not by the  Company  but by the
Selling Securityholders.  The Company shall generate revenue,  however, from the
exercise of the Options  issued  pursuant to the private  placement,  unless the
exercise  price of such  Options  ($3.00 per share)  remains less than the sales
price of the Common Stock.

     The Company raised $657,500 from the May 1999 private  placement of 750,000
shares of Series F Stock, after deducting underwriting commissions and legal and
administrative expenses. All of such proceeds, and any proceeds generated by the
exercise  of the  Options,  shall be used by the  Company  for  general  working
capital.  Such proceeds may be used to fund the remodeling or opening of stores,
to purchase inventory,  or for general corporate purposes such as to pay salary,
lease, or other administrative expenses. No proceeds will be paid to any officer
or  director  of the  Company,  to  any  Company  affiliates  or  associates  as
reimbursement  for  expenses  of  the  Offering,  or  for  any  type  of  fee or
remuneration  other than as indicated herein. The Company does not intend to use
any of the proceeds from the private placement to merge or acquire the assets of
another company and has no plans, commitments,  or agreements nor is involved in
any discussions with regards to any such acquisition or merger.


<PAGE>
     The Company believes that the proceeds  generated by (i) the Series F Stock
private placement,  (ii) the exercise by Tudor  Technologies,  Inc. ("Tudor") of
its option to purchase  25% of Toys  common  stock from the  Company,  (iii) the
private  sale of 6.6% of the common  stock of Toys,  and (iv) the cash flow from
operations and currently  available  financing  sources will suffice to meet the
Company's  anticipated cash requirements for a period of twelve months following
completion  of  this  Offering.  See  "Business  of the  Company"  and  "Certain
Relationships  and Related  Transactions."  The Company does not believe it will
require  additional  capital during such time. If such belief proves  incorrect,
however, the Company may be forced to seek additional  financing,  and there can
be no assurance  that same will be  available  to the Company,  or that if it is
available,  it  will  be on  terms  acceptable  to the  Company.  The  problems,
expenses,  and  complications   sometimes  encountered  by  a  relatively  small
business, as well as changes in economic conditions, the regulatory environment,
or the  Company's  operations,  may  make  shifts  in the  allocation  of  funds
necessary or desirable.

     Any of the Offering  proceeds  apportioned  to working  capital,  while not
being used as described  above,  will be deposited in  interest-bearing  bank or
money market accounts or held as short-term United States Government  securities
or bank  certificates of deposit.  No other type of investment will be made with
such proceeds.

                                    DILUTION

     The Company has authorized  capital stock of 190,500,000  shares consisting
of 160 million shares of Common Stock, 25 million shares of Series E Stock,  and
5,500,000  shares of Series F Stock.  Inasmuch as the Company may use authorized
but  unissued  shares  of  Common  Stock  and/or  Series  E or F  Stock  without
shareholder approval,  there may be further dilution of shareholders' interests.
The Company may  additionally  sell equity  and/or debt  securities  in a future
public  offering or private  transaction to raise  additional  capital which may
dilute the interests of potential investors in this Offering.  In addition,  the
Company may, in the future,  donate shares of its Common Stock to its ESOP plan,
which donation may dilute the interests of potential investors in this Offering.

     There are 5,548,857  shares of Common Stock,  2 million  Series E Warrants,
and 5,833,903  shares of Series E Stock currently  outstanding.  Of the Series E
Stock  outstanding,  4,683,903 are  restricted.  Each share of Series E Stock is
convertible,  at the  option of the  holder,  into six  shares  of Common  Stock
commencing  two years after  issuance for a period of four years.  Approximately
2,550,570  shares of Series E Stock are  subject  to a  two-year  lock-up  until
December 29, 1999.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  conversion of the Series E
Stock (or  exercise of the  Company's 2 million  outstanding  Series E Warrants)
will decrease the net tangible book value per share of Common Stock.

     In addition to the foregoing securities, there are 750,000 shares of Series
F Stock currently outstanding, all of which are restricted, and each of which is
convertible,  at the  option of the  holder,  into two  shares  of Common  Stock
commencing  the  date  the  Commission  declares  this  Registration   Statement
effective.  The Series F Stock shall convert automatically on the earlier of two
years after  issuance or in the event the Common Stock  achieves a closing price
of $5.00 for 30  consecutive  days.  The  conversion  of the Series F Stock will
decrease the net tangible book value per share of Common Stock.

     In the event the price of the Series E Stock  rises  above $5.00 per share,
the 2 million  outstanding  Series E Warrants  likely will be exercised and thus
converted into 2 million  shares of Series E Stock,  each share of which is then
convertible into six shares of Common Stock.  Accordingly,  in the event (i) the
Series E  Warrants  are  exercised  and the Series E Stock  underlying  same are
issued and converted  (any time two years after  issuance) into Common Stock (12
million shares), and (ii) the currently outstanding 5,833,903 shares of Series E
Stock are  converted  (any time  after  December  29,  1999) into  Common  Stock
(35,003,418  shares), the Company will be required to issue 47,003,418 shares of
Common  Stock.  In  addition,  given that the Company has issued  debentures  to
Frampton and EACF in consideration of an aggregate $650,000 loan made by same to
the Company,  and given that such debentures are convertible into Series E Stock
at a price of $0.20 per share (at Frampton's and EACF's respective options), the
Company  may be  required to issue an  additional  3,250,000  shares of Series E
Stock pursuant to the debentures  whereupon any time two years after issuance of
the Series E Stock,  same are convertible into an aggregate of 19,500,000 shares
of Common Stock. See Risk Factor No. 18 - "Possible Future Dilution."


<PAGE>
     The  tangible  net  book  value  as of  June  30,  1999 is  $4,171,436,  or
approximately  $0.75 per  outstanding  share of Common  Stock of which there are
5,548,857 shares outstanding as of June 30, 1999. On a pro forma basis, assuming
the immediate  conversion of the 5,833,903  outstanding shares of Series E Stock
into 35,003,418 shares of Common Stock, the 750,000 outstanding shares of Series
F Stock into 1,500,000  shares of Common Stock,  and the ultimate  conversion of
the Frampton and EACF  debentures into  19,500,000  shares of Common Stock,  the
tangible  net book value per share of Common  Stock  would be $0.07 based on the
$4,171,436  tangible  net book value and the  61,552,275  shares of Common Stock
outstanding on a pro forma basis. This represents an immediate dilution of $0.68
per share of Common Stock.  Outstanding warrants and stock options have not been
included in the pro forma calculation as the warrants are not "in the money" and
outstanding stock options are not significant.

                             SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS

     The following  table sets forth the  identities of the  individuals  and/or
entities - none of whom has had any material  position,  office,  or affiliation
with the Company or its predecessors or affiliates within the past three years -
who were issued securities in the Company's May 1999 private placement  offering
and their respective holdings thereof:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                      SHARES OF
                                                       SHARES OF                      COMMON
                                                       COMMON                         STOCK         PERCENTAGE
                                     SHARES OF         STOCK INTO                     OFFERED       OWNERSHIP
                                     SERIES F          WHICH SERIES                   FOR           AFTER RESALE
                                     STOCK             F STOCK ARE     OPTIONS        RESALE        HEREBY
                                     ISSUED 1          CONVERTIBLE 2   ISSUED 3       HERBY

<S>                                  <C>                <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>
Birdie Capital Corp. ...........     100,000            200,000        --             200,000        --
Harbourcreek Investments Ltd. ..     100,000            200,000        --             200,000        --
Valentia Properties Inc. .......     200,000            400,000        --             400,000        --
David Stefansky ................     130,000            260,000        --             260,000        --
Aaron Stefansky ................      50,000            100,000        --             100,000        --
Solomon Liebenthal .............     155,000            310,000        --             310,000        --
Samuel Krieger .................      15,000             30,000        --              30,000        --
Robb Peck McCooey Clearing Corp.        --                  --       140,000          140,000        --
Gushnut Consulting, Inc. .......        --                  --        32,500           32,500        --
Redwood Capital Partners, Inc. .        --                  --       167,500          167,500        --
Donald Sinsabaugh ..............        --                  --         5,000            5,000        --
Vincent Calicchia ..............        --                  --         5,000            5,000        --
TOTAL ..........................     750,000          1,500,000      350,000        1,850,000        --
</TABLE>



     1 The Series F Stock were  purchased  by the selling  Securityholders  at a
price  of $1.00  per  share.  The  Private  Placement  closed  on May 27,  1999,
providing  net cash  proceeds of $667,500 to the Company  before legal and other
administrative expenses.

     2 Each share of Series F Stock is convertible, at the option of the holder,
into two shares of Common Stock commencing the date the Commission declares this
Registration Statement effective. The Series F Stock shall convert automatically
on the  earlier of two years  after  issuance  or in the event the Common  Stock
achieves a closing price of $5.00 for 30 consecutive days.

     3 As part of the  Private  Placement,  the Company  granted  Options to the
Placement  Agent and its assignees to purchase an aggregate of 350,000 shares of
Common  Stock,  at an  exercise  price of $3.00  per share  until May 26,  2003.
Additionally, as commission, the Placement Agent received a 10% fee, or $75,000,
and a 1% fee, or $7,500, to cover administrative expenses.


<PAGE>
                     PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION FOR THE SECURITIES
                         OF THE SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS

     This Prospectus covers the resale of 1,850,000 shares of Common Stock owned
by the Selling Securityholders  designated herein and shall be delivered by said
Selling  Securityholders  upon  their  sale of such  Shares.  The Shares in this
Offering are not being sold through an underwriter  and may be sold from time to
time by the Selling Securityholders, in negotiated transactions, at fixed prices
which may be changed, and at market prices prevailing at the time of sale, or in
a  combination  thereof.  Such sales or even the  potential of such sales at any
time may have an adverse effect on the market prices of the  Securities  offered
hereby. See "Risk Factors."

     The  Selling  Securityholders  may  effect  such  transactions  by  selling
directly to purchasers or to or through  broker-dealers  which may act as agents
or  principals,  including via block trade  transactions  in which the broker or
dealer will attempt to sell the  Securities as agent but may position and resell
a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the  transactions or purchases
by a broker or dealer as  principal  and resale by such broker or dealer for its
own account pursuant to this Prospectus,  or in ordinary brokerage  transactions
and  transactions in which the broker solicits  purchasers.  In effecting sales,
brokers or dealers engaged by the Selling  Securityholders may arrange for other
brokers  or  dealers  to  participate,   and  such  broker-dealers  may  receive
compensation  in the form of discounts,  concessions,  or  commissions  from the
Selling Securityholders and/or the purchasers of the Securities,  as applicable,
for  which  such  broker-dealers  may  act as  agents  or to whom  they  sell as
principal, or both (which compensation as to a particular broker-dealer might be
in  excess  of  customary  commissions).  The  Selling  Securityholders  and any
broker-dealers  that act in  connection  with the sale of the  shares  of Common
Stock by the Selling Securityholders might be deemed to be "underwriters" within
the  meaning of Section  2(11) of the Act. In that  connection,  the Company has
agreed to indemnify the Selling Securityholders, and the Selling Securityholders
have agreed to indemnify the Company against certain civil liabilities including
liabilities under the Act.

     At the time a particular offer of Securities is made by or on behalf of the
Selling Securityholders, to the extent required, a Prospectus Supplement will be
distributed  which  will set forth the  number of shares of Common  Stock  being
offered  and  the  terms  of  the   offering,   including  the  name(s)  of  any
underwriter(s),   dealer(s),  or  agent(s);  the  purchase  price  paid  by  any
underwriter(s)  for  shares  purchased  from the  Selling  Securityholders;  any
discounts,  commissions, or concessions allowed or reallowed or paid to dealers;
and the proposed selling price to the public.

     Under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"),
and the rules and regulations  thereunder,  any person engaged in a distribution
of the Securities  offered by this Prospectus may not  simultaneously  engage in
market-making  activities with respect to such Securities  during the applicable
"cooling off" period (nine days) prior to the commencement of such distribution.
In addition,  and without  limiting the foregoing,  the Selling  Securityholders
will be subject  to  applicable  provisions  of the  Exchange  Act and rules and
regulations thereunder,  including without limitation, Rules 10b-6 and 10b-7, in
connection with transactions in such securities,  which provisions may limit the
timing of purchases and sales of Securities by the Selling Securityholders.


<PAGE>
     The following table sets forth all estimated expenses of the Offering other
than underwriting discounts and commissions:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                                  <C>
Registration fees                                                    936.14
Federal taxes and fees                                               --
State taxes and fees                                                 --
Trustees' fees                                                       --
Transfer agents' fees                                                --
Printing and engraving fees                                       2,500
Legal fees                                                       25,000
Accounting fees                                                  10,000
Listing fees                                                         --
</TABLE>

Premiums paid by the Company or any Selling
Securityholder on any policy to indemnify directors and
officers against liabilities from the registration,
Offering, or sale of the Securities                                  --

Total                                                           $38,436.14


                            PRINCIPAL SECURITYHOLDERS

     The following  table sets forth certain  information  regarding  beneficial
ownership of the Company's  outstanding Common Stock as of September 15, 1999 by
(i) each beneficial owner of 5% or more of the Company's Common Stock; (ii) each
of the Company's executive officers, directors, and key employees; and (iii) all
executive officers, directors, and key employees as a group:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   Name and Address                        Number of Shares of Common Stock
                 of Beneficial Owner                             Beneficially Owned1                Percent of Common Stock
                                                                                                     Beneficially Owned2,3
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                     <C>                                      <C>
Harold Rashbaum 4
c/o Play Co. Toys & Entertainment Corp.
550 Rancheros Drive                                                       --                                     --
San Marcos, CA 92069
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Richard Brady
c/o Play Co. Toys & Entertainment Corp.
550 Rancheros Drive                                                     25,587                                   *
San Marcos, CA 92069
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
James B. Frakes 5
c/o Play Co. Toys & Entertainment Corp.
550 Rancheros Drive                                                     20,000                                   --
San Marcos, CA 92069
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
(table continued from previous page)

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                   Name and Address                        Number of Shares of Common Stock
                 of Beneficial Owner                             Beneficially Owned1                   Percent of Common Stock
                                                                                                        Beneficially Owned2,3
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Moses Mika
c/o Play Co. Toys & Entertainment Corp.
550 Rancheros Drive                                                       --                                     --
San Marcos, CA 92069
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Breaking Waves, Inc. 4
112 West 34th Street                                                  1,400,000                                 25.2
New York, New York  10120
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Shopnet.com, Inc. 4
14 East 60th Street, Suite 402                                        1,400,000                                 25.2
New York, New York  10022
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
United Textiles & Toys Corp. 6
1410 Broadway, Suite 1602                                             2,489,910                                 44.9
New York, NY 10018
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Multimedia Concepts International, Inc.7
1410 Broadway, Suite 1602                                             2,489,910                                 44.9
New York, NY 10018
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
U.S. Stores Corp. 8
1385 Broadway, Suite 814                                              2,489,910                                 44.9
New York, New York  10018
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
American Telecom, PLC 9
8-13 Chiswell Street                                                  2,489,910                                 44.9
London EC 1Y 4UP
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Europe American Capital Foundation 10
c/o Vermogenstreuhand GMBH                                            2,489,910                                 44.9
14 Kaiser Street
Bregenz, Austria A-6900
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Officers and Directors as a Group
(4 persons)4,5                                                          35,587                                   *
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

*  Less than 1%

     1 Unless  otherwise  noted, all of the shares shown are held by individuals
or entities  possessing  sole voting and  investment  power with respect to such
shares.  Shares not outstanding but deemed  beneficially  owned by virtue of the
right of an individual or entity to acquire them within 60 days,  whether by the
exercise of options or  warrants,  are deemed  outstanding  in  determining  the
number of shares beneficially owned by such person or entity.

     2 The  "Percent  of  Common  Stock  Beneficially  Owned" is  calculated  by
dividing the "Number of Shares  Beneficially  Owned" by the sum of (i) the total
outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company, and (ii) the number of shares
of Common  Stock that such  person or entity has the right to acquire  within 60
days,  whether by exercise of options or warrants.  The "Percent of Common Stock
Beneficially  Owned" does not reflect shares beneficially owned by virtue of the
right of any person,  other than the person named and affiliates of said person,
to acquire  them within 60 days,  whether by  exercise  of options or  warrants.
(footnotes continued from previous page)


<PAGE>
     3 Does not include  35,003,418  shares of Common  Stock  issuable  upon the
conversion  (any time two years from  issuance) of 5,833,903  shares of Series E
Stock outstanding.

     4 Mr. Rashbaum,  the Company's chairman of the board, is also the president
and the sole director of Breaking  Waves which is a  wholly-owned  subsidiary of
Shopnet,  a publicly  traded  company.  Mr. Rashbaum is also the president and a
director of Shopnet.  By virtue of its ownership of Breaking Waves,  Shopnet may
be deemed the beneficial  owner of the Company's  Common Stock owned by Breaking
Waves.

     5 Represents those shares underlying an option which have vested. The final
10,000  shares  underlying  such  option  shall vest on July 1, 2000.

     6 Does not  include  1,950,000  shares of Common  Stock  issuable  upon the
conversion  (any time two years from  issuance)  of  325,000  shares of Series E
Stock. The president of United Textiles,  a publicly traded company which is the
Company's  parent,  is Ilan  Arbel who is also the  president,  chief  executive
officer,  and a director of Multimedia,  a publicly  traded company which is the
parent  company  of  United  Textiles  (owning  approximately  78.5%  of  same).
Multimedia is owned approximately 67.7% by U.S. Stores Corp. ("U.S.  Stores"), a
company of which Mr. Arbel is the president and a director. U.S. Stores is owned
100% by American Telecom, PLC ("ATPLC"), a British corporation. By virtue of its
ownership of United  Textiles,  Multimedia may be deemed a beneficial  holder of
the Company's Common Stock held by United Textiles.

     7 Does not  include  4,818,420  shares of Common  Stock  issuable  upon the
conversion  (any time two years from  issuance)  of  803,070  shares of Series E
Stock. By virtue of its ownership of United Textiles, Multimedia may be deemed a
beneficial owner of the Company's Common Stock held by United Textiles.

     8 By virtue of its  ownership of  Multimedia,  U.S.  Stores may be deemed a
beneficial owner of the Company's Common Stock.

     9 By  virtue  of its  ownership  of U.S.  Stores,  ATPLC  may be  deemed  a
beneficial owner of the Company's Common Stock.

     10. Does not include  11,535,000  shares of Common Stock  issuable upon the
conversion  (any time two years from  issuance) of 1,922,500  shares of Series E
Stock.  By virtue of its  ownership  of ATPLC,  EACF may be deemed a  beneficial
owner of the Company's Common Stock.


                            DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

     The Company has authorized  capital stock of 190,500,000  shares consisting
of 160 million shares of Common Stock, 25 million shares of Series E Stock,  and
5.5 million  shares of Series F Stock.  As of  September  15,  1999,  there were
5,548,857 shares of Common Stock,  5,833,903 shares of Series E Stock, 2 million
Series E Warrants,  and 750,000 shares of Series F Stock issued and outstanding,
all of which  Securities  were  fully  paid and  non-assessable.  The  following
summary description of the Common Stock, Series E Stock, Series E Warrants,  and
Series F Stock is  qualified  in its  entirety  by  reference  to the  Company's
Certificate of Incorporation and all amendments thereto.

Common Stock

     The Company has  authorized  160 million  shares of Common Stock,  of which
5,548,857  shares are  outstanding.  Holders of Common Stock are entitled to one
vote for each share held.  They do not have the right to cumulate their votes in
the  election  of  directors;  accordingly,  holders of more than 50% of all the
shares  outstanding can elect all directors,  except that as  consideration  for
ZD's  issuance of the L/C to FINOVA,  ZD is  entitled  to  nominate  and appoint
one-third of the Company's  directors during the terms of the three store leases
from which ZD is  entitled  to a profit  percentage  (but in no event later than
fiscal year end 2013). See Risk Factor No. 9 - "Dependence on FINOVA Credit Line
(Secured  by all of the  Company's  Assets),"  "Business  of the  Company,"  and
"Certain Relationships and Related Transactions." Such stores did not generate a
profit after application of corporate  overhead in the three-month  period ended
June 30, 1999, thus, no payments have accrued or been made to ZD to date.


<PAGE>
     Subject to the liquidation rights of the Company's Series F Stock,  holders
of Common Stock are  entitled to such  dividends as may be declared by the board
of directors out of assets legally available therefor.  They are not entitled to
any preemptive,  subscription,  conversion,  or redemption rights. The Company's
Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, contains no provision to delay, defer,
or prevent a change in control of the Company.

Series E Warrants

     The  Company  has 2 million  Series E Warrants  outstanding,  each of which
entitles the holder thereof to purchase one share of Series E Stock (which share
and the shares of Common Stock  underlying same were registered in the Company's
December  1997 public  offering)  at an  exercise  price of $5.00 per share from
December 29, 1998 until December 29, 2002.  Unexercised  Warrants  automatically
expire  at the end of  such  four  year  period.  Although  the  Company  has no
intention of decreasing the exercise  price or extending the exercise  period of
the Series E Warrants, it is possible that either or both of such changes may be
effected by  resolution  of the board of directors  in the future.  In the event
that the  exercise  price of the  Series E Warrants  is reduced or the  exercise
period of the Series E Warrants is  extended,  the  Company  will be required to
file  a  post-effective  amendment  which  must  be  declared  effective  by the
Commission before the Series E Warrants can be exercised.

     The Series E Warrants are redeemable by the Company at any time, commencing
December 29, 1998,  upon 30 days' prior notice,  at a redemption  price of $0.05
each, provided that the closing bid quotation of the Series E Stock for at least
20 consecutive  trading days, ending on the third day prior to the date on which
the Company  gives notice,  has been at least 170% of the exercise  price of the
Series E Warrants being redeemed.  The Series E Warrants will remain exercisable
during the 30 day notice period.  In the event the Company decides to redeem the
Series E Warrants,  the Company shall notify all warrantholders  thereof by mail
and shall publish a Notice of  Redemption  in the Wall Street  Journal as to the
date of redemption.  Redemption of the Series E Warrants could cause the holders
thereof to exercise same at an exercise price which may be  disadvantageous  for
the holders, to sell the Series E Warrants at the then current market price when
they might  otherwise  wish to  continue  to hold the Series E  Warrants,  or to
accept the redemption price,  which is likely to be substantially  less than the
market  value of the Series E Warrants  at the time of  redemption.  The Company
will not  redeem the  Series E  Warrants  at any time in which its  registration
statement is not current, enabling investors to exercise their Series E Warrants
during the 30 day notice period in the event of such a redemption.  The exercise
price and the number of shares or other securities  purchasable upon exercise of
any Series E Warrants are subject to adjustment  upon the  occurrence of certain
events, including the issuance of shares of Series E Stock as a dividend and any
recapitalization, reclassification, or split-up or reverse split of the Series E
Stock.  No  adjustment  in the  exercise  price will be required to be made with
respect to the Series E Warrants until cumulative adjustments amount to $0.01 or
more per Series E Warrant;  however, any such adjustment not required to be made
at any given time due to such exception  will be carried  forward and taken into
account in any subsequent adjustment.

     In the  event of any  reclassification,  capital  reorganization,  or other
similar  change  of  outstanding  Series E Stock,  any  consolidation  or merger
involving  the Company  (other  than a  consolidation  or merger  which does not
result in any reclassification,  capital reorganization, or other similar change
in  the  outstanding  Series  E  Stock),  or a sale  or  conveyance  to  another
corporation of the property of the Company as, or substantially as, an entirety,
each Series E Warrant will thereupon  become  exercisable  only for the kind and
number of shares of stock or other securities, assets, or cash to which a holder
of the  number  of shares  of  Series E Stock  purchasable  (at the time of such
reclassification,  reorganization,  consolidation, merger or sale) upon exercise
of such Series E Warrant would have been  entitled  upon such  reclassification,
reorganization,  consolidation, merger, or sale. In the case of a cash merger of
the Company into another  corporation or any other cash  transaction of the type
mentioned  above,  the effect of these  provisions would be that the holder of a
Series E Warrant would thereafter be limited to exercising such Series E Warrant
at the  exercise  price in effect at such time for the  amount of cash per share
that the holder would have  received had he exercised  such Series E Warrant and
received  shares of Series E Stock  immediately  prior to the effective  date of
such cash merger or transaction. Depending upon the terms of such cash merger or
transaction, the aggregate amount of cash so received could be more or less than
the exercise price of the Series E Warrant.
<PAGE>
     Warrantholders,  by virtue of their  ownership of Series E Warrants  alone,
have no right to vote on matters  submitted to the Company's  stockholders or to
receive dividends; nor are they entitled to share in the Company's assets in the
event of dissolution, liquidation, or winding up.

     In order for a warrantholder to exercise his Series E Warrant,  the Company
must have a current  Registration  Statement  on file with the  Commission  and,
unless otherwise exempt,  the State Securities  Commission of the state in which
the warrantholder  resides.  Accordingly,  the Company would be required to file
post-effective  amendments to its Registration  Statement when subsequent events
require such  amendments in order to continue the  registration  of the Series E
Stock underlying the Series E Warrants.  Although the Company has undertaken and
intends to keep its Registration  Statement  current,  there can be no assurance
that the Company will keep its  Registration  Statement  current and, if for any
reason it is not kept current, the Series E Warrants will not be exercisable and
will lose all value. The Company's transfer agent has also been appointed as its
warrant agent responsible for all record keeping and administrative functions in
connection with the Series E Warrants.

Series E Preferred Stock

     The Company has  authorized 25 million  shares of Series E Stock,  of which
5,833,903 shares are  outstanding.  Each share of Series E Stock is convertible,
at the option of the holder,  into six fully paid and  non-assessable  shares of
Common  Stock  commencing  two years after  issuance for a period of three years
(terminating  five years from  issuance).  Holders of Series E Stock  possess no
voting rights, except as provided by law with respect to altering the rights and
preferences  of the Series E Stock,  and are not entitled to  dividends.  In the
event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of
the affairs of the  Company,  holders of Series E Stock are  entitled to a $1.00
per share  liquidation  preference.  The Series E Stock is not redeemable by the
Company but is subject to certain  anti-dilution  provisions  in the case of any
recapitalization, merger, or acquisition.

Series F Preferred Stock

     The Company has authorized  5.5 million shares of Series F Stock,  of which
750,000 shares are outstanding.  Each share of Series F Stock is convertible, at
the holder's  option,  into two fully paid and  non-assessable  shares of Common
Stock,  at any  time  commencing  on  the  date  the  Commission  declares  this
Registration  Statement effective.  Each outstanding share of Series F Stock, by
virtue of and simultaneously with the occurrence of the earlier of either of the
following events and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, shall
convert  automatically  into shares of Common Stock: (i) two years from issuance
or (ii) in the event  the  closing  price per share of Common  Stock has been at
least $5.00 for a consecutive 30 day period.

     Holders of Series F Stock possess no voting  rights,  except as provided by
law with respect to altering the rights and  preferences  of the Series E Stock.
Holders are entitled to receive, when and as declared by the board of directors,
out of  funds  legally  available  for  the  payment  of  dividends,  cumulative
dividends at $0.08 per share payable upon conversion of the shares in preference
to dividends on junior securities (i.e., Common Stock). Dividends may be paid in
cash or in kind  (i.e.,  in shares of Series F Stock) at the  discretion  of the
Company  and  shall  be  fully  cumulative  and  shall  accrue  (whether  or not
declared), without interest, from the date they are payable.

     In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation,  dissolution,  or
winding up of the affairs of the Company, holders of Series F Stock are entitled
to be paid out of the assets of the Company  available for  distribution  to its
stockholders  an amount in cash  equal to $0.50 per  share.  The Series F Stock,
with respect to rights on liquidation, winding up, and dissolution, ranks junior
to the Series E Stock and senior to the Common Stock.  The Series F Stock is not
redeemable by the Company.
<PAGE>
Dividend Policy

         The Company has not paid cash dividends on any of its Securities and is
prohibited  from doing so pursuant to the terms of its financing  agreement with
FINOVA.  The Company  intends to retain  earnings,  if any,  in the  foreseeable
future for use in its  activities.  Future  payment of cash  dividends is wholly
dependent   upon  the   Company's   earnings,   financial   condition,   capital
requirements, and other factors deemed relevant by the board of directors. It is
not likely that such dividends will be paid in the foreseeable future.

Transfer Agent and Warrant Agent

         The Company's transfer and warrant agent for its Common Stock, Series E
Stock, and Series E Warrants is Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company,  New
York, New York.

                      INTEREST OF NAMED EXPERTS AND COUNSEL

     No expert or counsel (i) was hired by the Company on a contingent  basis or
(ii) will  receive a direct or  indirect  interest in the Company or (iii) was a
promoter,  underwriter,  voting trustee,  director,  officer, or employee of the
Company.

     Legal matters relating to the shares of Common Stock offered hereby will be
passed on for the Company by its general counsel, Millennium Ventures Law Group,
Walnut Creek, California.

     The financial statements of the Company as of and for the years ended March
31,  1999 and 1998  have  been  audited  by  Haskell  & White  LLP,  Independent
Certified  Public  Accountants,  to the  extent  and for the period set forth in
their report  appearing  elsewhere herein and are included in reliance upon such
report given upon the authority of that firm as experts in giving said reports.


<PAGE>
                          MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND
                           RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

     Until  September  24, 1997,  the  Company's  Common Stock was quoted on the
Nasdaq  SmallCap  Stock  Market  ("Nasdaq").  The  following  table  sets  forth
representative  high and low bid quotes as reported by the OTC  Bulletin  Board,
whereon the Company's  securities  are quoted,  during the periods stated below.
Bid quotations  reflect prices between dealers,  do not include resale mark-ups,
mark-downs,  or other  fees or  commissions,  and do not  necessarily  represent
actual transactions.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

          Calendar                                                                        Series E (2)           Series E (2)
          Period                  Common Stock (1)           Warrants (1)                Preferred Stock          Warrants
          ------                  ----------------           ------------                -------------            --------
                                  Low            High          Low          High           Low    High       Low          High
                                  ---            ----          ---          ----           ---    ----       ---          ----
           1996
<S>                                <C>            <C>              <C>          <C>        <C>    <C>        <C>          <C>
01/01/96 - 03/31/96                    7/8          2 3/8          1/8          1/4
04/01/96 - 06/30/96                  1 1/8              3          1/8          1/4
07/01/96 - 09/30/96                   3/4            21/2
10/01/96 - 12/31/96                  1 1/8          1 3/8


(table continued from previous page)

          Calendar                                                                    Series E (2)           Series E (2)
          Period                  Common Stock (1)           Warrants (1)             Preferred Stock         Warrants
          ------                  ----------------           ------------             -------------            --------
                                  Low            High          Low          High          Low    High         Low             High
                                  ---            ----          ---          ----          ---    ----         ---             ----
           1997
01/01/97 - 03/31/97                  1            1 1/4          1         1 1/4
04/01/97 - 06/30/97                  1            1 1/8
07/01/97 - 09/23/97(3)               1            1 1/8
10/14/97 - 12/31/97                  2            3

           1998

01/01/98 - 03/31/98                  .67          1.25                                     1        4.75          .5          1.75
04/01/98 - 06/30/98                  .58          1.75                                     .87      3.5           .5          1.25
07/01/98 - 09/30/98                  .75          1.56                                     .31      3.5           .12         1.12
10/01/98 - 12/31/98                  .56          1.22                                     .20       .67          .01          .37


           1999

01/01/99 - 03/31/99                  .75          2.56                                     .20      1.72          .03          .25
04/01/99 - 06/30/99                 1.06          2.03                                     .50      3.37          .10          .58
07/01/99 - 08/20/99                  .97          1.59                                     .97      1.62          .15          .29
- ---------------------
</TABLE>

     (1) The Common Stock and Warrants  issued in the Company's  initial  public
offering in November 1994 started to trade  separately on February 6, 1995.  The
Warrants  expired in February 1997.  (2) The Company  consummated an offering of
its Series E Stock and Series E Warrants  in  December  1997.  These  securities
commenced  trading  on the OTC  Bulletin  Board  on  January  5,  1998.  (3) The
Company's  Common Stock was  delisted  from Nasdaq  effective  with the close of
business on September 23, 1997.  It began  trading on the OTC Bulletin  Board in
October 1997.
<PAGE>
     As of September 15, 1999, there were approximately 408 holders of record of
the  Company's  Common  Stock,  although  the  Company  believes  that there are
approximately 650 additional beneficial owners of shares of Common Stock held in
street name. As of September 15, 1999, the number of  outstanding  shares of the
Company's  Common  Stock was  5,548,857  (This  number  is  subject  to  change,
nominally,  as the  pre-July  1997  reverse  split  shares  which  have not been
exchanged as yet are offered for such exchange by the Company's shareholders.)

     Effective  with the close of business on September 23, 1997,  the Company's
Common  Stock was  delisted  from  trading on Nasdaq.  The  Company  appealed an
earlier  Nasdaq  determination  and  presented its argument in August 1997 at an
oral hearing before the Nasdaq  Qualifications Panel (the "Panel"). On September
23, 1997, the Company received a decision from the Panel that based its decision
to delist on its belief that the Company did not meet the  stockholders'  equity
maintenance  requirement  of $1  million  and  based on  transactions  it deemed
"detrimental  to the  investing  public  and  the  public  interest"  concerning
transactions  undertaken in February  1996 with respect to options  issued to an
investor  which  provided a $2 million  L/C as  security  for a credit  line the
Company maintained with Congress Financial  Corporation  (Western)  ("Congress,"
the  "Congress  Financing").  The  Company  appealed  this  matter to the Nasdaq
Listing and Hearing Review Committee (the "Review  Committee") which, on October
29, 1997, remanded the Panel's determination for reconsideration by a new Nasdaq
analyst and a new Panel due in part to the Company's allegations of bias.

     In December 1997, the Company  presented  written evidence to the new Panel
which, in a determination  dated January 20, 1998,  affirmed the delisting.  The
Company appealed this determination to the Review Committee. In a decision dated
May 21, 1998, the Review  Committee  affirmed the delisting  citing as its basis
therefor,  inter alia, as follows: ". . . given the Company's history of losses,
we do not have confidence in the Company's ability to maintain  compliance [with
the capital and surplus requirement] for the long term." In addition, the Review
Committee  determined that "substantial  dilution to the public  shareholders by
stock  issuance . . . and by the  conversion of preferred  stock issued . . . at
prices  substantially  below the market price" supported the Review  Committee's
argument  of  purported  affiliate  self-dealing.  In  further  support  of  its
determination,  the  Review  Committee  cited the  Company's  failure to provide
information  requested with respect to entities  which were not affiliated  with
the  Company.   (In  response  to  the  Review  Committee's   request  for  such
information, the Company informed same that it did not believe it appropriate to
make  representations  regarding  the  transactions  or the  composition  of any
entities  with  which it was not  affiliated  and  recommended  that the  Review
Committee redirect such inquiries directly to such entities.)

     The Company sought all  administrative  remedies  available from Nasdaq and
believes  that  Nasdaq  erred  in its  determination.  Given  the  extreme  cost
associated  with  appealing  Nasdaq's  decision to the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission, however, the Company decided not to file such an appeal.


<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT

     Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and Control Persons

         The  following  table  sets forth the  names,  ages,  and titles of all
directors and officers of the Company:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name                            Age                  Position

<S>                             <C>                  <C>
Harold Rashbaum                 73                   Chairman of the Board

Richard Brady                   47                   Chief Executive Officer, President, and Director

James Frakes                    42                   Chief Financial Officer, Secretary, and Director

Moses Mika                      78                   Director

</TABLE>
     All  directors   are  elected  at  an  annual   meeting  of  the  Company's
shareholders  and hold  office for a period of one year or until the next annual
meeting  of  stockholders  or  until  their  successors  are  duly  elected  and
qualified.  Vacancies on the board of directors  may be filled by the  remaining
directors.  Officers are appointed  annually by, and serve at the discretion of,
the board of directors.  There are no family relationships  between or among any
officers  or  directors  of  the  Company  except  that  Mr.   Rashbaum  is  the
father-in-law of Ilan Arbel, Mr. Mika's son.

     As permitted  under the Delaware  General  Corporation  Law, the  Company's
Certificate of Incorporation  eliminates the personal liability of the directors
to the Company or any of its shareholders for damages caused by breaches of said
directors' fiduciary duties. As a result of such provision,  stockholders may be
unable to  recover  damages  against  directors  for  actions  which  constitute
negligence or gross  negligence or are in violation of their  fiduciary  duties.
This  provision in the Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  may reduce the
likelihood  of  derivative  and other types of  shareholder  litigation  against
directors.

     Richard Brady is a co-founder of the Company and has acted as the Company's
chief  executive  officer and president  since  December 1995. Mr. Brady was the
executive vice president, secretary, and a director from the Company's inception
in 1974 until  December  1996.  He was  re-elected  director  of the  Company in
January 1998.  Mr. Brady has been the president of Toys since January 1997 and a
director thereof since May 1998.

     Harold  Rashbaum  has been the  chairman  of the board of  directors  since
September 10, 1996. Mr. Rashbaum was a management consultant to the Company from
July 1995 to September  10, 1996.  In May 1998,  he was elected as a director of
Toys.  Mr.  Rashbaum has been the  president,  chief  executive  officer,  and a
director of Shopnet  since  January  1997.  From May 1996 to January  1997,  Mr.
Rashbaum  served as secretary and  treasurer of Shopnet.  Since May 1999, he has
also  been  the  president  and  a  director  of  Hollywood  Productions,   Inc.
("Hollywood," a wholly-owned subsidiary of Shopnet) and since September 1996, he
has been the president,  secretary,  and sole director of Breaking Waves (also a
wholly-owned subsidiary of Shopnet).  Since February 1996, Mr. Rashbaum has been
the president and a director of H.B.R.  Consultant Sales Corp. ("HBR"), of which
his wife is the sole  shareholder.  Prior  thereto,  from  February 1992 to June
1995, Mr.  Rashbaum was a consultant to 47th Street Photo,  Inc., an electronics
retailer. Mr. Rashbaum held this position at the request of the bankruptcy court
during the time 47th Street Photo,  Inc. was in Chapter 11. From January 1991 to
February 1992, Mr. Rashbaum was a consultant for National Wholesale Liquidators,
Inc., a major retailer of household goods and housewares.


<PAGE>
     James Frakes was  appointed  chief  financial  officer and secretary of the
Company in July  1997.  In August  1997,  he was  elected  as a director  of the
Company. In January 1998, Mr. Frakes was appointed secretary and chief financial
officer of Toys.  He was elected as a director  thereof in May 1998.  In January
1998,  Mr. Frakes was elected as a director of Shopnet.  From June 1990 to March
1997,  Mr. Frakes was chief  financial  officer of Urethane  Technologies,  Inc.
("UTI") and two of its  subsidiaries,  Polymer  Development  Laboratories,  Inc.
("PDL") and BMC Acquisition, Inc. These were specialty chemical companies, which
focused on the  polyurethane  segment of the plastics  industry.  Mr. Frakes was
also vice  president  and a director of UTI during this  period.  In March 1997,
three unsecured creditors of PDL filed a petition for the involuntary bankruptcy
of PDL.  This  matter is  pending  before the United  States  Bankruptcy  Court,
Central District of California.  From 1985 to 1990, Mr. Frakes was a manager for
Berkeley   International   Capital  Corporation,   an  investment  banking  firm
specializing in later stage venture capital and leveraged  buyout  transactions.
In  1980,  Mr.  Frakes  obtained  a  Masters  in  Business  Administration  from
University  of Southern  California.  He obtained his Bachelor of Arts degree in
history from Stanford University, from which he graduated with honors in 1978.

     Moses Mika was appointed as a director of the Company in March 1998 and was
elected a director  of Toys in May 1998.  Mr.  Mika was  appointed  director  of
United Textiles in March 1998. He is also the president of H.D.S.  Capital Corp.
and the  majority  shareholder  of  European  Ventures  Corp.  Mr. Mika has been
retired since 1989.

Significant Employees of the Company

     Howard Labow has been the vice  president of  advertising of the Company (a
non-executive  officer  position)  since June 1998.  He has been employed by the
Company since 1977.

     Donna Hogan has been the vice president of  merchandising of the Company (a
non-executive  officer  position)  since June 1998. She has been employed by the
Company since 1983.

Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act

     Section  16(a)  of  the  Exchange  Act  requires  the  Company's  officers,
directors,  and  persons  who  beneficially  own  more  than  ten  percent  of a
registered  class  of  the  Company's  equity  securities  to  file  reports  of
securities  ownership  and changes in such  ownership  with the  Securities  and
Exchange Commission ("SEC").  Officers,  directors, and greater than ten percent
beneficial  owners also are required by rules  promulgated by the SEC to furnish
the Company with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file.

     No person ("a Reporting Person") who during the fiscal year ended March 31,
1999 was a director,  officer,  or beneficial  owner of more than ten percent of
the  Company's  Common  Stock or Series E Stock  [which are the only  classes of
equity  securities of the Company  registered  under ss.12 of the Exchange Act],
failed to file on a timely basis reports required by ss.16 of the Act during the
most recent  fiscal year except as follows:  (i) Richard  Brady failed to timely
file a Form 4 and  remedied  same by a Form 5, (ii)  Moses  Mika  failed to file
Forms 3 and 5, (iii) Harold Rashbaum failed to timely file a Form 4 and remedied
same by filing a Form 5,  (iv)  Shopnet  failed to timely  file a Form 3 and has
since  filed  same,  (v) EACC  failed  to file  Forms 3, 4, and 5, and (vi) EACF
failed to file Forms 3 and 5. The foregoing is based solely upon a review by the
Company of (i) Forms 3 and 4 during the most recent  fiscal year as furnished to
the  Company  under Rule  16a-3(e)  under the Act,  (ii) Forms 5 and  amendments
thereto  furnished to the Company  with respect to its most recent  fiscal year,
and (iii) any  representation  received by the Company from any reporting person
that no Form 5 is required, except as described herein.


<PAGE>
Commission Position on Indemnification for Securities Act Liabilities

     As permitted  under the Delaware  General  Corporation  Law, the  Company's
Certificate  of  Incorporation  and  By-Laws  provide for  indemnification  of a
director or officer under certain  circumstances  against  reasonable  expenses,
including  attorneys' fees, actually and necessarily incurred in connection with
the defense of an action  brought  against him by reason of his being a director
or  officer.  In  addition,  the  Company's  charter  documents  provide for the
elimination  of  directors'  liability  to the Company or its  stockholders  for
monetary  damages  except  in  certain  instances  of  bad  faith,   intentional
misconduct, a knowing violation of law, or illegal personal gain.

     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors,  officers, and controlling persons of the Company
pursuant to any charter, provision, by-law, contract,  arrangement,  statute, or
otherwise,  the Company has been advised  that in the opinion of the  Securities
and  Exchange  Commission,  such  indemnification  is against  public  policy as
expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim
for  indemnification  against  such  liabilities  (other than the payment by the
Company of  expenses  incurred or paid by a director,  officer,  or  controlling
person of the Company in the  successful  defense of any such action,  suit,  or
proceeding) is asserted by such director,  officer, or controlling person of the
Company in connection  with the  Securities  being  registered  pursuant to this
Registration  Statement,  the Company will, unless in the opinion of its counsel
the  matter  has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a court of
appropriate  jurisdiction  the question  whether such  indemnification  by it is
against  public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication by such court of such issue.

Executive compensation

Summary of Cash and Certain Other Compensation

     The following provides certain information concerning all Plan and Non-Plan
(as defined in Item 402 (a)(ii) of Regulation S-B) compensation  awarded or paid
by the Company during the years ended March 31, 1999,  1998, and 1997 to each of
the named executive officers of the Company.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
                                       Annual Compensation                            Long-Term Compensation

Name and Principal
Position             Year         Salary     Bonus             All Other         Restricted      Securities
                                    ($)      ($)(1)            Compen-             Stock         Underlying
                                                               sation             Award(s)       Options/                 All Other
                                                                                                 SARs           LTIP       Compen
                                                                                   ($)             (#)         Payouts     -sation
                                                                                                                 ($)         ($)
<S>                  <C>          <C>          <C>             <C>                <C>                <C>          <C>         <C>
Richard Brady        1999         124,500      --              8,579 (2)          --                 --           --          --
  President,  CEO,
 and Director
                     1998         120,000      --              8,579 (2)          25,000(3)          --           --          --
                     1997         108,000      --              6,179 (2)          --                 --           --          --

</TABLE>

     1 No bonuses were paid during the periods herein stated.

     2 Includes an automobile  allowance of $7,200 for each of 1999 and 1998 and
$4,800 for 1997, and the payment of life  insurance  premiums of $1,379 for each
of 1999, 1998 , and 1997.

     3 Mr. Brady  received  25,000  shares of Series E Stock as a bonus in March
1998:  these shares  vested  equally over a 12 month period  commencing in April
1998 and were returned to the Company by Mr. Brady in April 1999.



<PAGE>
     During fiscal 1999, Harold Rashbaum,  the Company's  chairman of the board,
received  an  aggregate  of  $33,000  in   compensation   from  the  Company  in
consideration of the consulting  services he provided  therefor.  In March 1998,
the  Company  issued  25,000  shares  of  Series E Stock,  subject  to a vesting
schedule,  to each of Mr. Brady and Mr. Rashbaum:  these shares were returned to
the Company by Messrs.  Brady and  Rashbaum in early  April 1999.  Mr.  Rashbaum
devotes a significant portion of his time to the Company. Among other things, he
reviews potential store sites,  assists in strategic planning,  reviews all cash
outflows,  and otherwise works closely with management in further developing and
implementing the Company's ongoing business strategy.

1994 Stock Option Plan

         In 1994, the Company adopted a Stock Option Plan (the "SOP"). The board
believes  that SOP is desirable to attract and retain  executives  and other key
employees  of  outstanding  ability.  Under  the SOP,  options  to  purchase  an
aggregate  of not more than 50,000  shares of Common  Stock may be granted  from
time to time to key employees,  officers,  directors,  advisors, and independent
consultants to the Company and its  subsidiaries.  The Company  granted to James
Frakes,  chief financial officer and secretary,  pursuant to his hire, an option
to purchase  30,000  shares of Common  Stock at an  exercise  price of $3.25 per
share,  vesting  at the rate of 10,000  shares  per annum in each of July  1998,
1999, and 2000. On June 17, 1998, the board elected to adjust the exercise price
of the option to $1.15, representing  approximately 110% of the closing price of
the Common Stock on said date.

         The board of directors is charged with administration of the SOP and is
generally  empowered  to  interpret  the SOP,  prescribe  rules and  regulations
relating thereto, determine the terms of the option agreements,  amend them with
the consent of the  Optionee,  determine the employees to whom options are to be
granted,  and  determine  the number of shares  subject  to each  option and the
exercise price thereof. The per share exercise price for incentive stock options
("ISOs")  will not be less than 100% of the fair market  value of a share of the
Common Stock on the date the option is granted (110% of fair market value on the
date of grant of an ISO if the  Optionee  owns more than 10% of the Common Stock
of the Company).

         Options  will be  exercisable  for a term  (not  less  than  one  year)
determined  by the board.  Options  may be  exercised  only  while the  original
grantee has a  relationship  with the Company or at the sole  discretion  of the
board, within ninety days after the original grantee's termination. In the event
of termination due to retirement,  the Optionee,  with the consent of the board,
shall have the right to exercise  his option at any time  during the  thirty-six
month  period  following  such  retirement.  Options  may  be  exercised  up  to
thirty-six  months  after  the  death or total and  permanent  disability  of an
Optionee.  In the event of certain  basic  changes in the  Company,  including a
change in control of the Company as defined in the SOP, in the discretion of the
board,  each option may become fully and immediately  exercisable.  ISOs are not
transferable  other  than by will or by the laws of  descent  and  distribution.
Options may be exercised during the holder's  lifetime only by the holder or his
guardian or legal representative.

         Options granted  pursuant to the SOP may be designated as ISOs with the
attendant tax benefits  provided  therefor  pursuant to Sections 421 and 422A of
the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986.  Accordingly,  the SOP  provides  that the
aggregate  fair market value  (determined  at the time an ISO is granted) of the
Common  Stock  subject to ISOs  exercisable  for the first  time by an  employee
during any calendar  year (under all plans of the Company and its  subsidiaries)
may not exceed $100,000.  The board may modify,  suspend,  or terminate the SOP,
provided, however, that certain material modifications affecting the SOP must be
approved  by the  shareholders,  and any  change  in the SOP that may  adversely
affect an  Optionee's  rights under an option  previously  granted under the SOP
requires the consent of the Optionee.


<PAGE>
1994 401(k) Employee Stock Option Plan ("ESOP")

         In May 1994,  the Company  adopted  corporate  resolutions  approving a
401(k)  Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plan (the  "401(k)  ESOP Plan") which covers
substantially  all  employees of the Company.  The 401(k) ESOP Plan was filed on
July 14, 1995 with the Internal Revenue Service and includes provisions for both
employee  stock  ownership  and a 401(k)  Plan.  The  401(k)  ESOP  Plan  allows
contributions only by the Company:  these can be made annually at the discretion
of the Company's  board of directors.  The 401(k) ESOP Plan has been designed to
invest  primarily  in the  Company's  stock.  The  employees of the Company will
contribute to the 401(k)  portion of the Plan through  payroll  deductions.  The
Company does not intend to match  contributions to the 401(k).  Contributions to
the 401(k)  ESOP Plan may result in an  expense,  resulting  in a  reduction  in
earnings,  and may dilute the  ownership  interests of persons who currently own
securities of the Company.  On January 26, 1995, Messrs.  Brady and Tom Davidson
(a founder of the Company and the Company's former  president) and the Company's
then parent  company  contributed an aggregate of 15,333 shares of the Company's
Common  Stock to the 401(k)  ESOP Plan.  In August  1998,  pursuant  to the ESOP
portion of the plan,  the Company issued 5,673 shares of Common Stock to certain
former employees.

                             BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY
General

     The Company was founded in 1974,  at which time it operated one store under
the name Play Co. Toys in Escondido, California. At present, the Company and its
subsidiary,  Toys,  operate  an  aggregate  of  twetny-seven  stores  throughout
Southern California (in the Los Angeles,  Orange, San Diego, Riverside,  and San
Bernardino  Counties) and in (i) Tempe,  Arizona,  (ii) Las Vegas, Nevada, (iii)
Dallas,  Texas,  (iv) Auburn Hills,  Michigan,  and (v) Chicago,  Illinois.  The
Company  intends  to expand  its  operations  geographically  and in  accordance
therewith  has  executed  leases  to open nine  additional  stores by the end of
calendar year 2000.  These stores shall be located in California (San Ysidro and
Mission Viejo), Nevada (Las Vegas), Texas (Houston), North Carolina (Charlotte),
and Tennessee (Nashville), and Illinois (Schaumberg).

     Approximately 75% of the Company's stores offer educational, new electronic
interactive,  and  specialty  and  collectible  toys and  items for sale and are
strategically  located in highly  trafficked,  upscale malls.  The remaining 25%
sell traditional toys and games and are located in strip shopping centers. Given
the  favorable  results  obtained  from a two  year  market  test of the sale of
children's swimwear in its stores, the Company recently expanded its product mix
and now offers a limited number of children's  swimwear and accessories for sale
in many of its stores.

     Since 1997, the Company has embraced and implemented a new store design and
layout,  remodeled most of its older stores, closed  non-profitable  stores, and
expanded its  geographic  market from  exclusively  Southern  California  to the
mid-western United States. Since 1996, the Company has opened eight stores which
are  considered  by  management  to be  high-end  retail  toy  and  educational,
electronic  interactive stores.  These outlets, and those the Company expects to
open in the  future,  offer  items  comparable  in  quality  and choice to those
offered by FAO Schwarz,  Warner Brothers,  and Disney Stores and are expected to
attract clientele similar to those attracted by such stores.

     In April 1999, the Company debuted the first of three dedicated  electronic
commerce web sites. This site, www.ToysWhyPayRetail.com,  represents a new trade
name for the Company and allows consumers to purchase, at near wholesale prices,
overstocks,  special buys, and overruns on mostly  name-brand  toys purchased by
the Company out of season.  The Company plans to offer  approximately 1000 items
for sale on the web site.


<PAGE>
     The second and third  electronic  commerce  web sites are  currently  being
developed  to a  state-of-the-art  standard  in  conjunction  with two  Internet
consulting  firms.  These sites will offer  collectible  and imported  specialty
merchandise such as die-cast cars, dolls,  plush toys,  trains,  and collectible
action figures and are expected to open in the late fall of 1999. In conjunction
with the web site launch,  the Company plans to place computer kiosks in several
of its retail  locations in order to permit customers to place orders on the web
site for goods otherwise not sold in such store.

     Because the Company's new and newly  remodeled  stores focus on the sale of
educational and electronic  interactive games and toys, specialty products,  and
collector's  toys which  generally  carry higher gross margins than  traditional
toys,  such stores have shown and are  expected to continue to show higher gross
profits than the Company's older stores (which focused  primarily on the sale of
traditional toys).

Acquisition of Toys International.COM, Inc. f/k/a Toys International, Inc.

     In January 1997, the Company  acquired  substantially  all of the assets of
Toys. The acquisition,  in principal,  included the assignment to the Company of
the three store leases then held by Toys and Toys' entire inventory.  As part of
the  purchase   agreement,   the  Company  obtained  the  rights  to  the  "Toys
International"  and "Tutti  Animali"  operating name trademarks and also assumed
the  existing  leases at Toys'  three  store  locations:  two of such  locations
operate under the tradename "Toys  International,"  and the third operates under
the "Tutti  Animali"  tradename.  The total purchase price was $1,024,184  which
consisted  mainly of inventory and certain  prepaid  expenses and deposits.  The
purchase  price was tendered in the form of a $759,184 cash payment  remitted in
January 1997 and the execution of two promissory  notes,  aggregating  $265,000,
payable over a two year period.  Both promissory notes were repaid in full under
agreed terms. In order to ensure a smooth  transition in operations,  the former
president of Toys, Mr. Gayle Hoepner, continued his relationship as a consultant
to the  Company  through  April 1997,  during  which time he advised the Company
regarding Toys' then operations, vendors, policies, employees, etc. 3. Ownership
of the Company

     At September 15, 1999, approximately 44.9% of the outstanding shares of the
Company's  Common Stock,  were owned by United  Textiles,  the Company's  parent
corporation.  United Textiles is a Delaware corporation and public company which
was  organized  in March  1991 and  commenced  operations  in October  1991.  It
formerly designed,  manufactured, and marketed a variety of lower priced women's
dresses, gowns, and separates (blouses,  camisoles,  jackets, skirts, and pants)
for special  occasions and formal events.  In April 1998, United Textiles ceased
all  operating  activities;  it now operates  solely as a holding  company.  The
president  and a director  of United  Textiles is Mr. Ilan Arbel who is also the
president,  chief executive  officer,  and a director of Multimedia,  the parent
company  of  United  Textiles.  Multimedia  owns  approximately  78.5% of United
Textiles common stock and is, in turn, owned approximately 67.7% by U.S. Stores,
a company of which Mr. Arbel is the  president  and a director.  U.S.  Stores is
owned 100% by ATPLC, a British public corporation,  which is owned approximately
80% by EACF, a Swiss foundation which is the parent corporation also of Frampton
and ABC Fund, Ltd.  ("ABC") , entities  affiliated with the Company under common
control.

     The following chart depicts the Company's ownership structure:

                       Europe American Capital Foundation


Frampton Industries, Ltd.(100%) American Telecom PLC (80%) ABC Fund, Ltd. (100%)
                                     (100%)

                                U.S. Stores Corp.
                                     (67.7%)

                     Multimedia Concepts International, Inc.
                                     (78.5%)

                          United Textiles & Toys Corp.
                                     (44.9%)

                       Play Co. Toys & Entertainment Corp.


<PAGE>
     The Company has two  subsidiaries:  Toys,  of which the Company owns 93.4%,
and Canyon,  which is  wholly-owned  by the Company.  Toys is the only operating
subsidiary,  operating  nineteen stores, one of which is the Santa Clarita store
which Canyon recently assigned to Toys.

Product Lines

     The Company's  older stores,  which are located in strip shopping  centers,
sell children's and adult toys, games,  bicycles and other wheel goods, sporting
goods,  puzzles,  Nintendo and Sony  electronic  game  systems  (and  cartridges
therefor),  cassettes,  and books.  These stores offer in excess of 15,000 items
for sale, most of which are major brand name toys and hobby products.

     The Company's new (post 1996) and remodeled stores, while also offering the
aforesaid products for sale, stock a mix of educational toys,  specialty stuffed
animals such as Steiff and North America  Bears,  Small World toys,  LBG trains,
CD-ROMs,  computer  software  games,  and Learning  Curve and Ty  products.  The
Company's Tutti Animali store,  located in the Crystal Court Mall in Costa Mesa,
California, primarily sells stuffed animals.

     The Company  periodically reviews each individual store's sales history and
prospects on an  individual  basis to decide on the  appropriate  product mix to
stock  thereat.  During  calendar years 1997 and 1998, the Company market tested
the sale in its  stores of a limited  number  of pieces of  children's  swimwear
manufactured by Breaking Waves, an affiliate. The Company's chairman is also the
president  of  Shopnet,  Breaking  Waves'  parent.  Those  market  tests  proved
successful.  As a result,  in November  1998,  the Company  entered into a sales
agreement with Breaking Waves pursuant to which Breaking Waves agreed to sell to
the  Company on a wholesale  basis,  and the  Company  agreed to  purchase  from
Breaking Waves, during each season during which swimwear is purchased, an agreed
upon  number of pieces of  merchandise  for its retail  locations.  The  Company
further agreed to provide  advertising,  promotional  materials,  and ads of the
merchandise in all of its  brochures,  advertisements,  catalogs,  and all other
promotional materials,  merchandising  programs, and sales promotion methods, in
all mediums  utilized by same.  The Company's  swimwear  sales  comprise a small
portion (less than 1%) of its total sales.

Suppliers and Manufacturers

     The  Company   purchases  a  significant   portion  of  its  products  from
approximately five manufacturers and ships them to its stores from its warehouse
distribution  center.  There are no written contracts and/or agreements with any
individual manufacturer or supplier;  rather, all orders are on a purchase order
basis only. The Company relies on credit terms from suppliers and  manufacturers
to  purchase  nearly all of its  inventory.  Credit  terms vary from  company to
company  and are based  upon many  factors,  including  the  ordering  company's
financial condition,  account history, type of product, and the time of year the
order is placed.  Such  credit  arrangements  vary for  reasons  both within and
outside the control of the Company.

Merchandising Strategy

Store Design

     The Company  believes it  important  to offer an  environment  that is less
intimidating and more "user friendly" than the environments  provided by some of
the larger toy retailers whose businesses  compete with the Company.  In view of
this belief,  the Company actively  embraces a policy of affording its customers
courtesy,  respect, and ease of convenience.  The Company provides trained store
clerks to assist  customers  with all of their  shopping  needs and  stocks  its
merchandise at eye level for its patrons' convenience.

     In 1996,  management  determined  that current and  prospective  consumers,
whose  needs  and  desires  are  influenced  by  prevailing  musical,   fashion,
recreational,  and entertainment trends,  require variety and demand in addition
to traditional  products;  namely, they desire the most fashionable products. In

<PAGE>
an effort to meet the  rapidly  changing  needs of its  consumers,  the  Company
designed  new  outlets  which  provide  a  combination  of (i) new  educational,
electronic  interactive,  specialty,  hobby,  and collectible toys and goods and
(ii)  traditional  toys and games. In addition,  it sought out, has opened,  and
continues to open outlets located in highly trafficked malls, rather than in the
strip shopping centers where it originally opened its stores.  In addition,  the
Company  developed a new store design and  marketing  format  which  provides an
interactive setting together with a retail operation. This format and design has
formed the  foundation  for the  Company's  future  direction  and growth plans,
thereby allowing the Company to meet current and imminent industry demands.

     On June 17, 1999,  the Company  opened its 26th store in the Venetian Hotel
in Las Vegas,  Nevada.  During  fiscal  year 1999,  the  Company  opened six new
stores.  By the end of  calendar  year 2000,  the  Company  intends to open nine
additional stores.

Product and Trend Analysis

     The  Company  continually  assesses  trends and  demands  in the  industry,
refines its store  formats  and/or  product  lines as needed,  and  analyzes and
evaluates  markets for future store openings,  merchandise  lines, and marketing
strategies.  The Company  operates its stores  under the names "Play Co.  Toys,"
"Toys  International," "Toy Co.," and "Tutti Animali" depending upon the product
mix and location.

     The  Company  offers a broad  in-stock  selection  of  products  at  prices
generally competitive within the industry.  While the Company does not stock the
depth or  breadth  of  selection  of toys for its  stores as some of its  larger
competitors  do, the Company does strive to stock all basic  categories  of toys
and  all  television  advertised  items.  The  Company  continues  to  emphasize
specialty and educational toys in its stores.

Termination of Military Base Sales

     In June 1994,  the Company began to sell toy and hobby items on a wholesale
basis to military bases located in Southern  California.  In accordance with its
new  corporate  focus,  and given that  wholesale  sales to military  bases were
minimal in fiscal  year 1998 (2% of sales)  and fiscal  year 1997 (3% of sales),
the Company ceased such sales as of July 1998. Wholesale sales to military bases
were approximately 1% of sales in fiscal year 1999.

Seasonality

     Since inception,  the Company's business has been highly seasonal, with the
majority of its sales and profits being generated in the fourth calendar quarter
of the year, particularly during the November and December holiday season.

Competition

     The toy market is highly competitive. Though the Company's new stores offer
a  combination  of  traditional,   educational,   new  electronic   interactive,
specialty,  and  collectible  toys and  items,  the  Company  remains  in direct
competition  with local,  regional,  and national toy retailers  and  department
stores,  including Toys R Us, Kay Bee Toy Stores,  K-Mart, and Wal Mart. Most of
the Company's larger competitors are located in free-standing stores rather than
in malls. Kay Bee stores,  however,  are located in malls,  though their product
line is different than the Company's. The Company also competes with on-line toy
retailers,  such as eToys Inc. The toy market is particularly  characterized  by
large  retailers and discount  stores with intensive  advertising  and marketing
campaigns  and with  deeply  discounted  pricing of such  products.  The Company
competes as to price,  personnel,  service,  speed of  delivery,  and breadth of
product line.

     As a result  of the  continually  changing  nature of  children's  consumer
preferences  and tastes,  the success of the Company is dependent on its ability
to change and adapt to new trends and to supply the merchandise  then in demand.
Children's  entertainment  products are often  characterized  by fads of limited
life cycles.  Combining  the  traditional  and  educational  toy segments of the
market into one retail  location is believed to be a unique  concept that should
prove to differentiate  the Company's stores from those of its larger or similar
size  competitors.  Management  has been  unable  to locate  any other  retailer
currently using this combined  marketing  concept.  The Company will compete for
the educational toy customer with other specialty  stores such as Disney Stores,
Warner Bros.  Stores,  Learning  Smith,  Lake Shore,  Zainy  Brainy,  and Noodle
Kidoodle.


<PAGE>
     Most of the companies  with which the Company  competes have more extensive
research and  development,  marketing,  and customer  support  capabilities  and
greater financial, technological, and other resources than those of the Company.
There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful or that it will be
able to distinguish itself from such larger, better known entities. In addition,
the Company  does not  believe  there are any  significant  barriers to entry to
discourage new companies from entering into this industry.

Warehousing, Shipping and Inventory Systems

     The Company's stores are serviced from one  distribution  facility which is
approximately  37,000 square feet.  Inventory and shipment of products continues
to be monitored by a computerized point-of-sale system. The point-of-sale system
is a sophisticated scanning, inventory control, purchasing, and warehouse system
which allows each store manager to monitor sales  activity and inventory at each
store and enables the  Company's  officers to obtain  reports on all stores.  It
monitors sales at all store locations and  automatically  notifies the warehouse
and  shipping  department  each time stock of a  particular  item is low or out,
depending upon the item and the  instructions  programmed  into it. Through this
system,  the Company  analyzes product sales and adjusts product mix in order to
maximize return and effectively manage its retail space.

     The Company's  stores  generally are restocked on a weekly basis,  although
certain stores and certain items may be restocked at more frequent intervals. In
addition,  restocking of products is increased in the fourth  calendar  quarter,
during the holiday  season,  during which period some stores are  restocked on a
daily basis.  The Company  ships to its stores in  California  by its own leased
vehicles.  The Company ships to stores  located  outside of California via truck
load or less than truck load independent trucking companies.

Trademarks

     In 1976, 1994, and 1998, the Company received federal registrations for the
trademarks "Play Co. Toys," "TKO" and "Toy Co." respectively.  Play Co. Toys and
Toy Co. are trademarks utilized by the Company in connection with its certain of
its  stores.   "TKO"  was  used  for  certain   items  the  Company   previously
manufactured.  The Company also utilizes the tradenames "Toys International" and
"Tutti Animali."

Employees

     At  September  15,  1999,  the  Company  had  three   executive   officers,
approximately  155  full  time  employees,   and  approximately  352  part  time
employees.  None of the employees of the Company is represented by a union,  and
the Company considers  employee relations to be good. Each store employs a store
manager, an assistant manager, and between fifteen to twenty-five  full-time and
part-time  employees.  Each  of the  Company's  store  managers  reports  to the
Company's   vice   president  of  retail   operations   and  vice  president  of
merchandising who in turn report directly to the Company's  executive  officers.
3. 3. Financing through FINOVA Capital Corporation

     On January 21,  1998,  the Company  entered  into a $7.1  million  secured,
revolving Loan and Security Agreement with FINOVA. The credit line offered under
the FINOVA Agreement  replaced the $7 million credit line the Company previously
had with Congress.  Neither FINOVA nor Congress is affiliated  with the Company.
The Company repaid the Congress loan on February 3, 1998.

     The FINOVA  credit line is secured by  substantially  all of the  Company's
assets and expires on August 3, 2000. The FINOVA Agreement is also guaranteed by
United  Textiles.  It accrues  interest at a rate of floating prime plus one and
one-half  percent.  Effective  July 30, 1998, the Company and FINOVA amended the
FINOVA Agreement to increase the maximum level of borrowings under the agreement
from $7.1 million to $7.6 million. Effective September 24, 1998, the Company and
FINOVA entered into a second  amendment to the FINOVA  Agreement to increase the
maximum level of borrowings thereunder from $7.6 million to $8.6 million through
December  31,  1998.  As of January 1, 1999,  the  maximum  level of  borrowings

<PAGE>
returned to the $7.6 million level.  In December 1998, the FINOVA  Agreement was
amended a third time to reflect  FINOVA's taking of a subordinate  position with
respect to its lien on only such  equipment  as has been  leased by the  Company
from Phoenix Leasing, Inc.

     In November  1998,  pursuant to an  agreement  with ZD - a related New York
limited liability company, the beneficiary of which is a member of the family of
the  Company's  Chairman - ZD issued a $700,000  L/C in favor of FINOVA.  FINOVA
then  lent a  matching  $700,000  to the  Company  in the  form of a term  loan,
pursuant to a fourth amendment to the FINOVA Agreement  entered into on February
11, 1999. The term loan from FINOVA expires on August 3, 2000 and bears interest
at prime plus one percent.  In March 1999, the Company and FINOVA entered into a
Fifth  Amendment to Loan and Security  Agreement which stretches the agreed upon
(in the FINOVA  Agreement)  decrease in advance rate against the Company's  cost
value of its inventory over a five month period. In August 1999, the Company and
FINOVA entered into a Sixth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement pursuant to
which the Company's  aggregate  credit  facility  increased from $8.3 million to
11.3 million.  This amendment also (i) increased the minimum net worth financial
covenant from $750,000 to $2.9 million as of June 30, 1999 with the $2.9 million
threshold  increasing  by 60% of any equity  raised by the Company and by 60% of
any annual  profits  generated by the Company;  (2) allows the Company to sell a
minority equity interest (up to 49%) in its Toys  subsidiary;  and (3) increased
the maximum  levels of capital  expenditures,  capital leases and unsecured debt
allowed under the financing  agreement.  See Risk Factor No. 9 - "Dependence  on
FINOVA  Credit  Line  (Secured by all of the  Company's  Assets)"  and  "Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions."

     Under the FINOVA Agreement,  the Company is able to borrow against the cost
value of eligible inventory. Since February 1999, pursuant to the Agreement, the
Company's  allowed borrowing has increased by $100,000 to $2.5 million against a
combination  of $3 million  in standby  letters of credit in favor of FINOVA and
restricted cash provided by a subordinated  loan. $1.5 million of the $3 million
in additional  borrowing support from the standby letters of credit was provided
by an  institutional  investor in the form of a subordinated  loan, $1.0 million
was provided in the form of a standby  letter of credit issued by Multimedia (an
affiliate of the Company by virtue of its 78.5%  ownership  of United  Textiles,
the Company's parent), and the other $500,000 was provided by the Company.

     During fiscal year 1999, the Company breached two negative covenants in the
FINOVA  Agreement  by  exceeding  maximum  levels of  capital  expenditures  and
unsecured  and lease  financing.  FINOVA waived such  defaults.  The Company may
require an additional increase in its line of credit. There can be no assurance,
however, that FINOVA (i) will be amenable to such a credit line increase or (ii)
will  provide  such an  increase  under terms the Company  deems  reasonable.  A
refusal  by FINOVA to  provide  the  requested  increase  would  have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business and operations.

Trade Financing

     The Company relies on credit terms from its suppliers and  manufacturers to
purchase nearly all of its inventory.  Credit arrangements vary for reasons both
within  and  outside  the  control  of  the  Company.   See  "--  Suppliers  and
Manufacturers."

Fixture Financing

     Since the  beginning  of fiscal year 1999,  the  Company  has entered  into
approximately  twelve  financing  agreements for the leasing of fixtures for its
remodeled  and new stores.  These  agreements  were  entered  into with  various
entities,  none of  which is  affiliated  with the  Company,  and bear  terms of
between three and five years.  The  agreements  are payable  monthly and provide
fixture  financing in the approximate  aggregate amount of $1,112,000.  All such
financings  are secured by the  Company's  store  fixtures  and  equipment.  The
Company is currently negotiating additional financing of this type.


<PAGE>
Former Financing through Congress Financial Corporation (Western)

     In February 1996, pursuant to the terms of the Congress  Financing,  Europe
American Capital Corporation ("EACC"), an affiliate of the Company,  delivered a
$2 million L/C to Congress. The Congress Financing was also guaranteed by United
Textiles,  the majority  shareholder  of the Company.  As  compensation  for the
issuance of the L/C, the Company granted to EACC options, subject to shareholder
approval, (i) to purchase up to an aggregate of 1,250,000 shares of Common Stock
at a purchase  price of 25% of the closing bid price for the Common Stock on the
last  business day prior to exercise,  for a period of six months from  issuance
(this option expired unexercised); and (ii) to purchase up to an aggregate of 20
million shares of the Company's Series E Preferred Stock (the "Series E Stock").
From April 1996 to June 1997,  EACC  exercised  its  options  and  purchased  an
aggregate of 3,562,070 shares of the Company's Series E Stock for $3,562,070. An
aggregate of 361,500 of such shares were converted  into Common Stock.  In March
1997,  EACC  issued an  additional  $1 million  L/C to Congress in order for the
Company to obtain  additional  financing  from  Congress.  This L/C  enabled the
Company to receive additional  advances of up to $1 million from Congress.  EACC
did not receive any  compensation for the issuance of this L/C. With the closing
of the  Company's  December  1997  offering of Series E Stock,  EACC's option to
purchase  shares of Series E Stock  (granted  in  accordance  with the  Congress
Financing) terminated. The proceeds of the funds received from EACC's investment
enabled the  Company (i) to acquire the assets of Toys (a three store  chain) in
January 1997, (ii) to finance the openings of the Santa Clarita,  Arizona Mills,
Redondo Beach, Ontario Mills, and Clairemont Mesa stores, (iii) to redesign four
store  locations,  and (iv) to  support  the  Company's  operations  during  the
Company's business turnaround.

Recent Developments

     On July 20, 1999, the Company and Toys entered into an investment agreement
whereby an  unaffiliated  investment  bank and CDMI Capital  Corp.  ("CDMI"),  a
British  Virgin  islands  corporation  of which  Moses  Mika,  a director of the
Company, is a shareholder each purchased 330,000 shares (or 3.3%) of Toys common
stock for an  aggregate  of $2.8  million  as a bridge  financing  to a proposed
public offering (to raise  approximately  $20-25 million in the fall of 1999 via
the sale of a  minority  interest  of Toys  common  stock).  This  placement  of
securities reduced the Company's ownership of Toys from 100% to 93.4%.  Pursuant
to the agreement,  if the public  offering price for the shares is less than the
$2.8 million the Toys  Investors  collectively  paid for their shares,  the Toys
Investors  will  receive  from  Toys,  at the  closing of the  offering,  either
additional  shares  or  cash to  cover  the  difference.  In the  event  this is
required,  Toys, and hence, the Company, could incur a potentially  considerable
operating loss which might reduce the Company's profits significantly.  See Risk
Factor No. 12 - "Potential  Rescission of Investment in Toys  International.COM,
Inc."

     The agreement  also allows the Toys  Investors to rescind the agreement and
recover their respective $1.4 million  investments if (i) for reasons within the
control  of the  Company  or Toys,  Toys is unable to raise  funds in the public
offering  by April 1,  2000,  (ii)  Toys  breaches  certain  representations  or
warranties under the agreement,  (ii) Toys' actual quarterly  financials deviate
by 30% or more from the  financials  comprising  its  business  plan,  (iii) the
market valuation of the Company at the public offering is less than $50 million,
or (iv)  the  $2.8  million  in  proceeds  of the  investment  are not  utilized
according to certain agreed upon terms. In the event the Toys Investors  rescind
the agreement,  Toys would be required to repurchase the shares for $2.8 million
in cash.  See Risk Factor No. 33. - "Potential  Rescission of Investment in Toys
International.COM, Inc."

     In May 1999,  the  Company  sold  750,000  shares  of Series F Stock,  at a
purchase price of $1.00 per share, in a private placement.  The Company received
$657,500 in net proceeds from the sale.

     In March 1999, the Company borrowed an aggregate of $400,000 from Full Moon
Development,  Inc., a corporation not affiliated  with the Company,  pursuant to
two  promissory  notes,  each in the amount of $200,000.  The Company has repaid
both notes.


<PAGE>
     In  February  1999,  the Company  entered  into a one year  agreement  with
Typhoon Capital  Consultants,  LLC  ("Typhoon")  pursuant to which Typhoon is to
provide financial consulting services and other consulting services encompassing
assistance in the production of a summary  business plan and corporate  profile,
the creation of an advisory committee to assist the Company in assessing certain
proposed actions,  and the marketing of the Company's web sites. In exchange for
Typhoon's  services,  the  agreement  provides  for the  grant of an  option  to
purchase an aggregate of 150,000  shares of Common Stock,  exercisable  at $1.75
per share until their expiration on August 30, 2001. The Company terminated this
agreement in August 1999 due to Typhoon's breach of its obligations thereunder.

     In November 1998, the Company borrowed  $250,000 from Amir Overseas Capital
Corp.  ("Amir"),  a  corporation  not  affiliated  with  the  Company,  under  a
promissory note which bore interest at 12%. The note was repaid in January 1999.
In September 1998, the Company borrowed $1,000,000 from Amir, under a promissory
note which bore interest at 12%. This note was repaid in December 1998.

     In  July  1998,  the  Company  entered  into  a  Lead  Generation/Corporate
Relations  Agreement with Corporate  Relations Group,  Inc.  ("CRG"),  a Florida
corporation not affiliated with the Company, pursuant to which CRG is to provide
investor  and public  relations  services  to the  Company  for a period of five
years.  Under the terms of the Agreement,  the Company paid $100,000 to CRG upon
execution of the agreement,  and a Company shareholder remitted 50,000 shares of
the Company's Series E Stock as a reimbursement  for expenses.  In addition,  in
exchange for CRG's  services,  the  agreement  provided for the grant to CRG and
four of its principals options to purchase an aggregate 450,000 shares of Common
Stock at an exercise price of $0.78125 per share and an aggregate 700,000 shares
of Series E Stock at an exercise  price of $2.25 per share.  In connection  with
these  options,  the  Company  recorded  approximately  $35,000 in  compensation
($10,000  for the  Series E Stock  options  and  $25,000  for the  Common  Stock
options) based on an option pricing model which considered the volatility of the
securities'  stock prices,  and the short life of the options,  2/3 of which are
exercisable  for a  two  month  period  and  the  remaining  1/3  of  which  are
exercisable for an eight month period.

     In June 1998,  ABC, a Belize  corporation  and an  affiliate of the Company
under  common  control,  the  holder of a 5%  convertible  secured  subordinated
debenture  - dated  January  21, 1998 and due August 15, 2000 - offered to amend
the terms of the debenture to enable the conversion of the principal  amount and
accrued interest  thereon,  into shares of Series E Stock, at a conversion price
of $1.00  per  share.  Management  agreed to  convert  the  debenture  since the
conversion  of the debt  into  equity  would  result  in a  strengthened  equity
position which  management  believed  would provide  confidence to the Company's
working capital lender,  FINOVA,  and trade creditors.  Further,  converting the
debt to equity eliminated on-going interest expense  requirements as well as the
cash flow  required  to repay the  debenture.  Simultaneously  with its offer to
amend the debenture,  ABC elected to convert same as of June 30, 1998,  whereby,
$1.5 million in principal  amount and $33,333 in accrued interest were converted
into 1,533,333  shares of Series E Stock.  ABC did not receive any  registration
rights  regarding the shares.  Simultaneously,  ABC terminated the  Subordinated
Security  Agreement  between the parties and the Intercreditor and Subordination
Agreement, dated January 21, 1998, by and between ABC and FINOVA.

     The debenture  provided for the  conversion of same, at ABC's option,  into
shares of common stock of either (i) a subsidiary  which the Company intended to
form for the purpose of acquiring  those stores  operated by the Company (or its
subsidiaries) which conduct business as "Toys  International," or (ii) any other
subsidiary  (such as Toys)  which  might  acquire a portion  of the  assets  and
business of the Company.  This option to convert was exercisable at the net book
value of the  subsidiary's  shares on the date ABC  exercised  the option with a
limitation on such share ownership being 25% of the total outstanding  shares of
said  subsidiary.  In  September  1998,  in  accordance  with  the  terms of the
debenture,  ABC assigned its option to Tudor,  an entity of which Mr. Moses Mika
(a director of the Company) is a shareholder. On July 15, 1999, Tudor elected to
exercise  its right to purchase  the Toys common  stock and  requested  that the
exercise  price be amended to reflect  the book value of Toys at the most recent
fiscal  quarter,  June 30, 1999. The Company  agreed to Tudor's  request and, on
September 15, 1999,  provided Tudor with a compilation of the Toys June 30, 1999
financial  statements as the formal basis for the exercise price.  Tudor has not
yet  provided  the Company  with the  appropriate  consideration  for the option
exercise.
<PAGE>
     In May  1998,  the  Company  commenced  an  offering  of  units,  each unit
comprising one share of Series F Stock and one Series F Preferred Stock Purchase
Warrant  (the  "Series  F  Warrants"),  at a  purchase  price of $3.00 per unit,
through  Morgan  Grant  Capital  Group,  Inc. as  placement  agent.  The Company
terminated the offering in June 1998, and no funds were raised thereby.

     In July 1997,  the Company  effected a 1 for 3 reverse  split of its Common
Stock.  To date, not all  shareholders  have exchanged their  pre-reverse  split
shares  for  post-reverse  split  shares;   therefore,   the  number  of  shares
outstanding as of the date set forth herein is subject to change,  nominally, as
such shareholders submit their shares for exchange.



Description of Property

     Until  recently,  the  Company's  stores were  serviced  from two  adjacent
distribution facilities (one 37,000 square feet in size, the other 18,000 square
feet in size) encompassing an aggregate of approximately  55,000 square feet, at
550 Rancheros Drive, San Marcos,  California. As of April 15, 1997, however, the
Company returned  approximately  15,400 feet of the 18,000 square foot warehouse
space to the landlord. The Company now leases (i) 40,000 square feet of combined
office and warehouse space (approximately 3,000 square feet is office space, and
the  remaining  37,000  square feet is warehouse  space) and (ii)  approximately
2,600 square feet of separate  space which houses  defective  merchandise  until
same is either returned to the manufacturers or the Company is authorized by the
manufacturers to destroy the goods. The former space is leased at an approximate
annual cost of  $247,000,  from a  partnership  of which one of the  partners is
Richard Brady, the president and a director of the Company. The lease expires in
April  2000,  and  the  Company  believes  that it is on  terms  no more or less
favorable than terms it might  otherwise have  negotiated  with an  unaffiliated
party. The latter space is leased at an approximate annual cost of $31,572, from
Dunlop/Townley  Holdings.  The lease  expires in March 2000.  From  October 1998
through  April  1999,  the Company  leased an  additional  4,200  square feet of
warehouse  space for $2,300 per month.  This space was leased to store  overflow
inventory from the Company's primary warehouse.

     The following table sets forth the leased properties on which the Company's
currently operating stores (aggregating 26) are located:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

===============================================================================================================================
                                                  SIZE IN SQUARE FEET
                                                                                     LEASE                     BASE RENT
STORE LOCATION                                          EXPIRATION                  ANNUAL COST
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                      <C>                            <C>                       <C>
Play Co. Toys                                            12,000                    July 2006                      $108,000.00
Santa Clarita
19232 Soledad Canyon Rd
Santa Clarita, CA  91351
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Play Co. Toys                                             7,800                 January 2001                       $84,840.00
Santa Margarita
27690-B Santa Margarita
Mission Viejo, CA  92691
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Play Co. Toys                                             8,250                December 1999                       $87,549.72
Chula Vista
1193 Broadway
Chula Vista, CA  91911
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Play Co. Toys                                            10,030                    June 2000                      $127,880.64
El Cajon
327 N. Magnolia
El Cajon, CA  92020
===============================================================================================================================

<PAGE>
(table continued from previous page)

==============================================================================================================================
                                                  SIZE IN SQUARE FEET
                                                                                 LEASE                     BASE RENT
                 STORE LOCATION                                               EXPIRATION                  ANNUAL COST
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Play Co. Toys                                            11,323                November 1999                      $95,040.48
Simi Valley
1117 E. Los Angeles, Suite C
Simi Valley, CA  93065
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Play Co. Toys                                            10,000               September 2005                     $110,753.88
Encinitas
280 N. El Camino Real
Encinitas, CA  92024
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Play Co. Toys                                             9,800                December 2004                     $117,330.72
Pasadena
885 S. Arroyo Parkway
Pasadena, CA  91105
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Play Co. Toys                                            13,125                 January 2000                      $96,360.00
Orange
1349 E. Katella
Orange, CA  92513
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Play Co. Toys                                            10,478                 Month to Month                    $95,941.80
Redlands
837 Tri-City
Redlands, CA  92373
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Play Co. Toys                                            10,156                 August 2002                       $88,053.00
Clairemont
4615-A Clairemont Drive
San Diego, CA  92117
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Play Co. Toys                                            11,597                  March 2004                       $91,020.00
Rancho Cucamonga
9950 W. Foothill Blvd, Suite U
Rancho Cucamonga, CA 91730
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Play Co. Toys                                            10,000                October 2004                       $64,926.60
Corona
1210 W. Sixth Street
Corona, CA  91720
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Play Co. Toys                                             9,400               December 2003                      $178,980.00
Woodland Hills
19804 Ventura  Blvd., #366
Woodland Hills, CA 91364
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Toys International                                        5,183                January 2004                      $159,900.00
South Coast Plaza, Ste. 1020
3333 Bristol Street, Suite 1030
Costa Mesa, CA  92626
===============================================================================================================================


<PAGE>
(table continued from previous page)

===============================================================================================================================
                                                 SIZE IN SQUARE FEET
                                                                                 LEASE                     BASE RENT
                 STORE LOCATION                                               EXPIRATION                  ANNUAL COST
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Toys International                                       3,869                 January 2001                      $145,920.00
Century City
10250 Santa Monica Blvd
Los Angeles, CA  90067
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tutti Animali                                            1,220                 January 2000                      5% of Sales
Crystal Court
3333 Bear Street
Cost Mesa, CA  92626
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Toys International                                       3,620                  August 2007                       $83,260.08
Galleria at South Bay
1815 Hawthorne Blvd., #366
Redondo Beach, CA  90278
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Toy  Co.                                                 5,642                 January 2003                      $112,840.00
Ontario Mills
One Mills Circle, #302
Ontario, CA  91764
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Toy Co.                                                  7,103                 October 2002                      $163,369.00
Arizona Mills
5000 Arizona Mills Circle, #689
Tempe, AZ  85282
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Toy Co.                                                  7,002                     May 2008                      $175,483.32
Fashion Outlet of Las Vegas
32100-320 Las Vegas Blvd. So.
Primm, NV 89019
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Toy Co.                                                  9,369                     May 2003                      $175,483.32
Grapevine Mills
3000 Grapevine Mills Pkwy, Ste. 312
Grapevine, TX 76051
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Toys International                                       5,339                December 2008                      $133,475.04
Thousand Oaks
208 W. Hillcrest Drive
Thousand Oaks, CA 91360
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Toys International                                      10,000                     May 2008                      $195,000.00
Great Lakes Crossing
4236 Baldwin Rd., #551
Auburn Hills, MI 48326
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Toy Co.                                                 12,496                    July 2003                      $168,696.00
Gurnee Mills Mall
06170 W. Grand Ave., Sp. #559
Gurnee, IL 60031
===============================================================================================================================


<PAGE>
(table continued from previous page)

===============================================================================================================================
                                                  SIZE IN SQUARE FEET
                                                                                 LEASE                     BASE RENT
                 STORE LOCATION                                               EXPIRATION                  ANNUAL COST
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Toys International                                      9,400                    March 2008                      $221,424.00
The Block
20 City Dr. West, Ste. 203
Orange, CA 92868
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Toys International                                      7,002                     June 2004                      $450,000.00
The Venetian Resort & Casino
3311 Las Vegas Blvd. South, Ste.1212
Las Vegas, NV 89109
===============================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

Legal Proceedings

     In October 1997, in the Superior Court of the State of  California,  County
of San Bernardino,  Foothill Marketplace  commenced suit against the Company for
breach of  contract  pertaining  to  premises  leased by the  Company in Rialto,
California.  The lease for the  premises has a term from  February  1987 through
November 2003. The Company vacated the premises in August 1997. Under California
State law and the provisions of the lease,  plaintiff has a duty to mitigate its
damages.  Plaintiff  seeks  damages,  of a continuing  nature,  for unpaid rent,
proximate  damages,  costs,  and attorneys'  fees, in the approximate  amount of
$300,000.  The Company is engaged in settlement  negotiations  with plaintiff in
this matter;  however,  the action may not settle,  in which case trial has been
scheduled for September.

     Neither the Company's officers, directors, affiliates, nor owners of record
or beneficially  of more than five percent of any class of the Company's  Common
Stock is a party to any  material  proceeding  adverse  to the  Company or has a
material interest in any such proceeding adverse to the Company.


<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS

     The following  discussion and analysis  should be read in conjunction  with
the  financial   statements  and  notes  thereto  appearing  elsewhere  in  this
Prospectus.

     The following  table  summarizes  certain  selected  financial  data and is
qualified in its entirety by the more detailed  financial  statements  contained
elsewhere  in this  document.  The selected  operating  data for the three month
periods  ended June 30, 1998 and 1999 and balance sheet data as of June 30, 1999
are derived from the Company's unaudited financial statements. Operating results
for the three month period ended June 30, 1999 are not necessarily indicative of
the results  that may be expected for any other  interim  period or for the year
ending March 31, 2000.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       March 31,                     June 30,

                                                 1998                 1999               1999
                                                 ----                 ----               ----
Balance Sheet Data:

<S>                                               <C>                  <C>                <C>
Working capital                                   $4,452,481           $5,832,145         $4,760,003

Total assets                                      14,139,887           21,150,392         22,745,250

Total current liabilities                          4,581,831            7,558,647          9,550,538

Long term obligations                              7,055,549            8,527,116          8,966,084

Redeemable preferred stock                               ---                  ---                 --

Stockholders' equity                               2,502,507            5,064,629          4,228,628

Common stock dividends                                   ---                  ---                 --

</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   Year Ended March 31,             Three Months Ended June 30,

                                                  1998                1999                1998                1999
                                                  ----                ----                ----                ----
Operating Data:

<S>                                               <C>                 <C>                  <C>                 <C>
Net sales                                         $22,568,527         $34,371,230          $6,357,395          $6,508,565

Gross profit                                        8,878,928          14,780,446           2,651,064           2,745,351

Gross margin                                            39.3%               43.0%               41.7%               42.2%

Total operating expenses                           10,119,430          13,672,377           2,672,188           3,979,558

Net income (loss) before taxes                    (2,054,470)             143,018           (186,776)         (1,549,601)

Net income (loss)                                 (2,054,470)             140,868           (186,776)         (1,549,601)

Net income (loss) applicable to common shares
                                                  (3,528,276)         (1,566,857)           (460,582)         (2,090,074)

Income (loss) per common share                         (0.86)               (.34)              (0.11)               (.38)
Weighted average shares outstanding
                                                    4,098,971           4,590,642           4,103,525           5,525,936
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
     Statements  contained in this report which are not historical  facts may be
considered forward looking  information with respect to plans,  projections,  or
future  performance  of the  Company as  defined  under the  Private  Securities
Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These  forward-looking  statements are subject to
risks and  uncertainties,  which could cause actual results to differ materially
from those projected.

     Results of Operations

     The Company's operations are substantially  controlled by United Textiles &
Toys Corp. ("United Textiles"),  the Company's parent. United Textiles currently
owns  approximately  44.9% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company's
Common Stock. United Textiles is a Delaware corporation and public company which
was  organized  in March  1991 and  commenced  operations  in October  1991.  It
formerly designed,  manufactured, and marketed a variety of lower priced women's
dresses, gowns, and separates (blouses,  camisoles,  jackets, skirts, and pants)
for special  occasions and formal events.  In April 1998, United Textiles ceased
all operating activities; it now operates solely as a holding company.

     The Company has two subsidiaries: Toys International.COM, Inc. ("Toys"), of
which the Company owns 93.4%, and Play Co. Toys Canyon Country, Inc. ("Canyon"),
which is  wholly-owned  by the Company.  Toys is the only operating  subsidiary,
operating  nineteen stores, one of which is the Santa Clarita store which Canyon
recently assigned thereto.

     For the three months ended June 30, 1999 compared to the three months ended
June 30, 1998

     The Company  generated  net sales of  $6,508,565  in the three months ended
June 30, 1999. This represented an increase of $151,170, or 2.4%, from net sales
of $6,357,395 in the three months ended June 30, 1998.  All of this sales growth
came from the Company's  new stores as same store sales  declined by 27% for the
period.

     The Company  believes  that its same store sales  showed a decline  after a
period of two years of  continuous  increases  because the flow of  allocated or
"hot" selling  merchandise is being spread over 25% more stores.  This shortfall
in allocated or "hot" selling  inventory is a result of the current credit lines
that the  Company  has with some of its  vendors.  The  Company  is  working  to
increase  its lines of credit  with its vendors to more  adequately  address not
only the past growth but its expected future growth as well.

     In  addition,  the  Company  held back a  substantial  amount  of  critical
inventory  from its existing  stores for the openings of its Toys  International
stores located in the Venetian  Resort and Casino (the  "Venetian") in Las Vegas
and at Pier 39 in San Francisco.  The Venetian store opened in mid-June,  a full
two months late; due to major site  construction  delays,  the Company currently
expects to open Pier 39 in early September, four months late.

     The Company  posted a gross profit of  $2,745,351 in the three months ended
June 30, 1999, reflecting an increase of $94,287, or 3.6%, from the gross profit
of $2,651,064 in the three months ended June 30, 1998.  This increase was due to
the above  noted  growth  in sales and to an  increase  in the  Company's  gross
margin.  The gross  margin of 42.2% in the June 1999 period was 0.5% higher than
the Company's  gross margin of 41.7% in the June 1998 period.  This gross margin
improvement   was  the  result  of  the  continuing   change  in  the  Company's
merchandising  mix to  augment  its  historical  product  base of  lower  margin
traditional  toys with  educational and specialty toys which  generally  produce
better margins than traditional  toys. This change in merchandising mix has been
the centerpiece of the Company's  business plan for approximately the past three
business years.

     Operating expenses (excluding  depreciation and amortization  expenses) for
the three  months  ended  June 30,  1999 were  $3,755,090.  This  represented  a
$1,271,319,  or  51.2%,  increase  over  the  Company's  operating  expenses  of
$2,483,771 in the three months ended June 30, 1998. The primary  reasons for the
operating  expense  increase were an increase in payroll and related expenses of
$436,000  and an  increase in rent  expense of  $548,000.  The  payroll  expense
increase was due to the addition of several middle managers and employees at the
Company's  new  stores.  The  growth of rent  expense  was the  result of adding
additional stores.
<PAGE>
     During the three months ended June 30, 1999, the Company recorded  non-cash
depreciation and amortization expense of $224,468, a $36,051, or 19.1%, increase
from  $188,417  in the period  ended June 30,  1998.  Total  operating  expenses
(operating  expenses  combined with  depreciation and  amortization) in the June
1999 period were $3,979,558,  representing a $1,307,370, or 48.9%, increase from
total operating expenses of $2,672,188 in the June 1998 period.

     As a result of the  $94,287  increase in gross  profit less the  $1,307,370
increase in total operating expenses,  the Company's operating loss increased by
$1,213,083  from  $(21,124)  during  the three  months  ended  June 30,  1998 to
$(1,234,207) during the three months ended June 30, 1999.

     Interest expense totaled $315,394 for the three months ended June 30, 1999.
This  represented  a  $149,742,  or 90.4%,  increase  from  interest  expense of
$165,652 for the three months  ended June 30, 1999.  The primary  reason for the
increased  level of interest  expense was a higher  level of  borrowings  in the
three months ended June 30, 1999 than in the June 1998 period.

     As a result of the above-mentioned factors, the Company recorded a net loss
of  $(1,549,601)  for the three months ended June 30, 1999.  This  represented a
$1,362,825 increase over the net loss of $(186,776) recorded in the three months
ended June 30, 1998.

     For the three months ended June 30, 1999, the net loss of $(1,549,601)  was
reduced by non-cash  dividends  of $540,473 in order to  determine  the net loss
applicable to common shares.  This compares with $273,806 of non-cash  dividends
recorded in the three month period ended June 30, 1998.  The non-cash  dividends
represent  amortization  of the  discount  recorded  upon  issuance  of Series E
Preferred  Stock  ("Series E Stock")  and Series F  Preferred  Stock  ("Series F
Stock") with a beneficial conversion feature.

     The basic and diluted  loss per share for the three  months  ended June 30,
1999 was $(0.38) compared to basic and diluted loss per share of $(0.11) for the
three months ended June 30, 1998.  The weighted  average number of common shares
outstanding increased from 4,103,525 in the June 1998 period to 5,525,936 in the
June 1998 period.

     For the year ended  March 31,  1999 as compared to the year ended March 31,
1998

     The Company  generated net sales of $34,371,230 in the year ended March 31,
1999 (also  referred to as fiscal year 1999).  This  represented  an increase of
$11,802,703, or 52.3%, over net sales of $22,568,527 in the year ended March 31,
1998 (also referred to as fiscal year 1998).  Approximately $7.6 million of this
sales  growth came from new stores,  and the  remaining  $4 million  came from a
21.3%  increase  in  same  store  sales.  Sales  from  the  Company's  wholesale
operations were insignificant in both fiscal years.

     The Company ended fiscal year 1999 with 25 retail  locations in six states,
compared  to 19 retail  locations  in two states at the end of fiscal year 1998.
During fiscal year 1999, the Company opened six new stores.

     The Company  posted a gross profit of  $14,780,446  in the year ended March
31, 1999. This represented an increase of $5,901,518,  or 66.5%,  over the gross
profit of $8,878,928 in the year ended March 31, 1998. The gross profit increase
was due to the above  noted  growth in net  sales and to an  improvement  in the
Company's  gross  margin  from 39.3% in fiscal  year 1998 to 43% in fiscal  year
1999.  This 3.7%  gross  margin  improvement  was the  result of a change in the
Company's  merchandising  mix to augment its  historical  product  base of lower
margin  traditional  toys with  educational  and specialty toys which  generally
produce better margins than traditional  toys. This change in merchandising  mix
has been the  centerpiece of the Company's  business plan for fiscal years 1997,
1998, and 1999.


<PAGE>
     Operating  expenses  (total  operating  expenses  less  litigation  related
expenses and  depreciation  and  amortization)  in the year ended March 31, 1999
were  $12,658,376.  This represented a $3,793,769,  or 42.8%,  increase over the
Company's operating expenses of $8,864,607 in the year ended March 31, 1998. The
primary reasons for the operating expense increase were a growth in rent expense
of approximately $673,000 and in payroll and related expenses of $1,770,000. The
increases in rent and salary expenses were largely due to the opening of the six
new stores in fiscal year 1999.  As a percentage  of sales,  operating  expenses
decreased  by 2.5% to 36.8% of net sales  for  fiscal  year  1999 from  39.3% in
fiscal year 1998.

     The Company incurred $27,659 of litigation  related expenses in fiscal year
1999  compared to $583,541 of litigation  related  expenses in fiscal year 1998.
The expenses in fiscal year 1998 were  associated with the closure of five store
locations and related subsequent  litigation.  This expense includes  settlement
amounts relating to four of the five closed locations and the related legal fees
and costs.  The Company  remains in litigation  regarding the fifth closed store
and the $27,659 of litigation  related  expenses in fiscal year 1999 are largely
related to that matter.

     Depreciation and amortization  expense in the year ended March 31, 1999 was
$986,342.  This  represented a $315,060,  or 46.9%,  increase over the Company's
depreciation  and  amortization  expense of $671,282 in the year ended March 31,
1998. Depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges. The primary reason for
the depreciation and amortization  expense increase was the depreciation related
to the fixed assets  purchased  for the six new stores opened during fiscal year
1999.

     Total operating expenses (the sum of operating expenses, litigation related
expenses, and depreciation and amortization expense) in the year ended March 31,
1999 were $13,672,377.  This represented a $3,552,947,  or 35.1%,  increase over
the Company's  total  operating  expenses of $10,119,430 in the year ended March
31,  1998.  The  reasons  for this  increase  are noted in the  three  preceding
paragraphs.

     The Company  recorded  operating  income of  $1,108,069 in fiscal year 1999
compared  to an  operating  loss of  $(1,240,502)  in  fiscal  year  1998.  This
represented an improvement of $2,348,571.  This  improvement was a result of the
$5,901,518  increase in gross profit being  partially  offset by the  $3,552,949
increase in total operating expenses.

     Total  interest  expense  amounted  to $965,051 in the year ended March 31,
1999.  This  represented  a  $151,083,  or 18.6%,  increase  over the  Company's
interest  expense of $813,968 in fiscal  year 1998.  The primary  reason for the
increased  level of interest  expense was a higher level of borrowings in fiscal
year 1999 than in fiscal year 1998.

     In fiscal  year 1999,  the Company  recorded  income tax expense of $2,150,
representing  various  state income taxes.  The  Company's  net  operating  loss
carryforwards  sheltered  the Company from  federal  income taxes in fiscal year
1999.

     In fiscal  year 1998,  the  Company  recorded  net  income  tax  provisions
consisting  only of the current  portion of the minimum income taxes required by
various  jurisdictions  including  the States of California  and Delaware;  such
amounts  were  immaterial  and are included in  operating  expenses.  Changes in
deferred  taxes were offset  dollar for dollar by  adjustments  to the Company's
valuation  allowance which has reduced its net deferred tax assets to zero as of
March 31, 1999 and 1998 and resulted in a net zero dollar provision for deferred
income taxes for each of the years ended March 31, 1999 and 1998.

     As a result of the  above-mentioned  factors,  the  Company  recorded a net
income of  $140,868  for the fiscal  year ended 1999  compared  to a net loss of
$(2,054,470) for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998.

     In fiscal  year 1999,  the net income of  $140,868  was reduced by non-cash
dividends of  $1,707,725  in order to  determine  the net income  applicable  to
common shares.  The non-cash  dividends  represent  amortization of the discount
recorded upon issuance of Series E Stock with a beneficial  conversion  feature.
No dividends in the form of securities or other assets were actually paid out. A
non-cash  dividend of $1,473,806 was recorded for fiscal year 1998. As a result,
the net loss applicable to common shares was $(1,566,857),  or $(.34) per share,
for the year ended March 31, 1999 and $(3,528,276), or $(.86) per share, for the
year ended March 31, 1998.
<PAGE>
Liquidity and Capital Resources

     At June 30, 1999, the Company had a working capital  position of $4,760,003
compared to a working  capital  position of  $5,832,143  at March 31, 1999.  The
primary factors in the $1,072,140  decrease in working capital were a $1,579,092
reduction  in  the  Company's  net  investment  in   inventories   (increase  in
inventories less increase in accounts payable).

     The Company  believes  that its same store sales  showed a decline  after a
period of two years of  continuous  increases  because the flow of  allocated or
"hot" selling  merchandise is being spread over 25% more stores.  This shortfall
in allocated or "hot" selling  inventory is a result of the current credit lines
that the  Company  has with some of its  vendors.  The  Company  is  working  to
increase  its lines of credit  with its vendors to more  adequately  address not
only the past growth but its expected future growth as well.

     The Company has generated  operating  losses for the past several years and
has  historically  financed  those losses and its working  capital  requirements
through loans and sales of the Company's equity  securities,  primarily  through
the sale of the Company's Series E convertible  preferred stock. There can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to generate  sufficient revenues or have
sufficient controls over expenses and other charges to achieve profitability.

     During  the  three-month  period  ended June 30,  1999,  the  Company  used
$227,489 of cash in its  operations  compared to $958,117  used in operations in
the  three-month  period  ended  June  30,  1998.  The  Company's  net  loss was
$1,549,601 and $186,776,  respectively, in those periods. The primary reason the
Company used a far lower level of cash in its operating activities than its loss
was due to a  decrease  in its net  investment  (increase  in  inventories  less
increase in accounts payable) in inventories of $1,579,092.

     The  Company  used cash in its  operating  activities  in fiscal  year 1999
because of a $1,162,268  growth in the Company's net  investment in  inventories
(increase in  inventories  less increase in accounts  payable).  The Company has
invested in its  inventory  position to supply its growing  number of stores and
its increased level of sales.

     The Company used  $196,653 of cash in its investing  activities  during the
three-month  period ended June 30, 1999 compared to $377,028 in the  three-month
period  ended June 30,  1998.  Investing  activity  consisted of the purchase of
equipment and fixtures for new stores.

     The Company used  $2,799,819  of cash in its  investing  activities  during
fiscal year 1999 compared to $3,273,273 in fiscal year 1998. All but $100,000 of
the cash used in  investing  activities  represented  purchases  of property and
equipment.  These purchases  primarily related to the six new stores the Company
opened in fiscal year 1999. The $2,799,819  represents capital  expenditures net
of landlord tenant improvement contributions and of capital lease financing.

     In fiscal year 1998,  $2,250,000 of the investing activities related to the
purchase of restricted  certificates of deposit. Of that amount,  $2,000,000 was
used to  collateralize a letter of credit ("L/C") in the same amount in favor of
FINOVA  Capital  Corp.  ("FINOVA" - see below),  the Company's  working  capital
lender.  The other $250,000 is collateral for a facility for L/Cs. The remaining
$1,023,273  of  investing  activities  related  to  purchases  of  property  and
equipment, largely at four new stores that the Company opened.

     The Company generated $690,920 of cash from its financing activities in the
three-month  period ended June 30, 1999  compared to the  generation of $975,614
from  financing  activities in the  three-month  period ended June 30, 1998. The
primary  contributors to the Company's  financing  activities in the 1999 period
were $657,500 in proceeds from the sale of preferred stock and net borrowings on
the Company's line of credit.  Those proceeds were used to finance the Company's
working capital  requirements  and capital  expenditures  during the three-month
period  ended  June 30,  1999.  The  primary  factor  in the  prior  period  was
$1,076,497 in net borrowings on the Company's line of credit.


<PAGE>
     The Company generated  $3,507,917 from its financing activities in the year
ended March 31, 1999 compared to the  generation of  $6,033,273  from  financing
activities  in the year ended March 31, 1998.  The largest  contribution  to the
Company's  financing  activities in the 1999 fiscal year was from net borrowings
under the  Company's  financing  agreement.  The  largest  contributions  to the
Company's  financing  activities  in the 1998  fiscal  year were the  receipt of
$3,390,450  of  net  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  preferred  stock  through  a
combination  of public and private  offerings  and  $1,750,000  in proceeds from
notes payable.

     As a result of the above factors, the Company had a net increase in cash of
$266,778  in the  three-month  period  ended  June 30,  1999  compared  to a net
decrease in cash of $359,531 in the three-month  period ended June 30, 1998. The
Company had a net decrease in cash of $523,019 in fiscal year 1999 compared to a
net increase in cash of $471,264 in fiscal year 1998.

     In November  1998,  the Company  entered into an  agreement  with ZD Group,
L.L.C. ("ZD"), a related party, to secure additional financing. ZD is a New York
trust,  the  beneficiary  of which is a member of the  family  of the  Company's
chairman. Pursuant to the ZD agreement, ZD issued a $700,000 irrevocable standby
L/C in favor of FINOVA.  FINOVA then lent a matching  $700,000 to the Company in
the form of a term  loan.  The term  loan  expires  on  August 3, 2000 and bears
interest at prime plus one  percent.  As  consideration  for its issuance of the
L/C, ZD is entitled (i) to a one-third profit  percentage  after  application of
corporate  overhead  beginning April 1, 1999 from three of the Company's  stores
(Woodfield Mall in Schaumburg,  Illinois, now scheduled to open in the late fall
of 1999; Auburn Hills, Michigan; and Gurnee,  Illinois) and (ii) to nominate and
appoint  one-third of the Company's  directors  during the aforesaid store lease
terms (but in no event later than fiscal year end 2013). As those stores did not
generate a profit after  application  of corporate  overhead in the  three-month
period  ended June 30, 1999,  no payments  were accrued or made to ZD during the
June period.

     During  fiscal  1999,  the  Company  opened six new stores in high  traffic
shopping  malls for a total cost  (excluding  inventory) of  approximately  $3.4
million. The stores are located in Primm (near Las Vegas),  Nevada; Gurnee (near
Chicago),  Illinois;  Auburn Hills (near  Detroit),  Michigan;  Grapevine  (near
Dallas), Texas; Thousand Oaks and Orange (both near Los Angeles), California.

     The following transactions entered into over the second half of fiscal year
1999 were equity and debt  transactions  structured to help the Company with the
cost of the capital expenditures associated with opening the six new stores.

     On  November  24,  1998,   Breaking  Waves,  Inc.   ("Breaking  Waves"),  a
wholly-owned  subsidiary of  Shopnet.com,  Inc.  ("Shopnet,"  formerly  known as
Hollywood Productions,  Inc.), an affiliate,  purchased 1.4 million unregistered
shares of the Company's Common Stock in a private transaction.  The president of
Shopnet and Breaking  Waves is also the  chairman of the  Company.  Shopnet is a
publicly  traded  company.  The shares  purchased  by Breaking  Waves  represent
approximately  25.4% of the total Common Stock issued and outstanding  after the
transaction.

     The  consideration  for the Common Stock was $665,000,  which represented a
price of $0.475 per share.  The price  represented an  approximate  33% discount
from the then  current  market  price of $.718  reflecting  a  discount  for the
illiquidity of the shares, which do not carry any registration rights.  $300,000
of the consideration was in cash and the remaining  $365,000 was in product from
Breaking Waves,  primarily girl's swimsuits.  The $365,000 value of the swimsuit
inventory  was  determined  by the  Company  based  on its  analysis  of the net
realizable value of the inventory  received.  The Company had previously carried
swimsuits from Breaking Waves in its stores on a trial basis.

     In November 1998, the Company  entered into  agreements  with ZD (a related
party  - see  discussion  above),  Frampton  Industries,  Ltd.  ("Frampton,"  an
affiliate under common control), and Euorpe American Capital Foundation ("EACF,"
an  entity  which  beneficially  controls  the  Company)  to  secure  additional
financing. Frampton is a British Virgin Islands company.


<PAGE>
     Under the Frampton and EACF  agreements,  Frampton  lent  $500,000 and EACF
lent $150,000 in the form of a convertible,  subordinated debenture due December
31, 1999. The debentures each bear a 5% interest rate and are  convertible  into
the Company's Series E Stock at the lenders' respective options.  The conversion
price initially was $0.10 per share. That price was discounted 50% from the then
current  market  price  (November  10,  1998)  reflecting  a  discount  for  the
illiquidity  of  the  shares,  which  do  not  carry  any  registration  rights.
Subsequently,  in May 1999, the lenders agreed to amend the conversion  price to
$0.20 per share,  which  represented  the full market price of the shares on the
date of the original business transaction.

     Planned new store openings remain a significant  capital  commitment of the
Company. The Company has entered into leases to open eight new stores by the end
of calendar year 1999. he Company  expects that the costs of building  those new
stores  net of  landlord  tenant  improvement  contributions  and  of  inventory
requirements  will be approximately  $2.8 million.  The Company plans to finance
the costs of opening  those new stores  through a  combination  of capital lease
financing,  use of the  Company's  working  capital,  and the sale of additional
equity.

     The first of those  stores  opened in June in the  Venetian  in Las  Vegas,
Nevada. The costs of opening that store (excluding inventory) were approximately
$825,000.  This store was projected to be the most capital  intensive of all the
stores scheduled to be opened this fiscal year.

     The following transactions entered into after April 1, 1999 were equity and
debt  transactions  structured  to help the Company with the cost of the capital
expenditures associated with opening the total of eight new stores in 1999.

     The Company received approximately $263,000 in lease financing in the three
month  period  ended June 30, 1999.  The Company  continues  to seek  additional
capital lease financing.

     In May 1999,  pursuant to ss.506 of  Regulation D, the Company sold 750,000
shares of Series F Stock,  at a purchase price of $1.00 per share,  through Robb
Peck McCooey  Clearing  Corporation  as placement  agent.  The Company  received
$657,500  in net  proceeds  from the sale,  after  deduction  of all  investment
banking  and  legal and  administrative  fees.  Each  share of Series F Stock is
convertible,  at the  holder's  option,  into two fully paid and  non-assessable
shares of Common  Stock,  at any time  commencing  on the date the  registration
statement  registering  the Series F Stock and Common Stock  underlying  same is
declared  effective by the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  Each share of
Series F Stock shall convert  automatically  on the occurrence of the earlier of
either of the two  following  events,  without  action on the part of the holder
thereof:  (i) two years from issuance or (ii) in the event the closing price per
share of Common Stock has been at least $5.00 for a consecutive 30 day period.

     Due to the  beneficial  conversion  feature  of the  Series  F  Stock,  the
proceeds have initially  been recorded as additional  paid in capital which will
amortize over a 12-month period in the form of a non-cash dividend.

     On July 15, 1999, Tudor  Technologies,  Inc. ("Tudor") - an entity of which
Mr. Moses Mika (a director of the Company) is a shareholder - as the assignee of
an  option to  acquire  25% of the  outstanding  shares  of the  Company's  Toys
subsidiary,  which  shares were then owned by the Company and which option price
was set at Toys' book value on the date of  election  to  exercise  the  option,
elected to  exercise  its right to  purchase  the stock and  requested  that the
exercise  price be amended to reflect  the book value of Toys at the most recent
fiscal  quarter,  June 30, 1999. The Company  agreed to Tudor's  request and, on
September 15, 1999,  provided Tudor with a compilation of the Toys June 30, 1999
financial  statements as the formal basis for the exercise price.  Tudor has not
yet  provided  the Company  with the  appropriate  consideration  for the option
exercise.


<PAGE>
     This option arose out of the June 30, 1998  conversion,  by ABC Fund,  Inc.
("ABC," an affiliate of the  Company),  of a $1.5 million  debenture to Series E
Stock as of June 30, 1998. Pursuant to the terms of the debenture,  in September
1998, ABC assigned its right to purchase the Toys common stock to Tudor.

     On July 20, 1999,  the Company sold a 6.6% interest in its Toys  subsidiary
to two  investors for $2.8 million in gross  proceeds in a private  transaction.
The  investors  were an  unaffiliated  investment  banking firm and CDMI Capital
Corporation ("CDMI"), a British Virgin Islands corporation.  Mr. Moses Mika is a
shareholder of CDMI. Each party invested $1.4 million in the transaction.

     On August 4, 1999, the Company  entered into a sixth  amendment to its Loan
and Security Agreement with FINOVA. As a result of this amendment, the Company's
aggregate  credit  facility  with FINOVA  increased  from $8.3  million to $11.3
million.

     The amendment also (1) increased the minimum net worth  financial  covenant
from  $750,000  to $2.9  million  as of June 30,  1999  with  the  $2.9  million
threshold  increasing  by 60% of any equity  raised by the Company and by 60% of
any annual  profits  generated by the Company;  (2) allows the Company to sell a
minority equity interest (up to 49%) in its Toys  subsidiary;  and (3) increased
the maximum  levels of capital  expenditures,  capital leases and unsecured debt
allowed under the Financing Agreement.

     The FINOVA  Agreement is  guaranteed  by United  Textiles and is secured by
substantially  all the assets of the Company and $3,700,000 in L/Cs. Of the $3.7
million in L/Cs,  $2 million is  collateralized  by amounts held in a restricted
certificate of deposit. Multimedia Concepts International,  Inc. ("Multimedia"),
an affiliate under common control, has provided a $1 million L/C and ZD provided
a $700,000 L/C as noted above.

     During fiscal year 1999, the Company breached two negative covenants in the
FINOVA  Agreement  by  exceeding  maximum  levels of  capital  expenditures  and
unsecured and lease financing. FINOVA subsequently waived those defaults.

     Electronic  commerce represents another area that may result in significant
capital  expenditures  for the Company in fiscal 2000.  It is also a major focus
for management.  In April 1999, the Company debuted the first of three dedicated
electronic commerce web sites. This site, www.ToysWhyPayRetail.com, represents a
new trade  name for the  Company  and  allows  consumers  to  purchase,  at near
wholesale  prices,  overstocks,  special buys, and overruns on mostly name-brand
toys  purchased  by the  Company  out of  season.  The  Company  plans  to offer
approximately 1000 items for sale on the web site.

     The second and third  electronic  commerce  web sites are  currently  being
developed  to a  state-of-the-art  standard  in  conjunction  with two  Internet
consulting  firms.  These sites will offer  collectible  and imported  specialty
merchandise such as die-cast cars, dolls,  plush toys,  trains,  and collectible
action figures and are expected to open in the late fall of 1999. In conjunction
with the web site launch,  the Company plans to place computer kiosks in several
of its retail  locations in order to permit customers to place orders on the web
site for goods otherwise not sold in such store.

     The Company has entered into a letter of intent with an investment  banking
firm to raise  additional  equity in the  approximate  amount of $20-25  million
through the public sale of a minority interest in the Company's Toys subsidiary.
This public offering is expected to close in 1999. This investment  banking firm
also participated in the $2.8 million private placement in July 1999.

     The  Company  is  pursuing  this  opportunity  and is  continuing  to  seek
additional lease  financing.  There can be no assurance that the Company will be
able to obtain sufficient financing to successfully open the planned new stores.
Additionally, the Company has incurred significant capital expenditures over the
past twelve  months.  To date,  the Company has deployed its working  capital to
cover a significant  portion of these  capital  expenditures.  As a result,  the
Company is also seeking  additional  working  capital  from the  above-mentioned
equity  offerings.  Should  the  Company be unable to raise  sufficient  working
capital,  it may be  unable to  purchase  product  directly  from  factories  at
advantageous  pricing,  thereby  resulting in a negative impact on gross margins
and results of operations.


<PAGE>
     Year 2000

     In 1998,  the Company  developed a plan to upgrade its existing  management
information system and computer hardware and to become year 2000 compliant.  The
Company  has  completed  the  hardware  upgrade  and has  installed  a year 2000
compliant upgrade to its accounting software.  The Company expects to finish the
year 2000  compliance  work in the September  quarter of 1999. The total cost of
the hardware and software purchased for the project was approximately $100,000.

     Beyond the above noted internal year 2000 system issue,  the Company has no
current  knowledge of any outside third party year 2000 issues that would result
in a material  negative  impact on its  operations.  Management has reviewed its
significant  vendors' (i.e.,  Mattel, Inc. and Hasbro, Inc.) and financing arm's
(FINOVA) recent SEC filings vis-a-vis year 2000 risks and uncertainties  and, on
the basis  thereof,  is confident that the steps the Company has taken to become
year 2000 compliant are sufficient.  In continuation of this review, the Company
shall continue to monitor or otherwise  obtain  confirmation  from the aforesaid
entities - and such other entities as management deems appropriate - as to their
respective  degrees of preparedness.  To date, nothing has come to the attention
of the Company that would lead it to believe that its significant vendors and/or
service providers will not be year 2000 ready.

     Year 2000 readiness is a priority of the Company. The Company believes that
it is taking such  reasonable and prudent steps as are necessary to mitigate the
risks associated with potential year 2000  difficulties.  The effect, if any, of
year 2000  problems on the  Company's  results of operations if the Company's or
its customers,  vendors,  or service providers are not fully compliant cannot be
estimated  with any degree of certainty.  It is  nonetheless  possible that year
2000  problems  could  have a  material  adverse  effect  in that  holiday  1999
purchases  may be  stunted  due to  consumer  uncertainty  and that the  overall
business environment may be disrupted in the Company's fourth fiscal quarter.

Trends Affecting Liquidity, Capital Resources and Operations

     The Company  believes  that its same store sales in the quarter  ended June
30, 1999 showed a decline after a period of two years of continuous increases in
same store  sales  (21.3% in the 1999  fiscal  year and 3.7% in the 1998  fiscal
year) because the flow of allocated or "hot" selling merchandise is being spread
over 25% more stores.  This shortfall in allocated or "hot" selling inventory is
a result of the  current  credit  lines  that the  Company  has with some of its
vendors. The Company is working to increase its lines of credit with its vendors
to more  adequately  address  not only the past growth but its  expected  future
growth as well. As noted above, the Company has  significantly  strengthened its
balance sheet by raising  approximately  $3.5 million in additional  equity over
the past three months,  which should result in expended lines of credit with its
trade vendors.

     The  Company  believes  that its  growth and the  availability  of "hot" or
allocated  merchandise  within certain  sectors of its core business such action
figures,  video games,  and  collector  plush could have an impact on continuing
store sales in the future.  The Company is working  diligently  to address  this
issue.

     The  Company's  future  financial  performance  will depend upon  continued
demand for toys and the  Company's  ability to choose  locations for new stores,
the Company's  ability to purchase  product at favorable prices and on favorable
terms,  and the  effects  of  increased  competition  and  changes  in  consumer
preferences.

     The toy and hobby retail  industry  faces a number of  potentially  adverse
business  conditions  including  price and gross  margin  pressures  and  market
consolidation.  The  Company  competes  with a  variety  of mass  merchandisers,
superstores,  and  other  toy  retailers,  including  Toys R Us and  Kay Bee Toy
Stores. Competitors that emphasize specialty and educational toys include Disney
Stores,  Warner Bros.  Stores,  Learning Smith,  Lake Shore,  Zainy Brainy,  and
Noodle Kidoodle.  The Company also competes both through its electronic commerce
operations and through its stores against  Internet  oriented toy retailers such
as eToys,  Inc. There can be no assurance that the Company's  business  strategy
will enable it to compete effectively in the toy industry.
<PAGE>
Seasonality

     The Company's  operations are highly seasonal with approximately  30-40% of
its net sales falling within the Company's  third quarter,  which coincides with
the Christmas selling season.  The Company intends to open new stores throughout
the year, but generally before the Christmas selling season, which will make the
Company's  third  quarter  sales an even greater  percentage of the total year's
sales.

Impact of Inflation

     The impact of inflation on the Company's results of operations has not been
significant.  The Company  attempts  to pass on  increased  costs by  increasing
product prices over time.



<PAGE>
                 CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Shopnet.com, Inc.

         In January 1999,  the Company  borrowed  $100,000 from Shopnet under an
unsecured  note, with interest at 9%. In each of April and May 1999, the Company
borrowed an additional  $100,000 under unsecured notes,  with interest at 9% and
maturity on August 31, 1999 and  September 30, 1999,  respectively.  These notes
were repaid in full in July 1999.

Breaking Waves, Inc.

     On November 24,  1998,  pursuant to a sales  agreement  entered into by and
between the Company and Breaking  Waves,  Breaking  Waves  purchased 1.4 million
unregistered shares of the Company's Common Stock in a private transaction.  The
shares  purchased by Breaking Waves represent  approximately  25.2% of the total
Common Stock currently issued and outstanding.  The  consideration for the stock
was $665,000, which represents a price of $0.475 per share. The price represents
an  approximate  33%  discount  from the then  current  market  price of  $0.718
reflecting a discount for the illiquidity of the shares,  which do not carry any
registration rights. $300,000 of the consideration was remitted in cash, and the
remaining  $365,000  consisted of product from Breaking Waves (primarily  girl's
swimsuits).  The $365,000 value of the swimsuit  inventory was determined by the
Company  based on its  analysis  of the net  realizable  value of the  inventory
received.  The Company had previously  carried  swimsuits from Breaking Waves in
its stores on a trial basis.

     Pursuant  to the  sales  agreement  (which  has a  term  of  one  year  and
automatically  extends  for one year terms  unless  terminated  by either of the
parties),  the Company agreed to purchase a minimum of 250 pieces of merchandise
for  each  of its  retail  locations  and  to  provide  advertising  promotional
materials and ads of the  merchandise in all of its  brochures,  advertisements,
catalogs, and all other promotional materials, merchandising programs, and sales
promotion methods.

     On July 15, 1998,  the Company  borrowed  $300,000 from Breaking  Waves and
issued  an  unsecured  promissory  note (at 9%  interest  per  annum) to same in
exchange  therefor.  The note called for five monthly  installments of principal
and  interest  commencing  August 15, 1998 and ending  December 30, 1998 and has
been repaid in full.

     On March 1, 1998,  the Company  borrowed  $250,000 from Breaking  Waves and
issued an  unsecured  promissory  note (at 15%  interest  per  annum) to same in
exchange therefor. The note called for ten monthly installments of principal and
interest  commencing  on March 31, 1998 and ending on December  31, 1998 and has
been repaid in full.

ZD Group, L.L.C.

     In November  1998,  pursuant to an  agreement  with ZD - a related New York
limited liability company, the beneficiary of which is a member of the family of
the Company's chairman - ZD issued a $700,000  irrevocable  standby L/C in favor
of FINOVA. As consideration for its issuance of the L/C, ZD is entitled (i) to a
one-third profit  percentage after application of corporate  overhead  beginning
April 1, 1999 from three of the Company's stores  (Woodfield Mall in Schaumburg,
Illinois,  now  scheduled  to  open in the  late  fall of  1999;  Auburn  Hills,
Michigan;  and Gurnee,  Illinois) and (ii) to nominate and appoint  one-third of
the Company's  directors during the aforesaid store lease terms (but in no event
later than fiscal year end 2013).  Such stores did not  generate a profit  after
application of corporate overhead in the three-month period ended June 30, 1999,
thus,  no payments  have accrued or been made to ZD to date.  FINOVA then lent a
matching  $700,000  to the  Company  in the form of a term loan,  pursuant  to a
fourth amendment to the FINOVA Agreement  entered into on February 11, 1999. The
term loan from FINOVA expires on August 3, 2000 and bears interest at prime plus
one percent. See "Risk Factors" and "Business of the Company - Financing through
FINOVA Capital Corporation."


<PAGE>
Frampton Industries, Ltd.

     In January 1999,  the Company and Frampton,  an affiliated  British  Virgin
Islands company,  under the common control of EACF, an entity which beneficially
controls the Company, executed a letter agreement pursuant to which Frampton has
agreed to act as the exclusive  placement  agent and  financial  advisor for the
Company in  connection  with a  contemplated  proposed  offering of  convertible
debentures.  The  agreement,  which  provides that Frampton shall be provided an
investment  banking  fee of 8% of the  face  amount  of each  debenture  funded,
initially bore a six month term and was extended on mutual agreement until March
31, 2000.

     In November  1998,  the Company  entered into  agreements  with each of (i)
Frampton  and  (ii)  EACF  to  secure  additional  financing.  Pursuant  to  the
agreements,  Frampton loaned $500,000 to the Company and EACF loaned $150,000 to
the Company, each loan in the form of a convertible,  subordinated debenture due
December 31, 1999.  The  debentures  bear a 5% interest rate and initially  were
convertible  into Series E Stock at a price of $0.10 per share at Frampton's and
EACF's  respective  options.  This price represents a 50% discount from the then
current  (November  10,  1998)  market  price  reflecting  a  discount  for  the
illiquidity of the shares,  which do not carry any registration  rights.  In May
1999,  Frampton and EACF each agreed to amend such conversion price to $0.20 per
share,  which  represents  the full  market  price  on the date of the  original
transaction.

Europe American Capital Foundation

     See "-- Frampton Industries, Ltd."

United Textiles & Toys Corp.

     The Company's  parent,  United Textiles,  has guaranteed the Company's loan
from FINOVA.

     The  president of United  Textiles,  Ilan Arbel,  in a letter dated May 15,
1998,  has  represented,  generally,  his intent and ability to provide  working
capital to the Company, should same be necessary, through September 30, 1999.

     On July 27,  1998,  the Company  sold  100,000  shares of Series E Stock to
United Textiles, the Company's parent, for $100,000. In determining the purchase
price paid by United Textiles, the trading price of the Company's Series E Stock
- - along with the applicable  discounts for illiquidity,  lack of  marketability,
and  lack of  registration  rights  - were  considered.  The  trading  price  of
approximately $2.00 per share was discounted by 50% for the above reasons.

ABC Fund, Ltd.

     In June 1998,  ABC, a Belize  corporation  and an  affiliate of the Company
under  common  control,  the  holder of a 5%  convertible  secured  subordinated
Debenture  - dated  January  21, 1998 and due August 15, 2000 - offered to amend
the terms of the Debenture to enable the conversion of the principal  amount and
accrued interest  thereon,  into shares of Series E Stock, at a conversion price
of $1.00  per  share.  Management  agreed to  convert  the  Debenture  since the
conversion  of the debt  into  equity  would  result  in a  strengthened  equity
position which  management  believed  would provide  confidence to the Company's
working capital lender,  FINOVA,  and trade creditors.  Further,  converting the
debt to equity eliminated on-going interest expense  requirements as well as the
cash flow  required  to repay the  Debenture.  Simultaneously  with its offer to
amend the Debenture,  ABC elected to convert same as of June 30, 1998,  whereby,
$1.5 million in principal  amount and $33,333 in accrued interest were converted
into 1,533,333  shares of Series E Stock.  ABC did not receive any  registration
rights  regarding the shares.  Simultaneously,  ABC terminated the  Subordinated
Security  Agreement  between the parties and the Intercreditor and Subordination
Agreement, dated January 21, 1998, by and between ABC and FINOVA.


<PAGE>
     The Debenture  provided for the  conversion of same, at ABC's option,  into
shares of common stock of either (i) a subsidiary  which the Company intended to
form for the purpose of acquiring  those stores  operated by the Company (or its
subsidiaries) which conduct business as "Toys  International," or (ii) any other
subsidiary  (such as Toys)  which  might  acquire a portion  of the  assets  and
business of the Company.  This option to convert was exercisable at the net book
value of the  subsidiary's  shares on the date ABC  exercised  the option with a
limitation on such share ownership being 25% of the total outstanding  shares of
said  subsidiary.  In  September  1998,  in  accordance  with  the  terms of the
Debenture,  ABC assigned its option to Tudor,  an entity of which Mr. Moses Mika
(a director of the Company) is a shareholder. On July 15, 1999, Tudor elected to
exercise  its right to purchase  the Toys common  stock and  requested  that the
exercise  price be amended to reflect  the book value of Toys at the most recent
fiscal  quarter,  June 30, 1999. The Company  agreed to Tudor's  request and, on
September 15, 1999,  provided Tudor with a compilation of the Toys June 30, 1999
financial  statements as the formal basis for the exercise price.  Tudor has not
yet  provided  the Company  with the  appropriate  consideration  for the option
exercise.

CDMI Capital Corporation

     On July 20, 1999, the Company and Toys entered into an investment agreement
whereby an  unaffiliated  investment  bank and CDMI,  a British  Virgin  islands
corporation  of which Moses Mika,  a director of the Company,  is a  shareholder
each purchased 330,000 shares (or 3.3%) of Toys common stock for an aggregate of
$2.8  million as a bridge  financing  to a proposed  public  offering  (to raise
approximately  $20-25  million  in the fall of 1999  via the sale of a  minority
interest  of Toys  common  stock).  This  placement  of  securities  reduced the
Company's  ownership of Toys from 100% to 93.4%.  Pursuant to the agreement,  if
the public  offering price for the shares is less than the $2.8 million the Toys
Investors  collectively  paid for their shares,  the Toys Investors will receive
from Toys, at the closing of the offering,  either  additional shares or cash to
cover the  difference.  In the event this is  required,  Toys,  and  hence,  the
Company,  could  incur a  potentially  considerable  operating  loss which might
reduce  the  Company's  profits  significantly.  See  Risk  Factor  No.  12 -- "
Potential Rescission of Investment in Toys International.COM, Inc."

     The agreement  also allows the Toys  Investors to rescind the agreement and
recover their respective $1.4 million  investments if (i) for reasons within the
control  of the  Company  or Toys,  Toys is unable to raise  funds in the public
offering  by April 1,  2000,  (ii)  Toys  breaches  certain  representations  or
warranties under the agreement,  (ii) Toys' actual quarterly  financials deviate
by 30% or more from the  financials  comprising  its  business  plan,  (iii) the
market valuation of the Company at the public offering is less than $50 million,
or (iv)  the  $2.8  million  in  proceeds  of the  investment  are not  utilized
according to certain agreed upon terms. In the event the Toys Investors  rescind
the agreement,  Toys would be required to repurchase the shares for $2.8 million
in cash.

     Officers and Directors

     The Company  leases  40,000  square feet of combined  office and  warehouse
space (approximately 3,000 square feet is office space, and the remaining 37,000
square feet is warehouse space), at an approximate annual cost of $247,000, from
a partnership of which one of the partners is Richard Brady, the president and a
director  of the  Company.  The lease  expires in April  2000,  and the  Company
believes  that it is on  terms  no more or less  favorable  than  terms it might
otherwise have negotiated with an unaffiliated party.

     In early April 1999, each of Messrs. Brady and Rashbaum returned his 25,000
shares of Series E Stock  which were issued to same by the Company in March 1998
as bonuses in recognition  of their efforts to further the Company's  turnaround
toward profitability.


<PAGE>
     During  fiscal  1999,  the Company  remitted an aggregate of $33,000 to Mr.
Rashbaum in consideration of the consulting  services he provided therefor.  Mr.
Rashbaum received $2,500 per month for the first nine months of the fiscal year,
and  commencing  January 1, 1999,  his  consulting  fee  increased to $3,500 per
month.  Mr. Rashbaum  devotes a significant  portion of his time to the Company.
Among other  things,  he reviews  potential  store  sites,  assists in strategic
planning, reviews all cash outflows, and otherwise works closely with management
in further developing and implementing the Company's ongoing business strategy.

     Pursuant to the Company's SOP, in July 1997,  the Company  granted to James
Frakes (chief financial officer and secretary),  pursuant to his hire, an option
to purchase  30,000  shares of Common  Stock at an  exercise  price of $3.25 per
share,  vesting at the rate of 10,000 shares per annum in July 1998,  1999,  and
2000. On June 17, 1998,  the board  elected to adjust the exercise  price of the
option to $1.15,  representing  110% of the closing price of the Common Stock on
said date. No portion of the option has been exercised.

Multimedia Concepts International, Inc.

     In January 1998, in accordance with certain  financing  provided by FINOVA,
the Company  received  $3.0  million in standby  L/Cs.  Of same,  $2 million was
established  by the  Company  and was  secured  by a $2 million  certificate  of
deposit  which was acquired  with $1.5 million in proceeds  from a  subordinated
debt  arrangement and $500,000 from the proceeds of the Company's  December 1997
public  offering of Series E Stock.  The  remaining  $1 million was  provided by
Multimedia,  an  affiliate  of the Company by virtue of its 78.5%  ownership  of
United Textiles, the Company's parent.

Europe American Capital Corporation

     From April 1996 to June 1997,  EACC,  an entity of which Ilan Arbel  and/or
his relatives is/are  officer(s) and/or  director(s),  exercised its options and
purchased an aggregate of 3,562,070 shares of the Series E Stock for $3,562,070.
An aggregate of 361,500 shares were  converted to Common Stock which,  inclusive
of the  250,000  shares of Series E Stock  issued in June 1997,  constituted  an
aggregate of 3,450,570 shares of Series E Stock  outstanding prior to the Series
E Stock public  offering in December  1997.  The proceeds of the funds  received
from this  investment  enabled  the Company (i) to acquire the assets of Toys (a
three store  chain) in January  1997,  (ii) to finance the openings of the Santa
Clarita,  Arizona Mills,  Redondo  Beach,  Ontario  Mills,  and Clairemont  Mesa
stores,  (iii)  to  redesign  four  store  locations,  and (iv) to  support  the
Company's operations during the Company's business turnaround.

Toys International Inc. Consulting Agreement

     In January 1997, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with Gayle
Hoepner,  a selling  stockholder and former chief executive officer of Toys. Mr.
Hoepner was not an affiliate of the Company. The term of the agreement commenced
on January 16,  1997,  expired on April 16, 1997,  and called for three  monthly
payments of $10,000 each.  Pursuant to the consulting  agreement,  Mr.  Hoepner,
among other things,  (i) advised the Company on specialty toys purchasing,  (ii)
introduced  management  to  his  contacts  in the  specialty  toy  industry  and
accompanied  management  to the  Nurnberg,  Germany toy show,  and (iii) advised
management on potential  store sites.  The Company  believes that this agreement
was on terms no less  favorable than terms it might  otherwise  have  negotiated
with any other unrelated third party.

American Toys, Inc. Spin-Off

     On January 30, 1996,  pursuant to the  requirements  of the Company's  loan
agreement with  Congress,  American  Toys,  Inc. (the  Company's  former parent)
converted all $1.4 million of debt owed by the Company into equity.  Congress is
not affiliated with the Company.  In exchange for the debt,  American Toys, Inc.
agreed to receive  from the Company  one share of Series D Preferred  Stock with
the right to elect 2/3 of the  Company's  board of  directors  upon  stockholder
approval.  In  August  1996,  the one  share of  Series D  Preferred  Stock  was
converted into 385,676 shares of the Company's Common Stock based on the initial
amount of the debt  divided  by the  average  price of the  shares  for a 90 day
period prior to the  conversion.  This was performed in order for American Toys,
Inc. to spin such shares off to its  stockholders and divest its interest in the
Company.


<PAGE>
     See  "Management " for a description of the Company's  compensation  of its
officers and directors.

                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     See attached Financial Statements.


<PAGE>
                       PLAY CO. TOYS & ENTERTAINMENT CORP.
                 (A Subsidiary of United Textiles & Toys Corp.)




                                Table of Contents

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                               Page

<S>                                                                                                            <C>
Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants                                                             F-2

Financial Statements

     Balance Sheets at March 31, 1998 and 1999, and June 30, 1999 (unaudited)                                  F-3

     Statements of Operations and  Comprehensive Net Income (Loss) for the Years
         Ended March 31, 1998 and 1999, and the Three
         Months Ended June 30, 1998 and 1999 (unaudited)                                                       F-5

     Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the Years Ended March 31, 1998
         and 1999, and the Three Months Ended June 30, 1999 (unaudited)                                        F-6

     Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended March 31, 1998 and 1999,
         and the Three Months Ended June 30, 1998 and 1999 (unaudited)                                         F-7

Notes to Financial Statements                                                                                  F-9


</TABLE>

                                       F-1


<PAGE>
               REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS





Board of Directors
Play Co. Toys & Entertainment Corp.

     We  have  audited  the  accompanying  balance  sheets  of Play  Co.  Toys &
Entertainment  Corp. (a subsidiary of United  Textiles & Toys Corp.) as of March
31, 1999 and 1998 and the related statements of operations and comprehensive net
income (loss), stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in
the  period  ended  March  31,  1999.   These   financial   statements  are  the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted  our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion,  the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in  all  material   respects,   the  financial  position  of  Play  Co.  Toys  &
Entertainment  Corp.  at  March  31,  1999  and  1998,  and the  results  of its
operations  and its cash  flows  for each of the two years in the  period  ended
March 31, 1999 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.



                                                             HASKELL & WHITE LLP

Newport Beach, California
June 24, 1999



                                       F-2


<PAGE>
                       PLAY CO. TOYS & ENTERTAINMENT CORP.
                 (A Subsidiary of United Textiles & Toys Corp.)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                  Balance Sheets



                                 ASSETS (Note 4)

                                                June 30, 1999        March 31,
                                                 (unaudited)   1999            1998

Current
<S>                                           <C>           <C>           <C>
     Cash .................................   $   392,745   $   125,967   $   648,986
     Restricted certificates of deposit
       (Notes 2 and 4) ....................       350,000       350,000       250,000
     Accounts receivable ..................       131,836        98,276        78,594
     Merchandise inventories ..............    12,247,019    11,506,284     7,872,804
     Other current assets .................     1,188,941     1,310,263       183,928
                                              -----------   -----------   -----------

                  Total current assets ....    14,310,541    13,390,790     9,034,312

Property and equipment, net of
     accumulated depreciation and
     amortization of $4,283,071, $4,058,603
     and $3,414,235, respectively (Note 3)      5,511,871     5,348,175     2,782,386

Restricted certificate of deposit
     (Notes 2 and 4) ......................     2,000,000     2,000,000     2,000,000

Deposits and other assets (Note 4) ........       922,838       411,427       323,189
                                              -----------   -----------   -----------

                                              $22,745,250   $21,150,392   $14,139,887
                                              ===========   ===========   ===========
</TABLE>

                 See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                       F-3


<PAGE>
                       PLAY CO. TOYS & ENTERTAINMENT CORP.
                 (A Subsidiary of United Textiles & Toys Corp.)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                 Balance Sheets

                      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

                                                                                   March 31,
                                                                                            1998
                                                            June 30, 1999                  Restated
                                                             (unaudited)        1999      (Note 11)
Current
<S>                                                          <C>           <C>           <C>
     Accounts payable ....................................   $ 7,931,270   $ 5,611,442   $ 3,505,230
     Accrued expenses and other liabilities ..............       407,180       595,008       726,601
     Current portion of capital lease obligations (Note 5)       262,088       227,197          --
     Current portion of notes payable (Note 6) ...........       950,000     1,125,000       350,000
                                                             -----------   -----------   -----------

                  Total current liabilities ..............     9,550,538     7,558,647     4,581,831

Borrowings under financing agreement (Note 4) ............     8,263,713     7,814,666     5,445,198

Capital lease obligations, net of current portion (Note 5)       572,838       585,681          --

Notes payable, net of current portion (Note 6) ...........          --            --       1,500,000

Deferred rent liability (Note 9) .........................       129,533       126,769       110,351
                                                             -----------   -----------   -----------

                  Total liabilities ......................    18,516,622    16,085,763    11,637,380
                                                             -----------   -----------   -----------

Commitments and contingencies
     (Notes 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10 and 13)

Stockholders' equity (Note 11)
     Series E convertible preferred stock, $1 par value,
       25,000,000  shares authorized as of June 30, 1999;
       5,833,903,  5,833,903 and 4,200,570 shares outstanding,
       respectively, full liquidation value of $5,833,903,
       $5,833,903 and  $4,200,570,  net of unamortized
       discount of $1,364,279,  $1,842,252 and $1,916,644
       for beneficial conversion feature, respectively
       (Note 11)                                              6,160,074      5,682,101     3,974,376

     Series F convertible preferred stock, $.01 par value,
     5,500,000 shares authorized, 750,000 shares outstanding     62,500        -                -

     Common stock, $.01 par value, 160,000,000 shares
     authorized as of June 30, 1999; 5,548,852, 5,503,519
     and 4,103,519 shares outstanding, respectively              55,488         55,035       41,035

     Additional paid-in capital                              16,048,319     15,335,172   12,927,918
     Accumulated deficit                                    (18,097,753)   (16,007,679) (14,440,822)
                                                            -------------   ----------- ---------------

                  Total stockholders' equity                  4,228,628      5,064,629    2,502,507
                                                            -------------   ----------- ----------------
                                                       $     22,745,250    $21,150,392  $14,139,887
                                                            =============   =========== ================

</TABLE>

                 See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                       F-4


<PAGE>
                       PLAY CO. TOYS & ENTERTAINMENT CORP.
                 (A Subsidiary of United Textiles & Toys Corp.)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



          Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Net Income (Loss)

                                                                Three Months Ended June 30,        Years Ended March 31,
                                                                                                                  1998
                                                                1999             1998                           Restated
                                                             (unaudited)      (unaudited)        1999           (Note 11)
                                                         -----------------  ---------------   ----------      -----------------

<S>                                                         <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
Net sales ...............................................   $  6,508,565    $  6,357,395    $ 34,371,230    $ 22,568,527

Cost of sales ...........................................      3,763,214       3,706,331      19,590,784      13,689,599
                                                            ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------

                  Gross profit ..........................      2,745,351       2,651,064      14,780,446       8,878,928
                                                            ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------

Operating expenses
     Operating expenses (Notes 9 and 10) ................      3,649,774       2,460,959      12,658,376       8,864,607
     Litigation related expenses (Note 7) ...............        105,316          22,812          27,659         583,541
     Depreciation and amortization ......................        224,468         188,417         986,342         671,282
                                                            ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------

                  Total operating expenses ..............      3,979,558       2,672,188      13,672,377      10,119,430
                                                            ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------

Operating income (loss) .................................     (1,234,207)        (21,124)      1,108,069      (1,240,502)
                                                            ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------

Interest expense (Note 4)
     Interest and finance charges .......................        284,664         138,452         796,202         525,323
     Amortization of debt issuance costs ................         30,730          27,200         168,849         288,645
                                                            ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------

                  Total interest expense ................        315,394         165,652         965,051         813,968
                                                            ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------

Net income (loss) before income taxes ...................     (1,549,601)       (186,776)        143,018      (2,054,470)

Provision for income taxes (Note 8) .....................           --              --             2,150            --
                                                            ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------

Net income (loss) .......................................     (1,549,601)       (186,776)        140,868      (2,054,470)

Other items of comprehensive income (loss) ..............           --              --              --              --
                                                            ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------

Comprehensive net income (loss) .........................   $ (1,549,601)   $   (186,776)   $    140,868    $ (2,054,470)
                                                            ============    ============    ============    ============

Calculation of basic and diluted income (loss) per share:

     Net income (loss) ..................................     (1,549,601)    (186,776) $         140,868    $ (2,054,470)

     Effects of non-cash dividends on convertible
        preferred stock (Note 11) .......................       (540,473)       (273,806)     (1,707,725)     (1,473,806)
                                                            ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------

Net loss applicable to common shares ....................   $ (2,090,074)   $   (460,582)   $ (1,566,857)   $ (3,528,276)
                                                            ============    ============    ============    ============

Basic and diluted income (loss) per common share
     and share equivalents ..............................   $       (.38)   $       (.11)   $       (.34)   $       (.86)
                                                            ============    ============    ============    ============

Weighted average number of common shares
     and share equivalents outstanding ..................      5,525,936       4,103,525       4,590,642       4,098,971
                                                            ============    ============    ============    ============

</TABLE>

                 See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                       F-5


<PAGE>
                       Statements of Stockholders' Equity
              Years Ended March 31, 1999 and 1998 and Three Months
                        Ended June 30, 1999 (unaudited)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       Preferred Stock                          Additional                Total
                                      Series E            Series F            Common Stock      Paid-In      Accumulated  Stock
                                 Shares    Amount    Shares      Amount    Shares     Amount    Capital      Deficit      holders'
Balance,                                                                                                                  Equity
<S>                            <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>    <C>        <C>      <C>         <C>           <C>
April 1, 1997 .................2,500,570  $2,500,570  --           --     4,083,519  $40,835  $ 9,374,177 $(10,912,546) $1,003,036

Issuance of Common
Stock for cash ......               --        --      --           --        20,000      200          300           --         500
Issuance of Series
E Preferred Stock
for cash ......................  950,000      --      --           --       --            --    1,200,000           --   1,200,000
Issuance of Series
E warrants for cash .                _         _      --           --       --            --       50,000           --      50,000
Issuance of Series
E Preferred Stock
and warrants for cash,
net of offering expenses ......  750,000      --      --           --       --            --    2,303,441           --   2,303,441
Non-cash dividend to amortize
discount on Series E (Note 11).     --    1,473,806   --           --       --            --          --    (1,473,806)         --
Net loss for the year .........     --        --      --           --       --            --          --    (2,054,470) (2,054,470)
                               ---------  ---------   -------     ------  ---------   ------   ----------  ------------ ------------

Balance,
March 31, 1998 ................4,200,570  3,974,376   --           --     4,103,519   41,035   12,927,918  (14,440,822)  2,502,507

Conversion of
debt and accrued
interest to Series
E Preferred Stock              1,533,333      --      --           --       --            --    1,533,333           --   1,533,333
Issuance of Series
E Preferred Stock
for cash .....................   100,000      --      --           --       --            --      100,000           --     100,000
Issuance of Series E
Preferred Stock and
options to consultants .......     --         --      --           --       --            --       78,750           --      78,750
Issuance of Common Stock for cash
and inventories ..............     --         --      --           --     1,400,000   14,000      651,000           --     665,000
Non-cash dividend to amortize
discount on Series E (Note 11)     --     1,707,725   --           --       --            --          --   (1,707,725)          --
Issuance of stock options to
consultants                        --         --      --           --       --            --       44,000           --      44,000
Miscellaneous adjustments ....     --         --      --           --       --            --          171           --         171
Net income for the year ......     --         --      --           --       --            --          --      140,868      140,868
                               ---------  ---------   -------     ------  ---------   ------   ----------  ------------ ------------

Balance, March 31, 1999 ...... 5,833,903  5,682,101   --           --     5,503,519   55,035   15,335,172 (16,007,679)   5,064,629

Issuance of Series F Stock ...     --         --       750,000     --       --            --      657,500           --     657,500
Issuance of Common Stock .....     --         --      --           --        45,333      453       55,647           --      56,100
Net loss for the quarter .....     --         --      --           --       --            --          --   (1,549,601)  (1,549,601)
Non-cash dividend to amortize
discount on Series E (Note 11)     --       477,973   --           --       --            --          --     (477,973)          --
Non-cash dividend to amortize
discount on Series F .........     --         --      --           62,500   --            --          --      (62,500)          --
                               ---------  ---------   -------     ------  ---------   ------   ----------  ------------ ------------

Balance, June 30, 1999
(unaudited) .....               750,000    $ 62,500  5,883,903 $6,160,074 5,548,852  $55,488  $16,048,319 $18,097,753   $4,228,628
                               ---------  ---------   -------     ------  ---------   ------   ----------  ------------ ------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>


                 See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                       F-6



<PAGE>
                       Statements of Cash Flows (Note 12)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                                      Three Months Ended June 30,       Years Ended March 31,
                                                          1999           1998
                                                       (unaudited)    (unaudited)       1999            1998
                                                     ---------------- -----------     ----------   ------------

Cash flows from operating activities:
<S>                                                   <C>            <C>            <C>                 <C>
     Net income (loss) ............................   $(1,549,601)   $  (186,776)   $   140,868    $(2,054,470)
     Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss)
       to net cash used for operating activities:
         Depreciation and amortization ............       224,468        188,417        983,459        671,282
         Loss on abandonment of assets ............          --             --             --           45,255
         Amortization of debt issuance costs ......        43,100         27,200        109,977        196,849
         Deferred rent ............................         2,764          4,552         16,418        (16,574)
         Amortization of stock options ............          --             --          122,921           --
         Stock compensation .......................        56,100         10,938           --             --
     Increase (decrease) from changes in:
         Accounts receivable ......................       (33,560)        26,618        (19,682)       (18,388)
         Merchandise inventories ..................      (740,735)    (1,503,233)    (3,268,480)    (1,779,874)
         Other current assets .....................       229,541       (154,428)    (1,236,312)        63,385
         Deposits and other assets ................      (511,410)       (93,072)       (88,238)      (195,241)
         Accounts payable .........................     2,319,827      1,249,369      2,106,212        381,379
         Accrued expenses and other liabilities ...      (267,983)      (527,702)       (98,260)       417,661
                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

               Cash used for operating activities .      (227,489)      (958,117)    (1,231,117)    (2,288,736)
                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

Cash flows from investing activities:
     Purchase of restricted certificates of deposit          --             --         (100,000)    (2,250,000)
     Purchases of property and equipment ..........      (196,653)      (377,028)    (2,699,819)    (1,023,273)
                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

               Cash used for investing activities .      (196,653)      (377,028)    (2,799,819)    (3,273,273)
                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

</TABLE>



<PAGE>
                 Statements of Cash Flows (Note 12) (continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                      Three Months Ended June 30,       Years Ended March 31,
                                                          1999           1998
                                                       (Unaudited)         (Unaudited)               1999                  1998
                                                     ----------------      -----------------       ----------      ------------

Cash flows from financing activities:
<S>                                                      <C>             <C>            <C>              <C>
     Change in bank overdraft ......................           --              --              --          (135,325)
     Borrowings under financing agreements .........      8,561,047       8,099,497      43,239,568      33,560,443
     Repayments under financing agreements .........     (8,112,000)     (7,023,000)    (40,870,100)    (32,554,120)
     Proceeds from notes payable ...................        200,000            --         2,700,000       1,750,000
     Repayment of notes payable ....................       (375,000)       (100,000)     (1,925,000)       (141,666)
     Repayments under capital leases ...............       (240,627)           (883)        (36,551)           --
     Proceeds from issuance of common stock ........           --              --            14,000             500
     Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock .....        657,500            --           386,000       3,390,450
     Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock
       warrants ....................................           --              --              --           162,991
                                                       ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------
               Cash provided by financing activities        690,920         975,614       3,507,917       6,033,273
                                                       ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------

Net increase (decrease) in cash ....................        266,778        (359,531)       (523,019)        471,264

Cash, beginning of period ..........................        125,967         648,986         648,986         177,722
                                                       ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------

Cash, end of period ................................   $    392,745    $    289,455    $    125,967    $    648,986
                                                       ============    ============    ============    ============

</TABLE>



<PAGE>
                       PLAY CO. TOYS & ENTERTAINMENT CORP.
                 (A Subsidiary of United Textiles & Toys Corp.)

                          Notes to Financial Statements
                       Years Ended March 31, 1999 and 1998





1.       Summary of Accounting Policies

         Business Organization and Revenue Recognition

     Play  Co.  Toys  &  Entertainment  Corp.  (the  "Company")  is  a  Delaware
corporation  that  owns and  operates  retail  stores  which  sell  educational,
specialty,  collectible,  and traditional toys. The Company had twenty-five (25)
retail stores located within southern California,  Arizona, Illinois,  Michigan,
Nevada, and Texas at March 31, 1999, as compared to nineteen (19) stores located
in California  and Arizona as of March 31, 1998.  The Company's  retail  stores,
which are located in  high-traffic  malls and strip  centers,  operate under the
names "Play Co. Toys," "Toys International," and "Toy Co."

     In August 1996, the Company  became a subsidiary of United  Textiles & Toys
Corp.  ("UTTC").  As of March 31,  1999,  UTTC owns  approximately  45.2% of the
outstanding shares of the Company's Common Stock.

     Revenues are  recognized  at the point of sale for retail  locations and at
the shipping date for wholesale  operations.  Wholesale  operations  represent a
minor portion of the Company's operations.

     Basis of Presentation - Three Months Ended June 30, 1999 and 1998

     The unaudited  interim  financial  statements for the  three-month  periods
ended June 30, 1999 and 1998 included  herein have been prepared by the Company,
without  audit,  pursuant to the rules and  regulations  of the  Securities  and
Exchange Commission and, in the opinion of the Company,  reflect all adjustments
(consisting  only of normal  recurring  adjustments)  and disclosures  which are
necessary for a fair presentation. The results of operations for the three-month
period ended June 30, 1999 is not necessarily indicative of the results that may
be expected for any other interim period or for the year ending March 31, 2000.


                                       F-9


<PAGE>
                       PLAY CO. TOYS & ENTERTAINMENT CORP.
                 (A Subsidiary of United Textiles & Toys Corp.)

                          Notes to Financial Statements
                       Years Ended March 31, 1999 and 1998





1.       Summary of Accounting Policies (continued)

     Nature of Relationships with Affiliates

     As described in the footnotes  following,  the Company obtains a portion of
the financing from and engages in transactions with affiliated entities, many of
which are under common control.  These entities and the nature of the affiliates
are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                           Affiliates Under Common Control

<S>                                                           <C>
         Name of Entity                                       Nature of Affiliation

         United Textiles & Toys Corp. ("UTTC"):               A company that held a majority of the Company's
                                                              common stock through November 1998 and 45.2%
                                                              since the Breaking Waves, Inc. investment in
                                                              Common Stock (see below and Note 11).  UTTC
                                                              effectively controls the Company.  The president
                                                              of UTTC is Ilan Arbel.

         Multimedia Concepts:                                 Majority stockholder in UTTC.  The
         International, Inc. ("MMCI")                         president and director of MMCI is Ilan Arbel.

         Europe American Capital Foundation                   A Swiss foundation which is the penultimate
         ("EACF")                                             control entity of Play Co. and its respective,
                                                              successive parent corporations, or the beneficial
                                                              owner of 45.2% of Play Co. shares.  EACF is the
                                                              sole stockholder/ beneficiary of Frampton Industries,
                                                              Ltd. and ABC Fund, Ltd., and the majority stockholder
                                                              of American Telecom, PLC.

         Europe American Capital Corporation                  Entity of which Ilan Arbel and/or
                                                              his ("EACC") relatives is/are officer(s) and/or director(s).

         Frampton Industries, Ltd. ("Frampton")               Entity which is wholly owned by EACF.

         American Telecom PLC                                 Entity 80% owned by EACF.

         ABC Fund, Ltd. ("ABC")                               Entity which is wholly owned by EACF.
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
1.       Summary of Accounting Policies (continued)

     Nature of Relationships with Affiliates (continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    Other Affiliates

         <S>                                                  <C>
         Name of Entity                                       Nature of Affiliation

         U.S. Stores Corp. ("USSC")                           A private company whose president is Ilan Arbel,
                                                              who is also a director.  Parent company of MMCI.

         ZD Group L.L.C. ("ZD")                               ZD is a New York Trust, the beneficiary of which
                                                              is a member of the family of the Company's Chairman.

         European Ventures Corp. ("EVC")                      Parent company of Shopnet.com.  Ilan Arbel is the
                                                              president. Mr. Arbel's father, a director of the
                                                              Company, is the majority shareholder.

         Shopnet.com ("Shopnet")                              The Chairman of Play Co. is the president and a
                                                              director of Shopnet.

         Breaking Waves, Inc. ("BWI")                         This entity is a wholly owned subsidiary of
                                                              Shopnet, and also owns 25% of Play Co's Common
                                                              Stock (Note 11).  The president of BWI is also
                                                              the Chairman of the Board of the Company and a
                                                              relative of Ilan Arbel.

</TABLE>

                                      F-10


<PAGE>
                       PLAY CO. TOYS & ENTERTAINMENT CORP.
                 (A Subsidiary of United Textiles & Toys Corp.)

                          Notes to Financial Statements
                       Years Ended March 31, 1999 and 1998


1.       Summary of Accounting Policies (continued)

     Nature of Relationships with Affiliates (continued)

         100%


         80%



                                                    American Telecom PLC


                                             Europe American Capital Foundation


         100%




         The  following  chart  graphically   depicts  the  Company's  ownership
structure at March 31, 1999 for those entities under common control:

                       Europe American Capital Foundation
                                       80%
100%                                                                  100%
Frampton Industries, Ltd.          American Telecom PLC           ABC Fund, Ltd.

                                      100%
                                U.S. Stores Corp.


                                      67.7%
                     Multimedia Concepts International, Inc.


                                      78.5%
                          United Textiles & Toys Corp.


                                      45.2%
                       Play Co. Toys & Entertainment Corp.

                                      F-11


<PAGE>
                       PLAY CO. TOYS & ENTERTAINMENT CORP.
                 (A Subsidiary of United Textiles & Toys Corp.)

                          Notes to Financial Statements
                       Years Ended March 31, 1999 and 1998


1. Summary of Accounting Policies (continued)

     Merchandise Inventories

     Merchandise  inventories  are  stated  at  the  lower  of  cost  (first-in,
first-out method - "FIFO") or market.

     Concentration of Credit Risk

     The Company  maintains cash balances at three banks.  Accounts at each bank
are  insured by the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  up to $100,000 in
aggregate. Uninsured balances are approximately $2,466,645 at June 30, 1999, and
$2,603,308 and $2,698,986 at March 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively.

     Property and Equipment

     Property and equipment is recorded at cost.  Depreciation  and amortization
are provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives (3 -
15 years) of the related assets.  Leasehold  improvements are amortized over the
lesser  of  the  related  lease  terms  or the  estimated  useful  lives  of the
improvements. Maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred.

     Store Opening and Closing Costs

     Costs incurred to open a new retail location such as advertising,  training
expenses  and  salaries  of newly  hired  employees  are  generally  expensed as
incurred and improvements to leased facilities are capitalized. Upon permanently
closing a retail location,  the costs to relocate fixtures,  terminate employees
and other related costs are expensed as incurred.  In addition,  the unamortized
balances of any abandoned leasehold improvements are expensed.

     In April 1998, the AICPA's Accounting  Standards Executive Committee issued
Statement of Position (SOP) 98-5, Reporting on the Costs of Start-Up Activities.
The SOP, which is effective for fiscal years  beginning  after December 15, 1998
with earlier application  encouraged,  requires entities to expense start-up and
organization  costs for  establishing  new  operations.  The Company adopted the
provisions  of this  statement  as of March 31, 1999  without  impact  given its
historical treatment of store opening costs.

                                      F-12


<PAGE>
                       PLAY CO. TOYS & ENTERTAINMENT CORP.
                 (A Subsidiary of United Textiles & Toys Corp.)

                          Notes to Financial Statements
                       Years Ended March 31, 1999 and 1998


1        Summary of Accounting Policies (continued)

     Income Taxes

     The Company uses the  liability  method of  accounting  for income taxes in
accordance  with  Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards  (SFAS) No. 109,
Accounting for Income Taxes.  Deferred income taxes are recognized  based on the
differences  between  financial  statement  and  income  tax bases of assets and
liabilities  using enacted rates in effect for the year in which the differences
are expected to reverse.  Valuation allowances are established,  when necessary,
to reduce the  deferred tax assets to the amount  expected to be  realized.  The
provision  for income  taxes  represents  the tax payable for the period and the
change during the period in deferred tax assets and  liabilities,  including the
effect of change in the valuation allowance, if any.

     Net Loss Per Share

     During the three-month  period ended December 31, 1997, the Company adopted
the  provisions  of SFAS  No.  128,  Earnings  Per  Share,  which  requires  the
disclosure of "basic" and "diluted"  earnings  (loss) per share.  Basic earnings
(loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss),  after reduction for
preferred stock dividends and the accretion of any redeemable  preferred  stock,
by the weighted average number of common shares  outstanding during each period.
Diluted  earnings (loss) per share is similar to basic earnings (loss) per share
except  that the  weighted  average  number  of  common  shares  outstanding  is
increased to reflect the dilutive  effect of potential  common  shares,  such as
those  issuable  upon the  exercise of stock or warrants and the  conversion  of
preferred stock, as if they had been issued.

     Non-cash  dividends recorded to amortize the discount on Series E Preferred
Stock totaled  $1,707,725  and $1,473,806 for the years ended March 31, 1999 and
1998,  respectively (Note 11). Non-cash dividends recorded to amortize discounts
on preferred  stock totaled  $540,473 and $273,806 for the  three-month  periods
ended June 30, 1999 and 1998, respectively.

     For  each of the  years  ended  March  31,  1999 and  1998,  as well as the
three-month periods ended June 30, 1999 and 1998, there is no difference between
basic and  diluted  loss per common  share as the  effects  of stock  options or
warrants and conversion of preferred stock are anit-dilutive  given the net loss
applicable to common shares for each year.


                                      F-13


<PAGE>
                       PLAY CO. TOYS & ENTERTAINMENT CORP.
                 (A Subsidiary of United Textiles & Toys Corp.)

                          Notes to Financial Statements
                       Years Ended March 31, 1999 and 1998



1 Summary of Accounting Policies (continued)

     Net Loss Per Share (continued)

     As of June  30,  1999,  March  31,  1999  and  1998,  potentially  dilutive
securities  outstanding  which were not included in the calculation of basic and
diluted net loss per common share consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                June 30,         Potential Common Shares
                                                                  1999                                 March 31,
                                                              (unaudited)                          1999                      1998
                                                              -----------                        -------------------       --------
         Common shares issuable upon:

         Conversion of Series E Preferred Stock;
         5,833,903, 5,833,903 and 4,200,570
         shares outstanding, respectively, each
         convertible into six shares of Common
<S>                                                           <C>                 <C>               <C>
         Stock, subject to holding periods.                   35,003,418          35,003,418        25,203,420

         Exercise of 2,000,000 outstanding
         warrants to purchase 2,000,000
         shares of convertible Series E
         Preferred Stock, each share of
         Series E then convertible into
         six shares of Common Stock,
         subject to holding periods.                         12,000,000           12,000,000        12,000,000

         Conversion of debentures (Note 6) into
         3,250,000 shares of Series E Preferred
         Stock, each share of Series E then
         convertible into six shares of Common
         Stock, subject to holding periods.                  19,500,000           19,500,000               -

         Conversion of Series F Preferred Stock;
         750,000 shares outstanding, each
         convertible into two shares of common
         stock, subject to holding                            1,500,000                   -                -

         Exercise of employee stock options                      30,000               30,000           30,000
                                                             ----------           ----------       ----------

                                                             68,033,418           66,533,418       37,233,420
                                                         ==============         ============       ==========

</TABLE>

<PAGE>
1.       Summary of Accounting Policies (continued)

     Statements of Cash Flows

     For purpose of the  statements  of cash flows,  the Company  considers  all
highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or
less to be cash equivalents.

     Fair Value of Financial Instruments

     The carrying amount of the Company's financial  instruments,  consisting of
accounts receivable,  accounts payable, and borrowings,  approximates their fair
value.

     Use of Estimates

     The  preparation  of financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues
and expenses, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements. Actual amounts could differ from those estimates.

     Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

     SFAS No.  121,  Accounting  for the  Impairment  of  Long-Lived  Assets and
Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of, requires that long-lived assets and certain
identifiable  intangibles  to be held  and used by an  entity  be  reviewed  for
impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that the
carrying  amount  of an  asset  may  not be  recoverable.  For the  purposes  of
evaluating  potential  impairment,  the Company's assets are grouped by physical
location,   namely  the  corporate   office/warehouse,   and  individual  retail
locations.  The Company adopted SFAS 121 effective  April 1, 1997.  There was no
impact of such  adoption on the  Company's  financial  condition  and results of
operations.   Since   adopting  SFAS  121  in  April  1997,  the  Company  gives
consideration  to events or changes in  circumstances  for each of its locations
and has not identified  circumstances other than the closure of retail locations
(see Note 7) which resulted in the write-off of  unamortized  balances of tenant
improvements for the year ended March 31, 1998. The expense related to the write
off of such assets was immaterial.


                                      F-14


<PAGE>
                       PLAY CO. TOYS & ENTERTAINMENT CORP.
                 (A Subsidiary of United Textiles & Toys Corp.)

                          Notes to Financial Statements
                       Years Ended March 31, 1999 and 1998





1.       Summary of Accounting Policies (continued)

     Stock-Based Compensation

     SFAS  No.  123,  Accounting  for  Stock-Based   Compensation,   established
financial   accounting  and  reporting   standards  for   stock-based   employee
compensation  plans and certain  other  transactions  involving  the issuance of
stock.  The  Company  adopted  the  disclosure  requirements  of  SFAS  123  for
stock-based employee compensation  effective April 1, 1996. However, the Company
continues to use the intrinsic value method for recording  compensation expenses
as prescribed by APB Opinion No. 25,  Accounting  for Stock Issued to Employees.
The fair value method  prescribed by SFAS No. 123 is used to record  stock-based
compensation to non-employees.

     Effect of New Accounting Pronouncements

     In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income.
This statement  establishes standards for reporting and display of comprehensive
income and its components (revenues,  expenses, gains and losses) in an entity's
financial  statements.  This  statement  requires an entity to classify items of
other comprehensive  income by their nature in a financial statement and display
the accumulated balance of other  comprehensive  income separately from retained
earnings and  additional  pai in-capital in the equity section of a statement of
financial  position.  This  pronouncement,  which is effective  for fiscal years
beginning  after December 15, 1997, was adopted by the Company during the fiscal
year ending March 31, 1999 without impact to the financial statements for either
of the years ended March 31, 1999 or 1998.

     In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 131, Disclosure About Segments of an
Enterprise and Related  Information.  This statement requires public enterprises
to report financial and descriptive  information about its reportable  operating
segments and  establishes  standards for related  disclosures  about product and
services, geographic areas, and major customers. This pronouncement is effective
for fiscal years  beginning  after  December 15, 1997.  Management  reviewed the
provision  of this  statement  during the year ended March 31,  1999.  While the
Company has expanded into several  states during the year,  management  believes
the Company's operations to be limited to one reporting segment being a retailer
of  educational,  specialty,  collectible,  and  traditional  toys.  All  of the
Company's sales have been domestic, and there are no foreign operations.


                                      F-15


<PAGE>
                       PLAY CO. TOYS & ENTERTAINMENT CORP.
                 (A Subsidiary of United Textiles & Toys Corp.)

                          Notes to Financial Statements
                       Years Ended March 31, 1999 and 1998





2.       Restricted Certificates of Deposit

     At March 31, 1999 and 1998, the Company has three  certificates  of deposit
which are restricted as to their nature. The first, in the amount of $2,000,000,
represents  collateral  against a letter of credit securing  financing under the
FINOVA  Capital  Corporation  agreement  ("FINOVA  Financing")  (Note  4) and is
classified as a non-current  asset since the funds in the certificate of deposit
will  remain  restricted  until the letter of credit  expires or is  released by
FINOVA Capital Corporation ("FINOVA"). The second, in the amount of $250,000, is
collateral  for a facility  for letters of credit.  The third,  in the amount of
$100,000,  is to cover an increase on the previously  mentioned letter of credit
facility.

3.       Property and Equipment

     Property and equipment consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                   June 30, 1999              March 31,
                                    (unaudited)        1999            1998

<S>                                 <C>            <C>            <C>
Furniture, fixtures and equipment   $ 6,351,945    $ 5,968,292    $ 4,222,586
Leasehold improvements ..........     2,742,664      2,763,711      1,551,760
Signs ...........................       510,067        501,798        317,363
Vehicles ........................       104,912        104,912        104,912
Construction in progress ........        85,354         68,065           --
                                    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                      9,794,942      9,406,778      6,196,621

Accumulated depreciation and
  amortization ..................    (4,283,071)    (4,058,603)    (3,414,235)
                                    -----------    -----------    -----------

                                    $ 5,511,871    $ 5,348,175    $ 2,782,386
                                    ===========    ===========    ===========
</TABLE>

     The  following is a summary of property and  equipment  held under  capital
leases (Note 5):

                                June 30, 1999    March 31,
                                 (unaudited)       1999       1998

Furniture and fixtures ......   $ 1,112,104    $   849,429    $-
Less accumulated depreciation      (218,257)      (112,584)    --
                                -----------    -----------     --
                                $   893,847    $   736,845    $-

<PAGE>
4.       Financing Agreements

     On February 7, 1996, the Company borrowed, under an agreement with Congress
Financial  Corporation  (Western)  (the  "Congress  Financing"),   approximately
$2,243,000,  the  proceeds  of which  were  used to repay  the then  outstanding
borrowings  under a bank  line  of  credit  agreement.  The  Congress  Financing
provided for maximum  borrowings up to $7,000,000 based upon a percentage of the
cost value of  eligible  inventory,  as  defined.  Outstanding  borrowings  bore
interest at 1.5% above the prime rate, as defined.

     In connection  with the Congress  Financing,  and the previous bank line of
credit agreement,  European American Capital Corp. ("EACC"),  an affiliate (Note
1), provided a $2,000,000  letter of credit for  collateral.  As compensation to
EACC, the Company  granted EACC options  ("EACC  Options" - Note 11), to acquire
shares of Common Stock and Preferred  Stock,  the  aggregate  value of which was
$458,000. The aggregate $458,000 was initially included in other assets, as debt
issuance costs, and additional paid-in capital. The option values were amortized
into  interest  expense  through the  February 1, 1998  maturity of the Congress
Financing,  resulting  in  aggregate  interest  charges of $196,849 for the year
ended March 31, 1998.

     In March 1997,  the Congress  Financing  was amended to provide for,  among
other things,  increased borrowing ratios and an additional $1,000,000 letter of
credit  as  collateral  from  EACC.  Thereafter,   the  Congress  Financing  was
collateralized  by an  aggregate  $3,000,000  in letters of credit  through  its
maturity on February 1, 1998.

     On  February  3, 1998,  the Company  borrowed  $4,866,324  under the FINOVA
Financing,  the  proceeds  of  which  were  used  primarily  to  repay  the then
outstanding  borrowings under the Congress  Financing and to pay fees related to
the FINOVA Financing.

     The FINOVA Financing, as amended currently, provides for maximum borrowings
up to $8,300,000 based on a percentage of the cost value of eligible  inventory,
as defined.  Outstanding  borrowings  bear interest at 1.5% above prime rate, as
defined  (the  prime  rate at  March  31,  1999 and 1998  was  7.75%  and  8.5%,
respectively).  The  agreement  matures on August 3, 2000 and can be renewed for
one additional year at the lender's option.


                                      F-16


<PAGE>
                       PLAY CO. TOYS & ENTERTAINMENT CORP.
                 (A Subsidiary of United Textiles & Toys Corp.)

                          Notes to Financial Statements
                       Years Ended March 31, 1999 and 1998





4.   Financing Agreements (continued)

     Total  fees  related  to  the  FINOVA  Financing  aggregated  approximately
$272,000 and are being  amortized over the 30-month term of the  agreement.  The
unamortized  portion of these debt issuance costs was $133,876 and $253,858,  as
of March 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively, and is included in "Deposits and other
assets" in the balance  sheets.  Additional  costs were incurred and capitalized
during the year  relating to  amendments  to the  agreement  that  increased the
borrowing capacity.

     The FINOVA Financing includes a financial covenant requiring the Company to
maintain,  at all times, net worth, as defined,  of $750,000.  At March 31, 1999
and 1998, the Company was in compliance with this financial covenant.

     The FINOVA Financing also includes  various other  covenants,  two of which
the Company  violated during the year by exceeding the specified  maximum levels
of capital expenditures and debt financing. The Company has received a waiver of
these defaults.

     The FINOVA  Financing is guaranteed by UTTC and is secured by substantially
all of the assets of the Company  and  $3,000,000  in letters of credit.  Of the
$3,000,000 in letters of credit, $2,000,000 is collateralized by amounts held in
a restricted certificate of deposit (Note 2). The remaining $1,000,000 letter of
credit, has been provided by MMCI, an affiliate of the Company (Note 1).

     At March 31, 1999, the Company also has $700,000 included in its borrowings
from  FINOVA  under  a term  loan  due  concurrently  with  the  overall  FINOVA
Financing,  with  interest  at prime  plus one  percent,  secured by a letter of
credit (Note 9).


                                      F-17


<PAGE>
                       PLAY CO. TOYS & ENTERTAINMENT CORP.
                 (A Subsidiary of United Textiles & Toys Corp.)

                          Notes to Financial Statements
                       Years Ended March 31, 1999 and 1998



5.       Capital Lease Obligations

     During the year ending  March 31,  1999,  the Company  entered into several
leases with  financing  companies  that have been  classified  as capital  lease
obligations.  The amounts financed ranged from $49,901 to $232,098, with varying
monthly installment payments from $849 to $5,313, at interest rates varying from
12.6% to 19.6%.  The leases,  which have maturity dates ranging from October 15,
2001 to March 1, 2004, require minimum payments as follows:

                                Year ending
                                 March 31,

                                   2000   $   249,423
                                   2001       249,423
                                   2002       234,658
                                   2003       213,986
                                   2004       152,672
                                          -----------
Total minimum lease payments ..........     1,100,162
Less amount representing interest .....      (287,284)
                                          -----------
Present value of minimum lease payments       812,878
Less current portion ..................      (227,197)
                                          -----------
Long-term portion .....................   $   585,681
                                          ===========

6.       Notes Payable
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                             June 30, 1999      March 31,
                                                              (unaudited)            1999                1998


Note payable to ABC, an affiliate (Note 1), bearing
interest at 5% per annum. Converted with accrued interest of
$33,333, into 1,533,333 shares of Series E Preferred Stock
<S>   <C>                                                     <C>               <C>              <C>
(Note 11).                                                    $        -        $       -        $        1,500,000

</TABLE>



<PAGE>
6.       Notes Payable (continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                             June 30, 1999      March 31,
                                                              (unaudited)            1999                1998

Note payable to BWI, an affiliate (Note 1), bearing
interest at 15% per annum, paid in ten monthly installments
of $25,000 plus accrued interest through maturity on
December 31, 1998. Note was subordinate to the FINOVA
<S>                                                                  <C>              <C>               <C>
Financing (Note 4).                                                  -                -                 250,000

Note payable to stockholder of Toys International
non-interest bearing, guaranteed by UTTC, an affiliate (Note
1), paid in quarterly installments of $25,000 through its
maturity on January 16, 1999.                                        -                -                 100,000

Note payable to Shopnet, an affiliate (Note 1), bearing
interest at 9% per annum, payable in monthly installments of
$25,000 with an original maturity of June 15, 1999. Note has been
verbally extended to July 22, 1999.                               75,000            75,000                    -

Note payable to Shopnet, an affiliate (Note 1), bearing
interest at 9% per annum, payable in monthly installments of
$25,000 with an original maturity of June 15, 1999. Note has
been verbally extended to July 22, 1999.                          75,000              -                       -

</TABLE>

                                      F-18


<PAGE>
                       PLAY CO. TOYS & ENTERTAINMENT CORP.
                 (A Subsidiary of United Textiles & Toys Corp.)

                          Notes to Financial Statements
                       Years Ended March 31, 1999 and 1998





6.       Notes Payable (continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                             June 30, 1999      March 31,
                                                              (unaudited)            1999                1998

Note payable to Shopnet, an affiliate (Note 1), bearing
interest at 9% per annum, payable in monthly installments of
$25,000 with an original maturity of June 15, 1999. Note has
<S>                                                               <C>                <C>                   <C>
been verbally extended to July 22, 1999.                          100,000            -                     -

Note payable to Full Moon Development, Inc., an
unaffiliated entity, bearing interest at 12%, payable in
monthly installments of $50,000 through maturity on July 30,
1999.                                                              50,000         200,000                  -

Note payable to Full Moon Development, Inc., an
unaffiliated entity, bearing interest at 12%, payable in
monthly installments of $66,667, except for the final
installment which is due at maturity on June 30, 1999,
twenty days after previous payment.                                    -          200,000                  -

Convertible debenture to Frampton, an affiliate (Note
1), bearing interest at 5% per annum, with interest only
payments due monthly beginning March 1, 1999, convertible to
Series E Preferred Stock, due at maturity on December 31,
1999.                                                            500,000         500,000                   -

</TABLE>

                                      F-19


<PAGE>
                       PLAY CO. TOYS & ENTERTAINMENT CORP.
                 (A Subsidiary of United Textiles & Toys Corp.)

                          Notes to Financial Statements
                       Years Ended March 31, 1999 and 1998





6.       Notes Payable (continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             June 30, 1999      March 31,
                                                              (unaudited)            1999                1998

Convertible debenture to EACF, an affiliate (Note 1),
bearing interest at 5% per annum, with interest only
payments due monthly beginning March 1, 1999, convertible to
Series E Preferred Stock, due at maturity on December 31,
<S>                                                             <C>               <C>                <C>
1999.                                                           150,000           150,000                   -

Total notes payable                                             950,000         1,125,000              1,850,000

Less current portion                                           (950,000)       (1,125,000)              (350,000)
                                                            ---------------     ---------------    -----------------
Long-term portion                                                $ -             $ -                 $ 1,500,000
                                                            ===============     ===============    =================
</TABLE>

     The above  notes may carry  interest  rates  that  differ  from  prevailing
interest  rates.  The Company  has not  provided  for  imputed  interest on rate
discounts or premiums as the effects are immaterial to the financial statements.

     The above convertible  debentures to Frampton and EACF are both convertible
into Series E Preferred  Stock.  The debenture  holder has the right at any time
prior to the maturity date to convert all or part of the outstanding  principal.
The conversion price is $.20 per share, i.e. for every $100,000  converted,  the
holder would receive 500,000  shares.  Each share of Series E Preferred Stock is
convertible into six shares of Common Stock (Note 11).

7.       Closure of Retail Stores - Litigation

     During the year ended March 31, 1998,  the Company  closed,  and ultimately
vacated,  five  retail  locations  prior to the end of their lease  terms.  As a
result, four of the five landlords filed lawsuits against the Company to collect
unpaid  rent as well as  rental  obligations  remaining  under  the terms of the
respective leases.

     Subsequent  to the filing of actions by the landlords and through May 1998,
the Company with  assistance of outside counsel  reached  settlement  agreements
with the various  landlords.  These settlements  aggregated  $469,600,  of which
$57,820 remains outstanding on one settlement.
<PAGE>
7.       Closure of Retail Stores - Litigation (continued)

     The  statement  of  operations  for the year ended  March 31, 1999 and 1998
includes $27,659 and $583,541,  respectively,  of "litigation  related expenses"
which comprise the settlement costs on the aforementioned leases, and legal fees
associated with the negotiations.  Litigation  related expenses totaled $105,316
and  $22,812  for  the  three-month  periods  ended  June  30,  1999  and  1998,
respectively.

     The Company  currently has one remaining  landlord/tenant  matter which has
yet to be resolved.  As of March 31,  1999,  the Company has accrued a liability
related  to this  matter,  which  is an  estimate  by  management  based  on its
analysis.  The Company's  management  expects this matter to be resolved without
further material effects on the financial statements.

8.       Income Taxes

     The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                       Year Ended March 31,
                                                                                     1999                1998

         Current:
<S>                                                                             <C>                <C>
             Federal                                                            $             -    $              -
             State                                                                        2,150                   -
                                                                                ---------------    ----------------

                  Total current                                                           2,150                   -

         Deferred:
             Federal                                                                     40,424             750,224
             State                                                                       45,726             156,280
                                                                                ---------------    ----------------

                  Total deferred                                                         86,150             906,504
                                                                                ---------------    ----------------

                  Valuation allowance                                                   (86,150)          (906,504)
                                                                                ---------------    ---------------

                  Total provision for income taxes                              $         2,150    $              -
                                                                                 ===============    ================

</TABLE>

                                      F-20


<PAGE>
                       PLAY CO. TOYS & ENTERTAINMENT CORP.
                 (A Subsidiary of United Textiles & Toys Corp.)

                          Notes to Financial Statements
                       Years Ended March 31, 1999 and 1998





8.       Income Taxes (continued)

     Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary  differences
between the carrying  amounts of assets and liabilities for financial  reporting
purposes  and the  amounts  used for income  tax  purposes.  The tax  effects of
significant  items  comprising the Company's net deferred  income tax assets and
liabilities are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                             March 31,
                                                                                     1999                1998

<S>                                                                             <C>                <C>
         Inventories                                                            $      (329,264)   $       (227,696)
         AMT tax credits                                                                (23,260)            (23,260)
         Accrued expenses                                                                72,760             (19,779)
                                                                                ---------------    ----------------

                  Current portion of net deferred income
                      tax (assets) liabilities                                         (279,764)           (270,735)
                                                                                ---------------    ----------------

         Depreciation and amortization                                                 (211,108)            (28,388)
         Loss on disposal of assets                                                     127,043              25,926
         Net operating loss carryforwards                                            (3,471,124)         (3,652,294)
         Deferred rent liability                                                        (50,099)            (43,891)
         Income taxes                                                                       794                 508
         Amortization of stock options                                                 (200,520)           (202,049)
                                                                                ---------------    ----------------

                  Long-term portion of net deferred
                      income tax (assets) liabilities                                (3,805,014)         (3,900,188)
                                                                                ---------------    ----------------

         Total net deferred income tax (assets) liabilities                          (4,084,778)         (4,170,923)
                                                                                ----------------   -------------------

         Valuation allowance                                                          4,084,778           4,170,923
                                                                                ---------------    ----------------

                  Net deferred income taxes                                     $             -    $              -
                                                                                ===============    ================
</TABLE>

     At March 31, 1999 and 1998, a 100% valuation allowance has been provided on
the net deferred  income tax assets since the Company can not determine  that it
is "more likely than not" to be realized.


                                      F-21


<PAGE>
                       PLAY CO. TOYS & ENTERTAINMENT CORP.
                 (A Subsidiary of United Textiles & Toys Corp.)

                          Notes to Financial Statements
                       Years Ended March 31, 1999 and 1998





8.       Income Taxes (continued)

     The  reconciliation  of income taxes computed at the federal  statutory tax
rate to income  taxes at the  effective  income  tax rate in the  statements  of
operations is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                       Year Ended March 31,
                                                                                     1999                1998

<S>                                                                                    <C>             <C>
         Federal statutory income tax (benefit) rate                                   34.0%           (34.0)%
         Permanent adjustments                                                          4.4               -
         State income taxes, net of federal benefit                                     1.5              0.1
         Change in valuation allowance                                                (38.4)            33.9
                                                                                   ---------          --------------

                  Effective income tax rate                                             1.5%               -%
</TABLE>

     At March 31, 1999, the Company has net operating  loss (NOL)  carryforwards
of approximately  $9,400,000 for federal purposes and  approximately  $5,000,000
for state  purposes.  The federal NOLs are  available to offset  future  taxable
income and expire at various  dates  through March 31, 2013 while the state NOLs
are available and expire at various dates through March 31, 2003.

     A portion of the NOLs  described  above are  subject to  provisions  of the
Internal   Revenue  Code  ss.382  which  limits  use  of  net   operating   loss
carryforwards  when  changes of  ownership of more than 50% occur during a three
year  testing  period.  During  the years  ended  March 31,  1994 and 1995,  the
Company's  ownership  changed  by more  than  50% as a  result  of the May  1993
acquisition  of a majority  interest in the Company and the  Company's  November
1994  completion  of an initial  public  offering of its Common  Stock.  Further
changes in Common and Preferred Stock  ownership  during each of the years ended
March 31, 1997 through  1999,  as  described  in Note 11, have also  potentially
limited  the  use  of  NOLs.  The  effect  of  such  limitations  has  yet to be
determined. NOLs could be further limited upon the exercise of outstanding stock
options  and stock  purchase  warrants  or as a result  of the May 1999  private
offering of Series F Preferred Stock (Note 13).


                                      F-22


<PAGE>
                       PLAY CO. TOYS & ENTERTAINMENT CORP.
                 (A Subsidiary of United Textiles & Toys Corp.)

                          Notes to Financial Statements
                       Years Ended March 31, 1999 and 1998





9.       Commitments and Contingencies

         Operating Leases

     The  Company  leases  its  retail  store  properties  under   noncancelable
operating  lease  agreements  which expire through June 2009 and require various
minimum annual  rentals.  Several of the leases  provide for renewal  options to
extend the leases for additional five or ten-year periods.  Certain store leases
also require the payment of property taxes,  normal maintenance and insurance on
the properties  and additional  rents based on percentages of sales in excess of
various specified retail sales levels.

     During the years ended March 31, 1999 and 1998, the Company incurred rental
expense under all operating  leases of $4,104,073 and $3,112,822,  respectively.
Contingent rent expense was insignificant  during the years ended March 31, 1999
and 1998.  Rent expense  totaled  $1,325,761 and $1,056,951 for the  three-month
period ended June 30, 1999 and 1998.

         At March 31, 1999,  the aggregate  future  minimum  lease  payments due
under these  noncancelable  leases,  including  approximately  $448,000  for the
remaining term of the lease for the closed Rialto,  California  retail  location
(Note 7) through November 2003, are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                Related
                                                                 Party
                                                                Office/
                      Year Ending                              Warehouse            Retail
                       March 31,                               (Note 10)           Locations             Total
                   ----------------                         ---------------     ---------------    ----------------

<S>                      <C>                                <C>                 <C>                <C>
                         2000                               $       247,289     $     5,148,190    $      5,395,479
                         2001                                        20,624           4,952,250           4,972,874
                         2002                                             -           4,536,291           4,536,291
                         2003                                             -           4,374,766           4,374,766
                         2004                                             -           3,472,774           3,472,774
                      Thereafter                                          -           7,447,655           7,447,655
                                                            ---------------     ---------------    ----------------

                  Total minimum lease payments             $     267,913        $    29,931,926    $     30,199,839
                                                            =============       ===============    ===================
</TABLE>


                                      F-23


<PAGE>
                       PLAY CO. TOYS & ENTERTAINMENT CORP.
                 (A Subsidiary of United Textiles & Toys Corp.)

                          Notes to Financial Statements
                       Years Ended March 31, 1999 and 1998





9.       Commitments and Contingencies (continued)

     Operating Leases (continued)

     As of the date of this  report  the  Company  has  executed  leases for the
opening of ten (10)  additional  stores in California,  Nevada,  North Carolina,
Texas, Illinois, and Tennessee. The stores are expected to open on various dates
in August 1999 through November 2000, and have varying  expiration dates through
2010. The new leases will require expected  minimum rental payments  aggregating
approximately  $27,434,000  over the life of the leases.  Accordingly,  existing
minimum lease  commitments  as of March 31, 1999,  plus those  expected  minimum
commitments  for the proposed retail  locations  would  aggregate  minimum lease
commitments of approximately $57,634,000.

         4.       Delisting of Securities

     Until  September  24, 1997,  the  Company's  Common Stock was quoted on the
NASDAQ SmallCap Stock Market.

     Since September 24, 1997, the Company's Common Stock, as well as its Series
E  Preferred  Stock and Series E Preferred  Stock  purchase  warrants  sold in a
public offering completed in December 1997, have been quoted over-the-counter on
the OTC Bulletin Board.

     Dependence on Suppliers

     For the years ended March 31, 1999 and 1998,  approximately forty-one (41%)
and  thirty-one  percent (31%) of the Company's  inventory  purchases  were made
directly from five (5) manufacturers.  The Company typically  purchases products
from its suppliers on credit  arrangements  provided by the  manufacturers.  The
termination  of  a  credit  line  or  the  loss  of  a  major  supplier  or  the
deterioration of the Company's  relationship  with a major supplier could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business.

     401(k) Employee Stock Ownership Plan

     In May 1994, the Company  adopted a 401(k)  Employee  Stock  Ownership Plan
(the "Plan") which covers  substantially all employees of the Company.  The Plan
includes  provisions  for both an Employee  Stock  Ownership Plan ("ESOP") and a
401(k) Plan.


                                      F-24


<PAGE>
                       PLAY CO. TOYS & ENTERTAINMENT CORP.
                 (A Subsidiary of United Textiles & Toys Corp.)

                          Notes to Financial Statements
                       Years Ended March 31, 1999 and 1998





9.       Commitments and Contingencies (continued)

     401(k) Employee Stock Ownership Plan (continued)

     The  ESOP  allows  only  contributions  by the  Company  which  can be made
annually at the  discretion  of the Company's  Board of  Directors.  The ESOP is
designed to invest  primarily in the Company's  Common Stock.  Through March 31,
1999, there had been no transactions with regards to the ESOP.

     The 401(k)  portion of the Plan is  contributed  to by the employees of the
Company through payroll deductions.  The Company makes no matching contributions
to the 401(k) portion of the Plan.

     Financing Agreement

     In November 1998, the Company  entered into an agreement with ZD, a related
party (Note 1), to secure additional financing.  Pursuant to this agreement,  ZD
issued a  $700,000  irrevocable  standby  letter of credit  ("L/C")  in favor of
FINOVA,  the  Company's  working  capital  lender.  FINOVA  then lent a matching
$700,000  to the  Company  in the form of a term loan  (Note  4).  The term loan
expires on August 3, 2000 and bears interest at prime plus one percent.

     As  consideration  for its  issuance of the L/C, ZD will  receive  payments
representing  one-third (33%) of the net profits from three stores,  Great Lakes
Crossing, Gurnee Mills, and Woodfield Mall (scheduled to open late summer 1999).
The net profit of each store will include an appropriate allocation of corporate
overhead.  The  expense  related to the net profits  interest  due to ZD will be
accrued  beginning  April 1, 1999,  the  effective  date of the  agreement.  The
duration of the agreement  with ZD is equal to the current lease term of each of
the stores,  including any  renewals,  but in any event not beyond the Company's
fiscal year ending March 31, 2013. The store leases currently expire,  including
options for  renewal,  at various  dates  through  June 2009.  The Company  will
categorize  this expense as  (effective)  interest  since these costs  represent
compensation to secure additional financing.  As these stores did not generate a
profit after application of corporate  overhead in the three-month  period ended
June 30, 1999, no payments were earned or made to ZD during this period.

     Additionally, as long as the agreement is in effect, ZD will have the right
to nominate and appoint one-third of the Company's Board of Directors.


                                      F-25


<PAGE>
                       PLAY CO. TOYS & ENTERTAINMENT CORP.
                 (A Subsidiary of United Textiles & Toys Corp.)

                          Notes to Financial Statements
                       Years Ended March 31, 1999 and 1998





9.       Commitments and Contingencies (continued)

     1994 Stock Option Plan

     In June 1994,  the Company  adopted a Stock Option Plan (the "Plan")  which
provides for options to purchase an aggregate of not more than 50,000  shares of
Common  Stock as may be  granted  from  time to time by the  Company's  Board of
Directors. Pursuant to the hire of the Company's current Chief Financial Officer
and Secretary, the Company granted an option to purchase 30,000 shares of Common
Stock at an  exercise  price of $3.25 per share was  authorized,  vesting at the
rate of 10,000  shares  per annum in each of July 1998,  1999 and 2000.  In June
1998, the Board of Directors  adjusted the exercise price of the option to $1.15
per share.  As of March 31,  1999,  no portion of the option to purchase  Common
Stock had been exercised.

     Seasonality

     The  Company's  business  is highly  seasonal  with a large  portion of its
revenues and profits being  derived  during the months of November and December.
Accordingly,  in order for the  Company to operate,  it must obtain  substantial
short-term  borrowings from lenders and the Company's suppliers during the first
three-quarters  of each  fiscal  year to purchase  inventory  and for  operating
expenditures.  Historically,  the  Company  has been able to obtain  such credit
arrangements  and  substantially  repay the amounts  borrowed from suppliers and
reduce  outstanding  borrowings from its lender during the fourth quarter of its
fiscal year.

     Year 2000

     In 1998,  the Company  developed a plan to upgrade its existing  management
information  system  ("MIS")  and  computer  hardware  and to  become  year 2000
compliant.  The Company has completed  the hardware  upgrade and has installed a
year 2000 compliant upgrade to its accounting  software.  The Company expects to
finish the year 2000 compliance work by the end of September 1999.

     To finance the cost of the new  hardware in the computer  upgrade  project,
the Company  entered into a lease in the amount of $82,472,  bearing an interest
rate of 10.8%.  The total cost of the hardware and  software  purchased  for the
project was  approximately  $100,000.  This lease is  included  with the capital
lease obligations described in Note 5.


                                      F-26


<PAGE>
                       PLAY CO. TOYS & ENTERTAINMENT CORP.
                 (A Subsidiary of United Textiles & Toys Corp.)

                          Notes to Financial Statements
                       Years Ended March 31, 1999 and 1998





9.       Commitments and Contingencies (continued)

     Year 2000 (continued)

     Beyond the above noted internal year 2000 system issue,  the Company has no
current  knowledge of any outside third party year 2000 issues that would result
in a material  negative  impact on its  operations.  Management has reviewed its
significant  vendors' and financial  institution's  recent SEC filings vis-a-vis
year 2000 risks and uncertainties  and, on the basis thereof,  is confident that
the steps the Company has taken to become year 2000 compliant are sufficient. In
continuation of this review,  the Company shall continue to monitor or otherwise
obtain  confirmation  from the aforesaid  entities - and such other  entities as
management deems  appropriate - as to their respective  degrees of preparedness.
To date,  nothing has come to the attention of the Company that would lead it to
believe that its significant  vendors and/or service  providers will not be year
2000 ready.

     Year 2000 readiness is a priority of the Company. The Company believes that
it is taking such  reasonable and prudent steps as are necessary to mitigate the
risks associated with potential year 2000 difficulties.  However, the effect, if
any,  of year 2000  problems  on the  Company's  results  of  operations  if the
Company's  or its  customers,  vendors,  or  service  providers  are  not  fully
compliant cannot be estimated with any degree of certainty.

     10. Related Party Transactions

     Office and Warehouse Lease

     The Company leases an  office/warehouse  building from Davidson,  Welker, &
Brady,  a  partnership  of which  one of the  partners,  Richard  Brady,  is the
Company's Chief Executive Officer and Director.  The original lease was executed
in October 1986. The lease term was for a 10-year period,  with increases in the
monthly rent tied to the CPI,  adjusted every three years. The lease was amended
in 1993 to extend the term through April 2000 (Note 9), with an option to extend
for a period of five  years  under the same terms and  conditions  of the lease.
Rent expense under this lease totaled $247,289 for each of the years ended March
31, 1999 and 1998 and $61,822 for each of the three-month periods ended June 30,
1999 and 1998.


                                      F-27


<PAGE>
                       PLAY CO. TOYS & ENTERTAINMENT CORP.
                 (A Subsidiary of United Textiles & Toys Corp.)

                          Notes to Financial Statements
                       Years Ended March 31, 1999 and 1998





10.      Related Party Transactions (continued)

     Consulting Fees

     The Company made payments  aggregating  $33,000 and $25,000 to the Chairman
of the Board of Directors for various consulting services during the years ended
March 31,  1999 and 1998,  respectively,  and  $10,500  and  $6,250  during  the
three-month periods ended June 30, 1999 and 1998, respectively.

     Commitment of Financing

     The individual,  beneficial majority stockholder of UTTC, in a letter dated
May 15,  1998,  has  represented  his intent and  ability to provide  additional
working  capital to the Company,  should such be  necessary,  through  September
1999.

11.      Equity Transactions

     Capital Structure

     The following  summarizes the Company's  capital  structure as of March 31,
1999, as amended in April 1998,  and the subsequent  change thereto  approved at
the annual meeting of its shareholders on May 5, 1999 and effected May 12, 1999:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                   March 31,            May 12,
                                                                                     1999                1999

                Common Stock

                Authorized shares of $.01 par value
<S>                                                                                  <C>                <C>
                   common stock                                                      51,000,000         160,000,000

                Preferred Stock

                Authorized 15,500,000 shares of preferred stock designated as:

                   $1.00 par convertible Series E                                    10,000,000          25,000,000

                   $.01 par convertible Series F                                      5,500,000           5,500,000
</TABLE>

11.      Equity Transactions (continued)

     Capital Structure (continued)

     Each share of Series E Preferred  Stock  ("Series E Stock") is  convertible
into six shares of Common Stock at the option of the holder commencing two years
from the date of issuance  for a period of five years.  The Series E Stock has a
liquidation  preference of $1.00 per share. Prior to June 30, 1997, the Series E
Stock was convertible into 20 shares of Common Stock upon issuance.


<PAGE>
     Each share of Series F Preferred  Stock  ("Series F Stock") is  convertible
into two shares of Common  Stock at the option of the holder  commencing  at any
time  following  the date the  registration  statement  is  declared  effective.
Holders of Series F Stock are also  entitled  to,  when and as  declared  by the
Board of Directors,  cumulative dividends at $.08 per share. Dividends are fully
cumulative and accrue (whether or not declared), without interest, from the date
such dividends are payable. The Series F Stock will automatically convert on the
earlier of two years after  issuance or in the event the Company's  Common Stock
has a closing  price of at least  $5.00 per share for a  consecutive  thirty-day
period.  The  Series F Stock has a  liquidation  preference  of $0.50 per share,
subject only to the Series E Stock preference.

     Issuance of Common Stock

     In November 1998, the Company  issued  1,400,000  shares of Common Stock to
Breaking  Waves,  Inc.,  an affiliate  (Note 1), in  consideration  for cash and
inventory.  The  Company  received  $300,000  in cash and  inventory  valued  at
$365,000 based upon the Company's  analysis of the net  realizable  value of the
inventory received.


                                      F-28


<PAGE>
                       PLAY CO. TOYS & ENTERTAINMENT CORP.
                 (A Subsidiary of United Textiles & Toys Corp.)

                          Notes to Financial Statements
                       Years Ended March 31, 1999 and 1998





11.      Equity Transactions (continued)

     EACC Options

     In connection  with the Congress  Financing (Note 4), and the previous bank
line of credit  agreement,  EACC  provided  a  $2,000,000  letter of credit  for
collateral.  As  compensation  to EACC, the Company  granted EACC options ("EACC
Options") to acquire shares of 350,000  Common Stock,  the value of such options
estimated  at  $224,000  by the  Company;  and  options to acquire  (i) up to an
additional  1,250,000  shares of Common Stock at a purchase  price of 25% of the
closing bid price for the Company's  Common Stock on the last business day prior
to exercise for a period of six months  commencing  February  1996, the value of
such options was considered to be insignificant,  and (ii) an option to purchase
up to an aggregate  20,000,000  shares of the Series E Stock at a purchase price
of $1.00 per share during the period from May 9, 1996 through  January 30, 1998,
the value of such  options was  estimated  to be $234,000  by the  Company.  The
aggregate  value of the options,  $458,000,  was treated as debt issuance  costs
(Note  4).  All of the  options  to  acquire  shares  of  Common  Stock  expired
unexercised.

     During the year ended  March 31,  1997,  the  Company  issued an  aggregate
2,862,070  shares of Series E Stock for  aggregate  consideration  of $2,862,070
upon  exercise  of a portion  of the EACC  Options on  various  dates.  Of these
shares, EACC transferred 334,000 shares to UTTC.  Subsequently,  during the year
ended March 31, 1997, UTTC and EACC each converted  334,000 and 27,500 of Series
E Stock, respectively, into Common Stock at the 20 to 1 conversion rate, with no
holding requirement, provided for in the definition of the Series E Stock at the
time (7,230,000 shares of Common Stock before the retroactive effect of the July
1997 one for three reverse  split),  or 2,410,000  post-reverse  split shares of
Common Stock.

     In June 1997,  the Company  issued 700,000 shares of Series E Stock to EACC
which had  previously  advanced  $700,000 in funds  subsequent to March 31, 1997
against the EACC Option to acquire  shares of Series E Stock.  The  remainder of
the EACC Options were then terminated in December 1997, upon consummation of the
Company's public offering of Series E Stock.


                                      F-29


<PAGE>
                       PLAY CO. TOYS & ENTERTAINMENT CORP.
                 (A Subsidiary of United Textiles & Toys Corp.)

                          Notes to Financial Statements
                       Years Ended March 31, 1999 and 1998





11.      Equity Transactions (continued)

     Issuance of Series E Stock

     In an agreement  dated June 30, 1997,  the Company  agreed to issue 250,000
shares of Series E Stock for $500,000 and 500,000 warrants to purchase shares of
Series E Stock for an  additional  $50,000 in a private  sale.  The $550,000 was
collected on August 12, 1997 and the shares and warrants were issued. The shares
of  Series E Stock  and  warrants  were  registered  and sold by the  holder  in
connection  with the  Company's  public  offering  of Series E Stock,  discussed
below.

     On December 29, 1997,  the Company  completed a public  offering of 750,000
shares  of  Series E Stock  and  1,500,000  redeemable  Series E Stock  purchase
warrants.  The gross  proceeds  from the offering  were  $3,150,000  and the net
proceeds to the Company totaled  $2,303,441 after deduction of offering expenses
including  such  items  as  underwriter   discounts  and   commissions,   legal,
accounting, printing and filing fees.

     On June 30,  1998,  ABC  offered  to  amend  the  terms  of a $1.5  million
debenture  (Note 6) to  enable  the  conversion  of the  principal  and  accrued
interest into shares of Series E Stock at a conversion price of $1.00 per share.
The conversion  price reflects a 33% discount to the trading price of the Series
E Stock and was determined on the basis of the trading price, the illiquidity of
the  restricted  Series E Stock and the  absence  of  registration  rights.  The
debenture  originally provided for the conversion,  at the option of ABC, of the
debenture  into  shares of common  stock of either  (i) a  subsidiary  which the
Company intended to form for the purpose of acquiring certain stores operated by
the Company,  or (ii) any other  subsidiary which might acquire a portion of the
assets and business of the Company.  This option to convert was  exercisable  at
the net book value of the  subsidiary's  shares with a limitation  on such share
ownership  being 25% of the total  outstanding  shares  of said  subsidiary.  In
September 1998, in accordance with the terms of the debenture,  ABC assigned its
option  to Tudor  Technologies,  Inc.,  an entity  of which  Mr.  Moses  Mika (a
director of the Company) is a shareholder.


                                      F-30


<PAGE>
                       PLAY CO. TOYS & ENTERTAINMENT CORP.
                 (A Subsidiary of United Textiles & Toys Corp.)

                          Notes to Financial Statements
                       Years Ended March 31, 1999 and 1998


11.      Equity Transactions (continued)

         Issuance of Options

     In February  1999,  the Company  entered into a Consulting  Agreement  (the
"Agreement") with Typhoon Capital Consultants, LLC ("Typhoon") pursuant to which
Typhoon is to provide financial and other consulting  services.  In exchange for
Typhoon's  services,  the  Agreement  provides  for the  grant of an  option  to
purchase  150,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock with an exercise price of
$1.75 per share,  in the following  increments:  an initial  increment of 50,000
options followed by five monthly increments of 20,000 options.  The options will
expire on August 30,  2001.  Each  increment  is valued by the Company  using an
option valuation model. The initial values are capitalized and will be amortized
through the term of the Agreement.  The initial  increment of 50,000 options was
valued at $44,000, of which approximately  $6,300 was expensed through March 31,
1999.

     In July of 1998, the Company entered into a five-year  consulting agreement
with Corporate  Relations Group ("CRG") to provide corporate relations services.
As compensation for their services, CRG received $100,000 in cash upon execution
of the agreement and received  50,000 shares of Series E Stock.  The Company did
not issue the shares of Series E Stock,  however, such were provided to CRG by a
shareholder. In addition, in exchange for CRG's services, the agreement provided
for the grant of options to CRG and four of its principals.  The options are for
an aggregate  450,000 shares of Common Stock  exercisable at $.78 per share, and
an aggregate  700,000  shares of the Series E Stock  exercisable  at $2.25.  The
options  are  exercisable  incrementally  in  batches  of  one-third.  The first
one-third is  exercisable  60 days  commencing  with the date the securities are
registered and declared effective. The next one-third is exercisable for 60 days
commencing 60 days after the registration is declared  effective.  The remaining
one-third is exercisable for a period of 240 days, commencing 120 days after the
registration is declared effective.

     The  Company  has  recorded  an  aggregate  value for this  transaction  of
$178,750,  including the $100,000  cash payment,  $43,750 for the Series E Stock
based on a closing  market  price on August 27,  1998 of $0.875  per share,  and
$35,000 for the two sets of options  ($10,000 for the Series E Stock options and
$25,000  for the Common  Stock  options).  The option  values were based upon an
option pricing model that considered the volatility of the  securities'  prices,
and the short life of the options.  This transaction has been capitalized by the
Company, and is being pro-ratably  expensed over the term of the agreement.  11.
Equity Transactions (continued)

     Series E Stock Bonus

     In March 1998, the Company's Board of Directors  granted to its Chairman of
the Board and to its  President,  25,000  shares  each of its  Series E Stock in
recognition  of their  efforts  to  further  the  Company's  turnaround  towards
profitability.  The shares  vested on a monthly  basis  over a  one-year  period
commencing  April 1, 1998,  being fully vested April 1999.  On the date of grant
management  determined  the  compensation  value  of  this  stock  grant  to  be
approximately $47,000 in the aggregate, based on a closing market price of $1.86
per  share  which  was  subjected  to a 50%  marketability  discount  given  the
restrictive  nature and vesting  requirement  of the  securities  as well as the
relatively low trading  volume.  In early April 1999, the Company's  Chairman of
the  Board  and its  President  returned  the  shares  of  Series E Stock to the
Company, which then reversed the compensation expense previously recorded during
the year.  As a result,  these shares have been  excluded from the balance sheet
and statement of stockholders' equity.


<PAGE>
     Series E Stock Dividends Resulting from Beneficial Conversion Feature

     For the years ended March 31, 1999 and 1998, the Company recorded  non-cash
dividends of $1,707,725  and  $1,473,806 in applying the provisions of Topic No.
D-60 of the Emerging Issues Task Force as described below.

     In  April  1999,  the  Company  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission  restated  financial  statements for the year ended March 31, 1998 to
conform  with Topic No.  D-60 of the  Emerging  Issues  Task  Force.  Topic D-60
communicated  the views of the staff of the Securities  and Exchange  Commission
that  the  portion  of the  proceeds  upon  issuance  of the  convertible  stock
allocable to the beneficial  conversion feature should be recorded as additional
paid-in  capital and  recognized as a dividend over the minimum  period in which
the preferred shareholders can realize the conversion.

     The  Company's  Series E Stock,  of which  shares  were  issued in  varying
amounts on various dates as described  above,  includes a beneficial  conversion
feature in that each share of Series E Stock is  convertible  into six shares of
the Company's Common Stock at the option of the holder commencing two years from
the date of  issuance.  Shares of Series E Stock  issued  through June 30, 1997,
were originally convertible into twenty shares of Common Stock, at the option of
the holder, with no holding period requirement.


                                      F-31


<PAGE>
                       PLAY CO. TOYS & ENTERTAINMENT CORP.
                 (A Subsidiary of United Textiles & Toys Corp.)

                          Notes to Financial Statements
                       Years Ended March 31, 1999 and 1998





11.      Equity Transactions (continued)

     Series E Stock  Dividends  Resulting  from  Beneficial  Conversion  Feature
(continued)

     The  beneficial  conversion  feature is measured at the date of issuance of
the Company's Series E Stock as the difference  between the conversion price and
the  market  value  of the  Common  Stock  into  which  the  Series  E Stock  is
convertible,  limited to the proceeds received from the issuance of the Series E
Stock.  Based on the  calculations  prescribed  by Topic No. D-60,  all proceeds
initially  received by the Company from the issuance of Series E Stock have been
initially  recorded  as  additional  paid in capital as 100% of the  proceeds is
allocable  to the  beneficial  conversion  feature.  Over the  required  holding
period,  if any, a non-cash  dividend is recorded reducing the retained earnings
(or increasing the accumulated  deficit) and increasing the balance  recorded as
Series E Stock in the balance sheet.  Thus,  there is no net effect on the total
stockholders' equity of the Company. Since shares of Series E Stock issued prior
to June  30,  1997,  were  originally  convertible  upon  issuance,  100% of the
non-cash  dividend was recorded  upon  issuance of the Series E Stock.  Non-cash
dividends  associated  with shares of Series E Stock issued after June 30, 1997,
are being recorded over the required two-year holding period of the security.

     However,  the Company has also  restated  its net loss per common  share as
presented in the statement of  operations  for the year ended March 31, 1998, as
the dividend  attributable to the beneficial  conversion feature of the Series E
Stock  reduces  the amount of net income (or  increases  the amount of net loss)
applicable to the common shares.

     In applying  the  provisions  of Topic No.  D-60,  the Company has recorded
non-cash  dividends of $1,473,806 for the year ended March 31, 1998. This amount
represents $0, $1,200,000,  $0, and $273,806 for each of the three-month periods
ended June 30, 1997, September 30, 1997, December 31, 1997, and March 31, 1998.

     For the year ended March 31,  1999,  these  non-cash  dividends  aggregated
$1,707,725.   These  non-cash   dividends  were  recorded  as  $273,806  in  the
three-month  period ended June 30, 1998 and $477,973 in each of the  three-month
periods ended September 30, 1998, December 31, 1998, and March 31, 1999.


                                      F-32


<PAGE>
                       PLAY CO. TOYS & ENTERTAINMENT CORP.
                 (A Subsidiary of United Textiles & Toys Corp.)

                          Notes to Financial Statements
                       Years Ended March 31, 1999 and 1998





11.      Equity Transactions (continued)

     Series E Stock  Dividends  Resulting  from  Beneficial  Conversion  Feature
(continued)

     As a  result  of the  application  of  Topic  No.  D-60,  the  Company  has
reclassified  the initial  proceeds of issuance of Series E Stock to  additional
paid-in  capital  and  the  resulting   non-cash   dividends  which  affect  the
accumulated deficit and the amount recorded as Series E Stock. The impact on the
financial statements for the year ended March 31, 1998 is summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                          March 31, 1998

                                                                                As Reported                As Restated
<S>                                                                             <C>                <C>
         Series E Stock                                                         $     5,891,020    $      3,974,376
         Common Stock                                                                    41,035              41,035
         Additional paid-in capital                                                   6,675,398          12,927,918
         Accumulated deficit                                                        (10,104,946)        (14,440,822)
                                                                                ---------------    ----------------
         Total stockholders' equity                                             $     2,502,507    $      2,502,507
        -                                                                       ===============    ================
         Net loss for the year ended                                            $    (2,054,470)   $     (2,054,470)

         Effects of non-cash dividends                                                        -          (1,473,806)
                                                                                ---------------    ----------------
         Net loss applicable to common shares                                   $    (2,054,470)   $     (3,528,276)
                                                                                ===============    ================
         Basic and diluted loss per common share and share equivalent           $        (.50)     $        (.86)
                                                                                ===============    ================
</TABLE>
12.      Supplemental Cash Flow Information

         Cash paid for income taxes and interest was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                      Years Ended March 31,
                                                                                                    1999                1998

<S>                                                                                           <C>                 <C>
         Interest paid                                                                        $    809,601        $        511,924
         Income taxes                                                                         $    850            $        800

</TABLE>

                                      F-33


<PAGE>
                       PLAY CO. TOYS & ENTERTAINMENT CORP.
                 (A Subsidiary of United Textiles & Toys Corp.)

                          Notes to Financial Statements
                       Years Ended March 31, 1999 and 1998





12.      Supplemental Cash Flow Information (continued)

     Non-cash  investing and financing  activities for the years ended March 31,
1999 and 1998 consisted of the following:

     The Company acquired  leasehold  improvements and equipment during the year
ended March 31, 1999, by entering into capital  lease  obligations  for $849,429
(Notes 3 and 5).

     Convertible  debt  and  accrued  interest  outstanding  of  $1,533,333  was
converted  into  1,533,333  shares of Series E Stock during the year ended March
31, 1999 (Note 11).

     Common Sock was issued in exchange for cash and  inventory  during the year
ended March 31, 1999. The inventory acquired had a value of $365,000 (Note 11).

     For the  years  ended  March  31,  1999  and  1998  non-cash  dividends  of
$1,707,725 and $1,473,806,  respectively, were recorded to amortize the discount
recorded on Series E Sock  resulting  from the  beneficial  conversion  features
(Note 11).

     Non-cash  investing and financing  activities for the  three-month  periods
ended June 30, 1999 and 1998 consisted of the following:

     The Company acquired leasehold  improvements and equipment by entering into
capital lease  obligations  for $262,675  during the three months ended June 30,
1999.

         In June 1998, a note payable to ABC, an affiliate,  was converted  with
accrued  interest into 1,533,333 shares of Series E Preferred Stock (Notes 6 and
11).

     In June 1998,  the  Company  entered  into a  five-year  capital  lease for
approximately  $84,000 to partially  finance the improvements and relocate on of
its stores.

13.      Events Subsequent to March 31, 1999

     Unsecured Promissory Notes

     On April 22, 1999, the Company  entered into an unsecured  promissory  note
with Shopnet, an affiliate,  (Note 1) for $100,000 at an interest rate of 9% per
annum. The principal payments and accrued interest are due monthly beginning May
31, 1999, with a maturity date of August 31, 1999.


                                      F-34


<PAGE>
                       PLAY CO. TOYS & ENTERTAINMENT CORP.
                 (A Subsidiary of United Textiles & Toys Corp.)

                          Notes to Financial Statements
                       Years Ended March 31, 1999 and 1998





13.        Events Subsequent to March 31, 1999 (continued)

     On May 17, 1999, the Company entered into an unsecured promissory note with
Shopnet, an affiliate (Note 1) for $100,000 at an interest rate of 9% per annum.
The principal  payments and accrued interest are due monthly  beginning June 30,
1999, with a maturity date of September 30, 1999.

     Private Placement of Series F Stock

     On May 18, 1999, the Board of Directors of the Company  unanimously adopted
a  Corporate  Resolution  to enter into a  Securities  Purchase  Agreement  (the
Private Placement) with several investors. The Private Placement was for 750,000
shares of the Company's  Series F Preferred Stock ("Series F Stock"),  par value
of $.01 per  share,  for  gross  proceeds  of  $750,000.  The  Company  was also
authorized  to amend its  articles  of  incorporation  to  change  the terms and
privileges  of the Series F Stock.  The Series F Stock is  convertible  into two
shares  of  Common  Stock  at any  time  following  the  effective  date  of the
registration  statement  registering the Series F Stock and underlying shares of
Common Stock for resale.

     The Corporate Resolution also authorized the Company to file a Registration
Statement with the Securities and Exchange  Commission for the securities  under
Private Placement.

     As part of the  Private  Placement,  the  Company  granted an option to the
Placement  Agent and its  assignees to purchase an aggregate  350,000  shares of
Common  Stock,  with an  exercise  price of $3.00 per share for a period of four
years  from the date of  closing  of the  Private  Placement.  Additionally,  as
commission, the Placement Agent received a 10% fee, or $75,000, and a 1% fee, or
$7,500, to cover  administrative  expenses.  The Private Placement closed on May
27, 1999,  providing net cash  proceeds of $667,500 to the Company  before legal
and other administrative expenses.

     On the May 27, 1999 closing date of the Private  Placement,  the  Company's
Common  Stock had a closing  price of $1.69.  As such,  the Series F Stock has a
beneficial  conversion  feature  which will result in  accounting  treatment  to
reflect non-cash dividends in future periods in a manner similar to the Series E
Stock transactions described in Note 11.


                                      F-35


<PAGE>
                       PLAY CO. TOYS & ENTERTAINMENT CORP.
                 (A Subsidiary of United Textiles & Toys Corp.)

                          Notes to Financial Statements
                       Years Ended March 31, 1999 and 1998





13.        Events Subsequent to March 31, 1999 (continued)

         13.      Common Stock Compensation of Consultant

     In May  1999,  the  Company  issued  45,333  shares  of  Common  Stock to a
consultant  as  compensation  for site  selections  and  negotiation  of  retail
location  leases.  These  services  are being  provided  for new Company  stores
opening in fiscal 2000.  This Company has valued the shares based on the May 17,
1999 closing  price of $1.375 per share,  less a 10% discount for  marketability
restrictions for an aggregate value of approximately $56,000.





                                      F-36


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                             <C>
NO DEALER, SALESMAN OR ANY OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN
AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING CONTAINED HEREIN,
AND IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS
MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE
AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY OF
THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY IN ANY STATE TO ANY PERSON TO
WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH AN OFFER. THE DELIVERY OF
THIS PROSPECTUS AT ANY TIME DOES NOT IMPLY THAT THE
INFORMATION STATED IS CORRECT AS OF THE DATE HEREOF.

                                                                                            1,850,000 SHARES OF
                      TABLE OF CONTENTS                                                        COMMON STOCK
                                                                                         BY SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS

AVAILABLE INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3                    PLAY CO. TOYS &
                                                                                            ENTERTAINMENT CORP
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4

THE OFFERING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . 6

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8

RISK FACTORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9

USE OF PROCEEDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26

DILUTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26                     __________, 1999

SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  . 28

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION FOR SECURITIES
OF SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .  . . 29

PRINCIPAL SECURITYHOLDERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .  .  . 30

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .  . .  32

INTEREST OF NAMED EXPERTS AND COUNSEL. . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . 36

MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 36

MANAGEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38

BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 43

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . 58

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND
RELATED TRANSACTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  .  F-1


UNTIL 25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE REGISTERED SECURITIES,
WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE
REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE
OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS
UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                     PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS


Item 24.          Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

     As permitted  under the Delaware  General  Corporation  Law, the  Company's
Certificate  of  Incorporation  and  By-Laws  provide for  indemnification  of a
director or officer under certain  circumstances  against  reasonable  expenses,
including  attorneys' fees, actually and necessarily incurred in connection with
the defense of an action  brought  against him by reason of his being a director
or  officer.  In  addition,  the  Company's  charter  documents  provide for the
elimination  of  directors'  liability  to the Company or its  stockholders  for
monetary  damages  except  in  certain  instances  of  bad  faith,   intentional
misconduct, a knowing violation of law, or illegal personal gain.

     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended (the "Act"),  may be permitted to directors,  officers,  and
controlling persons of the Company pursuant to any charter,  provision,  by-law,
contract, arrangement,  statute, or otherwise, the Company has been advised that
in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange  Commission,  such indemnification
is  against   public  policy  as  expressed  in  the  Act  and  is,   therefore,
unenforceable.  In the  event  that a claim  for  indemnification  against  such
liabilities  (other than the payment by the Company of expenses incurred or paid
by a director,  officer,  or controlling person of the Company in the successful
defense of any such action,  suit, or  proceeding) is asserted by such director,
officer,  or controlling person of the Company in connection with the Securities
being  registered  pursuant to this  Registration  Statement,  the Company will,
unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by  controlling
precedent,  submit to a court of appropriate  jurisdiction  the question whether
such  indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and
will be governed by the final adjudication by such court of such issue.

Item 25.          Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

     The following table sets forth the expenses  incurred by the Company in the
May 1999 private placement:

Underwriter's Commission ......................   $75,000
Underwriter's Non-Accountable Expense Allowance     7,500
Legal Fees and Expenses .......................    10,000
                                                  -------
Total .........................................   $92,500
                                                  =======


Item 26.          Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

     Except  where  otherwise  indicated,  sales  of  the  Company's  Securities
described  below were  exempt  from  registration  under the  Securities  Act in
reliance upon the exemption  afforded by ss.4(2) of the Act for transactions not
involving a public  offering.  All  certificates  evidencing  such sales bear an
appropriate restrictive legend. Series F Preferred Stock

     In May 1999,  pursuant to ss.506 of  Regulation D of the General  Rules and
Regulations Under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "General Rules and
Regulations"),  the Company sold 750,000 shares of Series F Stock, at a purchase
price of $1.00 per share,  through Robb Peck  McCooey  Clearing  Corporation  as
placement agent. The Company received $657,500 from the private placement, after
deducting underwriting  commissions and legal and administrative  expenses. Each
share of Series F Stock is convertible,  at the holder's option,  into two fully
paid and  non-assessable  shares of Common Stock,  at any time commencing on the
date this Registration  Statement is declared effective by the Commission.  Each
outstanding  share of Series F Stock, by virtue of and  simultaneously  with the
occurrence  of the  earlier of either of the  following  events and  without any
action on the part of the  holder  thereof,  shall  convert  automatically  into
shares of Common  Stock:  (i) two years from  issuance  or (ii) in the event the
closing  price  per  share  of  Common  Stock  has  been at  least  $5.00  for a
consecutive 30 day period.


<PAGE>
Series E Preferred Stock

     In  September  1998,  pursuant to ss.4(2) of the Act,  the  Company  issued
1,533,333  shares of Series E Stock to ABC on  conversion  by ABC of a debenture
issued it by the Company.

     In July 1998,  the Company sold 100,000  shares of Series E Stock to United
Textiles,  the Company's parent, for $100,000. In determining the purchase price
paid by United  Textiles,  the trading price of the  Company's  Series E Stock -
along with the applicable discounts for illiquidity, lack of marketability,  and
lack  of  registration   rights  -  were   considered.   The  trading  price  of
approximately $2.00 per share was discounted by 50% for the above reasons.

     In March 1998,  pursuant to ss.4(2) of the Act, the Company  issued  25,000
shares of Series E Stock to each of Richard Brady (the Company's  president) and
Harold Rashbaum (the Company's  chairman of the board) as bonuses in recognition
of their efforts to further the Company's turnaround toward profitability. These
shares were returned to the Company by Messrs. Brady and Rashbaum in early April
1999 and subsequently  cancelled  (i.e.,  returned to treasury as authorized but
unissued).

     In July 1997,  for  aggregate  proceeds of  $550,000,  the  Company  issued
250,000  shares of Series E Stock  and  500,000  Series E  Warrants  to  Volcano
Trading,  Ltd. in a private  transaction  pursuant to ss.ss.4(2) and 4(6) of the
Act.

     From April 1996 to June 1997,  EACC  exercised  its option and purchased an
aggregate  of  3,562,070  shares of Series E Stock.  361,500 of such shares were
converted  (between  September 1996 and February 1997) into 2,410,000  shares of
Common Stock. See "Business of the Company - Former  Financing  through Congress
Financial Corporation (Western)" and " -- Common Stock."

     Each share of Series E Stock is  convertible,  at the option of the holder,
into six fully paid and  non-assessable  shares of Common Stock  commencing  two
years after  issuance for a period of three years  (terminating  five years from
issuance). Common Stock

     In May 1999,  pursuant  to ss.4(2) of the Act,  the Company  issued  45,333
shares  of  Common  Stock  to  Brian  Hunter,  a  real  estate  consultant,   as
compensation for services rendered in negotiating  certain  commercial leases on
behalf  of  the  Company.   This  transaction  was  valued  by  the  Company  at
approximately $56,000 based on the closing stock price on May 17, 1999 and a 10%
discount related to the unregistered nature of the Common Stock.

     In November 1998, pursuant to a sales agreement entered into by and between
the Company and Breaking  Waves,  Breaking Waves purchased 1.4 million shares of
the Company's Common Stock in a private  transaction  pursuant to ss.4(2) of the
Act. The consideration  for the stock was $665,000,  which represents a price of
$0.475 per share. The price represents an approximate 33% discount from the then
current market price of $0.718  reflecting a discount for the illiquidity of the
shares,   which  do  not  carry  any  registration   rights.   $300,000  of  the
consideration  was remitted in cash,  and the  remaining  $365,000  consisted of
product from Breaking Waves (primarily girl's swimsuits).

     In August  1998,  pursuant to ss.4(2) of the Act and the  Company's  401(k)
ESOP Plan,  the Company  issued 5,673  shares of Common Stock to certain  former
employees.  While there existed an ESOP designated certificate [in the aggregate
amount of 15,333 shares contributed on January 26, 1995 by Messrs. Brady and Tom
Davidson (a founder of the Company and the Company's  former  president) and the
Company's  then parent  company)] at the time of such  issuance,  such number of
shares  were   inadvertently   issued  as  new  stock  (rather  than  from  said
certificate).  The 5,673  shares of Common  Stock have since  been  returned  to
authorized but unissued  status,  and the contributed  ESOP certificate has been
adjusted to reflect deduction of the 5,673 shares therefrom.

     In June 1997,  pursuant to ss.4(2) of the Act,  the Company  issued  20,000
shares of Common Stock to Klarman &  Associates  n/k/a  Millennium  Ventures Law
Group for legal fees of $500.


<PAGE>
     Between  September 1996 and February  1997,  the Company  issued  2,410,000
shares of Common  Stock on  conversion  of Series E Stock  previously  issued to
EACC. See "-- Series E Preferred Stock."

     In August 1996, the one share of the Company's Series D Preferred Stock was
converted into 385,676 shares of the Company's Common Stock based on the initial
amount of the debt  divided  by the  average  price of the  shares  for a 90 day
period prior to the  conversion.  This was performed in order for American Toys,
Inc.,  the  Company's  then parent  corporation,  to spin such shares off to its
stockholders and divest its interest in the Company.

Item 27.          Exhibits.

     All exhibits,  except those designated with an asterisk (*) which are filed
herewith and those  designated  with a double asterisk (**) which shall be filed
by amendment  hereto,  have been filed  previously  with the  Commission  (i) in
connection  with  the  Company's  Registration  Statement  on Form  SB-2,  dated
November  2,  1994,  under  file  No.  33-81940-NY;   (ii)  with  the  Company's
Registration  Statement on Form SB-2,  Registration No.  333-32051;  or (iii) as
otherwise indicated and, pursuant to 17 C.F.R. ss. 230.411,  are incorporated by
reference herein.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                  <C>
  1.1                Form of Underwriting Agreement. See (ii) above.
  3.1                Certificate of Incorporation of the Company dated June 15, 1995. See (i) above.
  3.2                Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, filed July 2, 1997. See (ii) above).
  3.2(a)             Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, filed August 11, 1997. See (ii) above.
  3.2(b)             Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, filed
                     May 9,  1996  (incorporated  by  reference  herein  to  exhibit  3.2(b) of the
                     Company's  10-KSB for the year ended  March 31,  1999).
  3.2(c)             Amendment  to Certificate  of   Incorporation   of  the  Company,   filed  August  13,  1996
                     (incorporated  by reference  herein to exhibit 3.2(c) of the Company's  10-KSB
                     for the year  ended  March 31,  1999).
  3.2(d)             Amendment  to  Certificate  of Incorporation of the Company,  filed March 24, 1997 (incorporated by reference
                     herein to exhibit 3.2(d) of the Company's  10-KSB for the year ended March 31,
                     1999).
  3.2(e)             Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of the Company,  filed
                     May 29,  1998  (incorporated  by  reference  herein to  exhibit  3.2(e) of the
                     Company's  10-KSB for the year ended  March 31,  1999).
  3.2(f)             Amendment  to Certificate of Incorporation of the Company,  filed May 12, 1999 (incorporated
                     by reference  herein to exhibit  3.2(f) of the  Company's  10-KSB for the year
                     ended March 31, 1999).
  3.2(g)             Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, filed May 25,  1999  (incorporated  by  reference
                     herein to exhibit 3.2(g) of the Company's 10-KSB for the year ended March 31, 1999).
  3.3                By-Laws of the Company. See (i) above.
  4.1                Specimen Common Stock Certificate See (i) above).
  4.2                Specimen Series E Redeemable Purchase Warrant Certificate. See (ii) above
  4.3                Specimen Series E Preferred Stock Certificate. See (ii) above
  4.4                ESOP Plan See (i) above).
  4.5                Form of Warrant Agreement between the Company, the Underwriter and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.
                     See (ii) above.
  5.0**              Opinion of Millennium Ventures Law Group
10.26                Lease Agreement for Store - Chula Vista. See (i) above.
10.27                Lease Agreement for Store - El Cajon. See (i) above.
10.29                Lease Agreement for Store - Simi Valley. See (i) above.
10.30                Lease Agreement for Store - Encinitas. See (i) above.
10.34                Lease Agreement for Store - Redlands. See (i) above.
10.35                Lease Agreement for Store - Rancho Cucamonga. See (i) above.
10.36                Lease Agreement for Store - Woodland Hills. See (i) above.
10.37                Lease Agreement for Warehouse - Executive Offices. See (i) above.
10.38                Lease Agreement for Store - Pasadena. See (i) above.
10.41                The Company Incentive Stock Option. Plan See (i) above.
10.44                Lease Agreement for Store - Corona Plaza. See (i) above.
10.50                Extension of Warehouse Lease. See (i) above.
10.75                Asset Purchase Agreement for the purchase of Toys International - (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit
                     10.75 of  the Company's 10-QSB for the period ended  December 31, 1996 filed with the Commission).
10.77                Lease Agreement for Store - Santa Clarita International (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit 10.77 of
                     the Company's 10-KSB for the year ended March 31, 1997, filed with the Commission).
10.78                Lease Agreement for Store - South Coast Plaza International (incorporated  by reference herein to exhibit
                     10.78 of the Company's 10-KSB for the year ended March 31,1997, filed with the Commission).
10.79                Lease Agreement for Store - Century City International (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit 10.79 of
                     the Company's 10-KSB for the year ended March 31, 1997, filed with the Commission).

<PAGE>
10.80                Lease Agreement for Store - Crystal Court International (incorporated by reference
                     herein to exhibit 10.80 of the Company's 10-KSB for the year ended March 31, 1997, filed with the Commission).
10.81                Lease Agreement for Store - Orange County (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit (i) of the Company's
                     10-QSB/A-1 for the period ended September 30, 1995 filed with the Commission).
10.85                Lease Agreement for Store - Mission Viejo (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit (iv) of the Company's
                     10-QSB for the period ended December 31, 1995).
10.86                Subscription Agreement between the Company and Volcano Trading Limited dated June 30, 1997. (incorporated by
                     reference herein to exhibit 10.86 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form SB-2, Registration No.
                     333-32051.
10.87                Lease Agreement for Store - Clairemont (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit 10.87 of the Company's
                     10-QSB/A-1 for the period ended September 30, 1997).
10.88                Lease Agreement for Store - Redondo Beach (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit 10.88 of the Company's
                     10-QSB/A-1 for the period ended September 30, 1997).
10.89                Lease Agreement for Store - Arizona Mills (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit 10.89 of the Company's
                     10-QSB/A-1 for the period ended September 30, 1997).
10.90                FINOVA Loan and Security Agreement (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit 10.90 of the Company's 10-QSB
                     for the period ended December 31, 1997)
10.91                Schedule to Loan and Security Agreement (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit 10.91 of the Company's
                     10-QSB for the period ended Dec. 31, 1997).
10.92                Lease Agreement for Store - City Mills (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit 10.92 of the Company's
                     10-KSB for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998).
10.93                Lease Agreement for Store - Fashion Outlet of Las Vegas (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit 10.93
                     of the Company's 10-KSB for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998).
10.93(a)             Fixture Financing Agreements (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit 10.93(a) of the Company's 10-KSB
                     for the year ended March 31, 1999).
10.93(b)             Letter from Ilan Arbel, dated May 15, 1998, re: funding of Company's operations (incorporated by reference
                     herein to exhibit 10.93(b) of the Company's 10-KSB/A-2 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998).
10.94                Lease Agreement for Store-Concord Mills (Play Co. Toys) (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit 10.94 of
                     the Company's 10-QSB for the period ended June 30, 1998).
10.95                Lease Agreement for Store-Katy Mills (Play Co. Toys) (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit 10.95 of the
                     Company's 10-QSB for the period ended June 30, 1998).
10.96                Lease Agreement for Store-Concord Mills (Toy Co.) (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit 10.96 of the
                     Company's 10-QSB for the period ended June 30, 1998).
10.97                Lease Agreement for Store-Katy Mills (Toy Co.) (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit 10.97 of the
                     Company's 10-QSB for the period ended June 30, 1998).
10.98                Lease Agreement for Store-Ontario Mills (Toy Co.) (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit 10.98 of
                     the Company's 10-QSB for the period ended June 30, 1998).
10.99                Amendment No. 1 to Finova Loan Agreement (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit 10.99 of the Company's
                     10-QSB for the period ended June 30, 1998).
10.100               Amendment No. 1 to Lease Agreement for Store-Rancho Cucamonga (Play Co. Toys) (incorporated by reference herein
                     to exhibit 10.100 of the Company's 10-QSB for the period ended June 30, 1998).
10.101               Company & Corporate Relations Group, Inc. Lead Generation/Corporate Relations Agreement, dated July 22, 1998
                    (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit 10.101 of the Company's 10-QSB for the period ended June 30, 1998).
10.103               Promissory Note with Amir Overseas Capital Corp. (dated September 18, 1998) (incorporated by reference herein
                     to exhibit 10.103 of the Company's 10-QSB for the period ended September 30, 1998).
10.104               Promissory Note with Amir Overseas Capital Corp. (dated November 9, 1998) (incorporated by reference herein to
                     exhibit 10.104 of the Company's 10-QSB for the period ended September 30, 1998).
10.105               Lease Agreement for Store - Dallas  (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit 10.105 of the Company's 10-QSB
                     /A-1 for the period ended September 30, 1998).
10.106               Lease Agreement for Store - Thousand Oaks (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit 10.106 of the Company's
                     10-QSB/A-1 for the period ended September 30, 1998).
10.107               Lease Agreement for Store - Detroit (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit 10.107 of the Company's 10-QSB
                     /A-1 for the period ended September 30, 1998).
10.108               Lease Agreement for Store - Chicago  (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit 10.108 of the Company's 10-
                     QSB/A-1 for the period ended September 30, 1998).
10.109               Lease Agreement for Store - Orange County (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit 10.109 of the Company's
                     10-QSB/A-1 for the period ended September 30, 1998).
10.110               Phoenix Leasing Incorporated Loan and Security Agreement and Ancillary Documents (October 1998) (incorporated
                     by reference herein to exhibit 10.109 of the Company's 10-QSB/A-1 for the period ended September 30, 1998).
10.111               Agreement by and between the Company and ZD Group, L.L.C., dated November 11, 1998  (incorporated by
                     reference herein to exhibit 10.111 of the Company's 10-QSB for the period ended December 31, 1998).
10.112               Intercreditor and Subordination Agreement by and between ZD Group, L.L.C. and FINOVA Capital Corporation, dated
                     February 11, 1999 (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit 10.112 of the Company's 10-QSB for the period
                     ended December 31, 1998).
10.113               5% Convertible Secured Subordinated Debenture in favor of Frampton Industries, Ltd., dated November 11, 1998
                     (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit 10.113 of the Company's 10-QSB for the period ended December 31,
                     1998).

<PAGE>
10.114               Subordinated Security Agreement by and between the Company and Frampton Industries, Ltd., dated November 11,
                     1998 (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit 10.114 of the Company's 10-QSB for the period ended December
                     31, 1998).
10.115               Intercreditor and Subordination Agreement by and between Frampton Industries, Ltd. and FINOVA Capital
                     Corporation, dated February 11, 1999 (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit 10.115 of the Company's
                     10-QSB for the period ended December 31, 1998).
10.115(a)            Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement by and between the Company and FINOVA Capital Corporation,
                     dated December 1998 (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit 10.115(a) of the Company's 10-QSB/A-1 for the
                     period ended December 31, 1998).
10.116               Fourth (initially filed as "Third") Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement by and between the Company and
                     FINOVA Capital Corporation, dated February 11, 1999 (later renamed "Fourth" Amendment) (incorporated by
                     reference herein to exhibit 10.116 of the Company's 10-QSB for the period ended December 31, 1998).
10.117               Letter of Intent by and between the Company and Frampton Industries, Inc., dated January 4, 1999
                     (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit 10.117 of the Company's 10-QSB for the period ended December 31,
                     1998).
10.118               Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement by and between the Company and FINOVA Capital Corporation, dated
                     March 1999 (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit 10.118 of the Company's 10-QSB/A-1 for the period ended
                     December 31, 1998).
10.119               Typhoon Capital Consultants, LLC agreement dated February 1, 1999 (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit
                     10.118 of the Company's 10-QSB/A-1 for the period ended December 31, 1998).
10.120               5% Convertible Secured Subordinated Debenture in favor of Europe American Capital Foundation, dated November
                     11, 1998. (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit 10.120 of the Company's 10-KSB for the year ended March
                     31, 1999).
10.121               Amendment to Lease Agreement - Tutti Animali. (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit 10.121 of the
                     Company's 10-KSB for the year ended March 31, 1999).
10.122               Lease Agreement for Store - Aladdin (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit 10.122 of the Company's 10-KSB
                     for the year ended March 31, 1999).
10.123               Lease Agreement for Store - Pier 39 (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit 10.123 of the Company's 10-KSB
                     for the year ended March 31, 1999).
10.124               Lease Agreement for Store - Opry Mills (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit 10.124 of the Company's 10-
                     KSB for the year ended March 31, 1999).
10.125               Lease Agreement for Store - Mission Viejo (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit 10.125 of the Company's
                     10-KSB for the year ended March 31, 1999).
10.126               Fixture Financing Agreement with Premier Capital Corp., dated October 15, 1998 (incorporated by reference
                     herein to exhibit 10.126 of the Company's 10-KSB for the year ended March 31, 1999).
10.127               Lease Agreement for Store - Venetian (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit 10.127 of the Company's 10-
                     KSB for the year ended March 31, 1999).
10.128               Lease Agreement for Store - Woodfield Mall (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit 10.128 of the Company's
                     10-KSB for the year ended March 31, 1999).
10.129               Amendment to Lease Agreement - Rancho Cucamonga (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit 10.129 of the
                     Company's 10-KSB for the year ended March 31, 1999).
10.130               Promissory Notes - Full Moon Development, Inc. (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit 10.130 of the
                     Company's 10-KSB for the year ended March 31, 1999).
10.131               ABC Fund, Inc. Assignment of Debenture to Tudor Technologies, Inc. dated September 15, 1998 (incorporated
                     by reference herein to exhibit 10.131 of the Company's 10-QSB for the period ended June 30, 1999).
10.132               Tudor Technologies, Inc. Election to Exercise dated July 15, 1999 (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit
                     10.132 of the Company's 10-QSB for the period ended June 30, 1999).
10.133               Sixth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement by and between the Company and FINOVA Capital Corporation, dated
                     August 1999 (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit 10.133 of the Company's 10-QSB for the period ended
                     June 30, 1999).
10.134               Fixture Financing Agreement With Longwater Capital Corporation (incorporated by reference herein to exhibit
                     10.134 of the Company's 10-QSB for the period ended June 30, 1999).
10.135*              Lease Agreement for Store - International Gateway
10.136*              Investment Agreement
21.1*                Subsidiaries
23.1*                Consent of Haskell & White LLP

</TABLE>


<PAGE>
Item 28.  Undertakings.

         The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

     (1) To file,  during any period in which  offers or sales are being made, a
Post-Effective Amendment to this Registration Statement:

     (i) To include any Prospectus required by ss.10(a)(3) of the Act;

     (ii) To reflect in the Prospectus  any facts or events which,  individually
or  together,   represent  a  fundamental  change  in  the  information  in  the
Registration Statement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease
in volume of Securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered
would not exceed that which was  registered)  and any deviation  from the low or
high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of
Prospectus  filed  with  the  Commission  pursuant  to Rule  424(b)  if,  in the
aggregate,  the changes in volume and price  represent no more than a 20% change
in the  maximum  aggregate  offering  price  set  forth in the  "Calculation  of
Registration Fee" table in the effective Registration Statement.

     (iii) To include  any  additional  or  changed  material  information  with
respect to the Plan of Distribution.

     (2) To, for the purpose of determining  any liability  under the Act, treat
each Post-Effective  Amendment as a new Registration Statement of the securities
offered and the offering of  securities  at the time to be the initial bona fide
offering.

     (3) To file a Post-Effective  Amendment to remove from  registration any of
the securities which remain unsold at the end of the offering.

     Insofar as  indemnification  for  liabilities  arising under the Act may be
permitted  to  directors,  officers,  and  controlling  persons of the  Company,
pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Company has been advised
that in the opinion of the  Commission  such  indemnification  is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and is,  therefore,  unenforceable.  In the event
that a claim  for  indemnification  against  such  liabilities  (other  than the
payment by the Company of expenses incurred or paid by a director,  officer,  or
controlling person of the Company in the successful defense of any action, suit,
or proceeding) is asserted by such director,  officer,  or controlling person in
connection with the Securities being registered, the Company will, unless in the
opinion of its counsel  the matter has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,
submit  to a  court  of  appropriate  jurisdiction  the  question  whether  such
indemnification  by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will
be governed by the final adjudication of such issue by such court. See Item 24.



<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended the
Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
the requirements  for filing on Form SB-2 and has duly caused this  Registration
Statement  to be  signed  on its  behalf  by  the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly
authorized  in the City of San  Marcos,  State of  California  on the 1st day of
September, 1999.


                                             PLAY CO. TOYS & ENTERTAINMENT CORP.


                                    By:      /s/ Richard Brady
                                                 Richard Brady, President and
                                                 Chief Executive Officer


     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 as amended, this
Registration  Statement  has been signed below by the  following  persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


<S>                                                      <C>                                                 <C>
/s/ Harold Rashbaum                                      Chairman of the Board                               09/15/99
Harold Rashbaum                                                                                              Date



/s/ Richard Brady                                        Chief Executive Officer,                            09/15/99
Richard Brady                                            President and Director                              Date



/s/ James B. Frakes                                      Chief Financial Officer                             09/15/99
James B. Frakes                                          and Secretary                                       Date



/s/ Moses Mika                                           Director                                            09/15/99
Moses Mika                                                                                                   Date


</TABLE>


                                 EXHIBIT 10.135
                       Store Lease - International Gateway



                                  OUTLET CENTER
                                       AT
                              INTERNATIONAL GATEWAY
                                 OF THE AMERICAS


                                  A PROJECT BY

                         LANDGRANT DEVELOPMENT UNLIMITED

                                      WITH

                            TOYS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                            a California corporation

                                   dba TOY CO.





<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
Article
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>      <C>
1        Fundamental Lease Provisions
2        Premises; Site Plan
3        Term of Lease
4        Rental
5        Definition of "Net Sales"
6        Possession and Use; Utilities; Hazardous Materials
7        Taxes, Insurance and Title of Premises
8        Common Area
9        Mechanics' Liens
10       Tenant's Right to Make Improvements, Property, and Fixtures
11       Repairs, Maintenance
12       Indemnity and Insurance
13       Occupancy Transactions
14       Defaults by Tenant; Remedies
15       Defaults by Landlord; Remedies
16       Abandonment
17       Bankruptcy
18       Reconstruction
19       Condemnation
20       Sale or Mortgage by Landlord
21       Subordination; Attornment
22       Quiet Enjoyment
23       Holding Over
24       Limitation of Liability
25       Notices
26       General Provisions
27       Marketing
28       Conditions to Lease
         Exhibits


General Site Plan of the Property                                          A
Description and Use of the Premises                                        B
Provisions Relating to the Design and Construction of Tenant's Store       C
Guaranty of Lease                                                          D
Tenant's Estoppel Certificate                                              E
Sign Criteria                                                              F
Subordination Agreement                                                    G
Confirmation of Term of Lease                                              H

</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                 LEASE AGREEMENT

     This   Lease   Agreement   ("Lease"),   effective   as  of   ____July   13,
________________________,  19 99 ("Effective  Date"), is executed by and between
the Landlord and Tenant identified below.

     IN  CONSIDERATION  OF THE RENTS AND COVENANTS  hereinafter  set forth,  the
Landlord  hereby leases to Tenant,  and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord,  the
Premises upon the following terms and conditions:

                                    ARTICLE 1

                          FUNDAMENTAL LEASE PROVISIONS

1.1      Parties

     Landlord:  The Landlord of the Premises is LANDGRANT DEVELOPMENT UNLIMITED,
a California corporation. All required notices and other communications shall be
sent to: LandGrant Development Unlimited, 12625 High Bluff Drive, Suite 212, San
Diego, California 92130. Telephone Number (619) 481-0094.

     Tenant:  The  Tenant  of the  Premises  is:  TOYS  INTERNATIONAL,  INC.,  a
California corporation.

     Tenant shall do business under the trade name of: TOY CO.

     All  required  notices  and  other  communications  shall be sent to:  Toys
International,  Inc., c/o Play Co. Toys,  Inc., 550 Rancheros Drive, San Marcos,
CA 92069, Attention: Rich Brady.

     Telephone Number: (760) 471-4505

     1.2 Premises

     The Premises  made subject to this Lease shall be that certain space having
approximately  10,000  square feet of Floor Area,  commonly  addressed as "to be
determined," sometimes referred to as Store #172 and more particularly described
in Exhibit B to this Lease.  The  Premises is located in the  commercial  center
known as the  INTERNATIONAL  GATEWAY OF THE  AMERICAS  in the City of San Diego,
County of San Diego, State of California (the "Property").  The Premises and the
Property are illustrated on Exhibits A and A-1 to the Lease.

     1.3 Term

Lease Term:         Ten (10) years
Commencement Date:  [Section 3.1]
Rent Start Date:    [Section 4.1]
Expiration Date:
Other:              Two (2) five (5) year options [Addendum]

     1.4 Rent

     Minimum  Annual Rental:  The Minimum  Annual Rental is One Hundred  Seventy
Five  Thousand  Dollars  ($175,000.00),  which is  computed as $17.50 per square
foot. Minimum Annual Rental is payable as stated in Section 4.1.

     Cost of Living  Adjustments:  Minimum Annual Rental shall be adjusted every
twenty  four (24)  months of the initial  Lease Term on the  anniversary  of the
Commencement  Date,  and at the  beginning  of the first and third  year of each
Option Term, as follows:

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

         Initial Lease Term
<S>                                         <C>      <C>                                <C>
                  Lease Year                3        $200,000.00                        ($20.00 per square foot)
                  Lease Year                5        $210,000.00                        ($21.00 per square foot)
                  Lease Year                7        $230,000.00                        ($23.00 per square foot)
                  Lease Year                9        $240,000.00                        ($24.00 per square foot)
         First Option
                  Option Year                1       $250,000.00                        ($25.00 per square foot)
                  Option Year                3       $280,000.00                        ($28.00 per square foot)
         Second Option
                  Option Year               1        $300,000.00                        ($30.00 per square foot)
                  Option Year               3        $330,000.00                        ($33.00 per square foot)
</TABLE>

     Percentage Rental: Tenant shall pay six percent (6%) of the amount by which
Tenant's Net Sales (as defined in Section  5.1) during a  particular  Lease Year
(as defined in Section 4.5) exceeds the amount listed below for such Lease Year:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                     <C>                 <C>
         Lease Years    1-2                 $2,500,000.00
         Lease Years    3-4                 $2,900,000.00
         Lease Years    5-6                 $3,000,000.00
         Lease Years    7-10                $3,335,000.00
         Option Years  1-2                  $3,833,333.00
         Option Years  3-10                 $4,333,333.00
</TABLE>

     Additional Rental: Any and all sums of money or charges required to be paid
by Tenant  pursuant to the provisions of this Lease shall be paid as "Additional
Rent" (for example: taxes, insurance, sweeping, etc.)

     1.5 Marketing  Charge:  $15,000.00 based on $1.50 per square foot per annum
(Section 27.2, subject to annual increases per Section 27.3)

     Grand  Opening  Assessment:  $10,000.00  based on  $1.00  per  square  foot
(Section 27.3).

     1.6 Security Deposit and First Month's Minimum Annual Rental

     Security Deposit: None.

     Prepaid  Minimum  Annual  Rental:  Tenant shall pay Fourteen  Thousand Five
Hundred  Eighty Three and 33/100  Dollars  ($14,583.33)  upon the date  Landlord
delivers  to Tenant the Notice of  Substantial  Completion  (Section  3.2),  and
Landlord  shall apply such amount  against the first month's  payment of Minimum
Annual Rental due hereunder.

     1.7 General Description of Tenant's Use of Premises

     Tenant  shall be  authorized  to use the Premises  only for those  purposes
stated in Exhibit B.

     1.8 Exhibits To Lease.  The following  drawings and special  provisions are
attached hereto as exhibits and made a part of this Lease:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

         <S>                        <C>
         EXHIBIT A -                General site plan of the Property which Landlord and others intend to construct
                                    or cause to be constructed in whole or in part on real property located in the City,
                                    County and State described in Section 1.2 hereof.
         EXHIBIT B -                Description and Use of the Premises.
         EXHIBIT C -                Provisions Relating to the Design and Construction of Tenant's Store.
         EXHIBIT D -                Guaranty of Lease.
         EXHIBIT E -                Tenant's Estoppel Certificate
         EXHIBIT F -                Sign Criteria.
         EXHIBIT G -                Subordination Agreement
         EXHIBIT H -                Confirmation of Term of Lease
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
     1.8  Construction  of Lease  Provisions.  The foregoing  provisions of this
Article  1  summarize  for  convenience  only  certain  key  terms of the  Lease
delineated more fully in the Articles and Sections  referenced  therein.  In the
event of a conflict  between the provisions of this Article 1 and the balance of
the Lease, the latter shall control.

                                    ARTICLE 2

                               PREMISES; SITE PLAN

     2.1 Demise and  Description.  Landlord  hereby  leases to Tenant and Tenant
hereby leases from Landlord, at the rental and upon the covenants and conditions
hereinafter set forth, the commercial space referred to herein as the "Premises"
and described in Exhibit B. The Premises shall be constructed in accordance with
Exhibit C. Within sixty (60) days after the Premises are substantially complete,
Landlord  shall  have  the  right  but not  the  obligation  to have  Landlord's
architect at Landlord's expense recalculate the Floor Area of the Premises,  and
if the  calculation  shows a deviation  of more than one  percent  (1%) from the
square footage  specified in Exhibit B, and if Landlord accepts the calculation,
the  Lease  shall  be  amended  so as to  reflect  the  actual  Floor  Area  and
corresponding  Minimum Annual Rental and other amounts specified per square foot
in Article  1, and other  charges  which are based on Floor  Area.  If  Landlord
chooses not to recalculate the Floor Area,  then Tenant's  architect at Tenant's
expense may recalculate the Floor Area of the Premises,  and if the calculation,
as reasonably approved by Landlord's  architect,  shows a deviation of more than
one  percent  (1%),  from the  square  footage  specified  in  Exhibit B, and if
Landlord accepts the calculation,  the Lease shall be amended as set forth above
in this Section 2.1.

     2.2 Floor Area. The term "Floor Area" as used  throughout  this Lease shall
mean and include the square footage of all areas for exclusive use and occupancy
by any tenant of Landlord,  measured from the exterior surface of building walls
and extensions thereof,  in the case of the perimeter of the Premises,  and from
the center line of demising  partitions  between the Premises and those adjacent
tenants.  In addition,  in the case of a tenant  operating a restaurant or other
food service  facility and utilizing  outdoor seating areas,  "Floor Area" shall
include the square  footage of such outdoor  seating area.  The Floor Area shall
include,  without  limitation,  restrooms,  mezzanines,  warehousing  or storage
areas, clerical or office areas and any employee areas.

     2.3 Site Plan; Relocation or Termination. Tenant acknowledges that the site
plan of the  Property  illustrated  on  Exhibit  A  hereto  is for  purposes  of
convenience  only, and that Landlord  reserves the right, (a) in connection with
the initial  construction  of improvements  at the Property,  or thereafter,  to
expand, reduce, remove, demolish,  change, renovate or construct any existing or
planned  improvements  at  the  Property,  including  the  Premises;  or  (b) in
determining the most beneficial  configuration  of tenant mix in connection with
the initial  development  of the Property,  to rearrange the location of various
tenants including Tenant. Tenant further acknowledges that the Property as shown
on Exhibit A hereto or any  remodeling  thereof may include a variety of uses as
determined by Landlord  including  without  limitation,  retail,  outlet-retail,
office,  government,  hotel,  convention,   tourist,   entertainment,   service,
transportation, education, or residential uses.

     If  in  connection  with  any  of  the  above-described  changes,  Landlord
determines  that it is  necessary  that Tenant  vacate the  Premises or that the
Premises be altered in  connection  therewith,  Landlord may require that Tenant
surrender  possession  of the  Premises,  provided  Landlord,  in its  sole  and
absolute  discretion  but  subject  to the  terms of any  mortgage  or any other
agreement  affecting the  Property,  either (i) amends the Lease to lease Tenant
other  comparable  premises within the Property on the same terms and conditions
as those  contained in the Lease for the balance of the remaining Lease Term, or
(ii) terminates the Lease and, if such  termination  occurs  following  Tenant's
initial  occupancy  of the  Premises,  pays  Tenant an  amount  equal to the yet
unamortized  net cost to Tenant of its  Fixtures  (as  defined in Section  10.4)
installed  in  the  Premises,  calculated  using  a  straight-line  amortization
schedule and an  amortization  period equal to the Lease Term. The relocation of
the  Premises  in  accordance  with  clause  (i)  hereof or the  payment  of the
consideration,  if any, in accordance  with clause (ii) hereof shall be Tenant's
sole  remedy in the event  Tenant is  required to  surrender  possession  of the
Premises as provided in this Section.


<PAGE>
     In the event the Lease is terminated  without entering into a new lease for
comparable  premises  pursuant hereto,  then Landlord shall return to Tenant any
security  deposit  not  applied  pursuant  to the  terms  hereof,  and  if  such
termination  occurs prior to the Commencement Date of the Lease, shall return to
Tenant the first month's rent, if any, paid by Tenant to Landlord hereunder.  In
the event of any such termination,  neither party shall have any  responsibility
for  acts,  events  or  circumstances   occurring  subsequent  to  the  date  of
termination  unless  such  acts,  events or  circumstances  are  related  to the
performance or  non-performance  of such party's  duties or obligations  while a
party to this Lease.

                                    ARTICLE 3
                                  TERM OF LEASE

     3.1  Definitions.  This Lease shall be effective as of the "Effective Date"
which is defined as the  earlier of the date  Landlord  and Tenant  execute  the
Lease or the date Tenant enters onto the Premises with Landlord's  consent.  The
term of this Lease  ("Lease  Term") shall  commence on the  "Commencement  Date"
defined herein and shall continue thereafter for the period specified in Article
1,  unless  sooner  terminated  as  hereinafter  provided  in  this  Lease.  The
"Commencement  Date" means the first day of the month  following  the earlier of
(a) thirty (30) days after Landlord delivers to Tenant the Notice of Substantial
Completion  described in Section 3.2 or (b) the date Tenant opens for  business,
unless  otherwise  stipulated  in Exhibit H.  Except as  otherwise  specifically
stated  in this  Lease or in any  subsequent  amendments  hereto,  the terms and
conditions of this Lease shall remain in effect during any extension, renewal or
holdover of the original Lease Term.

     3.2 Acceptance of the Premises.  Landlord agrees to deliver to Tenant,  and
Tenant agrees to accept from Landlord, possession of the Premises forthwith upon
substantial  completion  of the  Premises  as  described  in Exhibit C. The term
"substantial  completion  of the  Premises"  is  defined  as the  date  Landlord
notifies  Tenant  ("Notice of  Substantial  Completion")  that the  Premises are
substantially  complete to the extent of Landlord's Work as specified in Exhibit
C to the point wherein  Tenant's  contractor  may commence the  construction  of
Tenant's  Work as  specified in Exhibit C, it being  understood  and agreed that
Landlord  may be unable to install or complete all items of  Landlord's  Work in
advance of Tenant's Work. In such instance  Tenant shall cause its contractor to
cooperate with Landlord's contractor to complete Landlord's Work in a timely and
efficient manner. Certification by Landlord's architect ("Project Architect") of
the  substantial  completion of the Premises in  accordance  with said Exhibit C
shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties  hereto.  Tenant shall commence
the  construction  of  Tenant's  Work as  described  in Exhibit C promptly  upon
substantial  completion  of the Premises  and shall  diligently  prosecute  such
construction to completion and shall open the Premises for business concurrently
with the date  specified  for  commencement  of Minimum  Annual  Rental.  Tenant
acknowledges  that the financial  success of the Property  depends,  in part, on
Tenant's  opening the Premises for business  contemporaneously  with the initial
opening of the  Property  and that  Landlord's  damages  arising  from  Tenant's
failure to do so are extremely  difficult and  impracticable to fix.  Therefore,
should Tenant fail to open the Premises for business upon the initial opening of
the Property Landlord may, at its option, either terminate this Lease or require
Tenant to pay to  Landlord,  upon  receipt of invoice,  the sum of Five  Hundred
Dollars  ($500.00)  per day for each day  Tenant  delays its  opening  after and
including the initial opening date, which sum Tenant agrees is fair compensation
to Landlord for said damages.

     Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall not be
required to initially  open for business in the Premises  until  240,000  square
feet of Floor Area on the Property (including the Premises),  or more, is leased
(or sold) and estimated to be ready to open within  forty-five days after Tenant
opens for business.  In the event less than 240,000 square feet of Floor Area of
stores in the Project  (including  the  Premises)  are open for business  within
forty-five  (45)  days  following  the date  Tenant  opens for  business  in the
Premises fully  stocked,  staffed and  fixturized,  then from and after the date
which is 45 days  following  the date  Tenant  has so opened for  business,  the

<PAGE>
Minimum  Annual  Rental set forth in Article 4,  Section 4.1, and in Section 1.4
shall be abated until such time as there are open for business at least  240,000
square feet of Floor Area of stores in the Project (including the store occupied
by Tenant). Notwithstanding the abatement of Minimum Annual Rental as aforesaid,
Tenant shall pay all other charges called for in the manner provided for in this
Lease except Minimum Annual Rental.  The foregoing  abatement  shall in no event
change or modify the Rent Start Date.

     3.3  Confirmation  of Term of  Lease;  Initial  Estoppel  Certificate;  and
Certificate of Occupancy. Tenant will execute and deliver to Landlord within ten
(10) days after Tenant opens for business certificates substantially in the form
of Exhibits E ("Tenant's Estoppel Certificate") and H (the "Confirmation of Term
of Lease").  Tenant shall make such modifications to such certificates as may be
necessary to make such  certificates  true and accurate,  it being intended that
any such  statements  may be relied upon by  Landlord's  mortgagee,  prospective
purchaser  or land lessor of the  Property.  If Tenant  fails to provide  either
certificate within ten (10) days after Landlord's request therefor, Tenant shall
be deemed to have  approved  the contents of any such  certificate  submitted to
Tenant by  Landlord.  Within the  earlier of ten (10) days after  completion  of
construction of Tenant's Work, as described in Exhibit C, or ten (10) days after
Tenant's opening for business,  Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the Certificate
of Occupancy for the Premises issued by the appropriate governmental agency.

     3.4  Surrender of the  Premises.  Tenant will  surrender  possession of the
Premises  to  Landlord  at the  expiration  of the  Lease  Term  or the  earlier
termination of this Lease.

                                    ARTICLE 4
                                     RENTAL

     4.1 Minimum Annual  Rental.  Tenant agrees to pay as rental for the use and
occupancy  of the  Premises the Minimum  Annual  Rental  specified in Article 1.
Tenant shall pay said rental in twelve (12) equal  monthly  installments  during
each year, in advance, on the first day of each calendar month,  without setoff,
deduction,  prior  notice or demand,  commencing  on a date ("Rent  Start Date")
which shall be the earlier of (a) ninety  (90) days after  Landlord  delivers to
Tenant the Notice of Substantial  Completion described in Section 3.2 or (b) the
date Tenant opens for business,  unless a different date is specified in Article
1 or Exhibit H. Should the rental period  commence on a day other than the first
day of a calendar month,  then the rental for such first  fractional month shall
be computed on a daily basis for the period from the date of commencement to the
end of such calendar month and at an amount equal to one three-hundred  sixtieth
(1/360th) of the said annual rental for each such day, and  thereafter  shall be
computed and paid as aforesaid.

     4.2 Cost Of Living  Adjustments to the Minimum  Annual Rental.  The Minimum
Annual  Rental  provided  for in Section 4.1 shall be subject to  adjustment  as
stipulated  in  Section  1.4  as  of  each  twelve  month   anniversary  of  the
Commencement  Date  ("Adjustment  Date")  during the Lease Term.  The  following
language shall be used only for adjustments referred to in Sections 13.6(a)(iii)
and 27.2 hereof or elsewhere  where  specific  reference is made to the Consumer
Price Index.

     The base for computing the adjustment is the Consumer Price Index, Subgroup
"Urban Consumers  (CPI-U),"  published by the United States Department of Labor,
Bureau of Labor Statistics for San Diego,  California (1982-84 = 100) ("Index"),
published immediately prior to the Commencement Date ("Beginning Index"). If the
Index  for the  period  immediately  prior to the  Adjustment  Date  ("Extension
Index")  has  increased  over  the  Index  published  immediately  prior  to the
Commencement  Date (in the case of the first adjustment) or immediately prior to
the  last  Adjustment   Date  (in  the  case  of  each  succeeding   adjustment)
("Comparison  Index"),  the Minimum Annual Rental for the following twelve month
period (until the next rent adjustment)  shall be the higher of: (a) the Minimum
Annual Rental for the twelve-month  period immediately  preceding the Adjustment
Date; or (b) the number which results by  multiplying  the Minimum Annual Rental
in effect prior to the Adjustment Date by a fraction,  the numerator of which is
the Extension Index and the denominator of which is the Comparison  Index. In no
event shall the Minimum Annual Rental after any such adjustment be less than the
Minimum Annual Rental in effect immediately preceding such adjustment.


<PAGE>
     If the Index is changed so that the base year  differs from that used as of
the date  immediately  preceding  the  Commencement  Date,  the  Index  shall be
converted  in  accordance  with the  conversion  factor  published by the United
States  Department  of  Labor,  Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics.  If the  Index is
discontinued  or  revised  during  the  term,  such  other  government  index or
computation  with  which  it is  replaced  shall  be used  in  order  to  obtain
substantially  the same  result as would be  obtained  if the Index had not been
discontinued or revised.

     4.3 Operating Expenses.  In addition to the Minimum Annual Rental described
above,  Tenant shall pay its pro rata share of Operating  Expenses in the manner
hereinafter  set forth.  It is understood and agreed that the phrase  "Operating
Expenses"  as used herein shall mean all  expenses in  connection  with the use,
ownership,  operation and maintenance of the Common Area (defined in Section 8.1
hereof), including without limitation all general maintenance and repairs deemed
necessary  by Landlord or as may be required  by  governmental  authority;  work
performed by Landlord in accordance  with Section 11.2;  resurfacing;  painting;
restriping;  cleaning;  trash  removal;  snow  and  ice  removal;  sweeping  and
janitorial  services;  repair,  maintenance  and  replacement of public toilets,
music program equipment and loud speakers, floors, walls, ceilings, all roofs in
the Property,  skylights,  windows,  sidewalks, curbs, Property signs, sprinkler
systems,  planting and  landscaping,  directional  signs,  and other markers and
bumpers;  any fire  protection,  lighting,  storm  drainage  and  other  utility
services and systems  including the  maintenance of all HVAC systems serving the
Property; and including all costs, charges, and expenses incurred by Landlord in
connection with any change of company  providing  utility service;  personnel to
implement any of the foregoing services including,  if Landlord deems necessary,
the cost of security  officers;  all costs and expenses  pertaining  to security
alarm systems; rental payments for parking structures, if any; public transit or
carpooling  facilities,  if any;  the  operation of valet  parking,  if any; the
administration  and operation of a parking validation or parking charge program,
including  amounts  paid to a third  party  contracted  to operate  the  parking
facilities,  if any; all costs and  personnel  expenses of Landlord  incurred in
managing the Property; all taxes, assessments or fees imposed for any reason and
levied on the  improvements  and land  comprising said Common Area; all personal
property  taxes  assessed for any reason and levied on any personalty for use of
the Common  Area;  depreciation  on  maintenance  and  operating  machinery  and
equipment  (if owned) and  rental  paid for such  machinery  and  equipment  (if
rented):  public liability  insurance for Landlord's  operation at the Property;
All Risk  insurance  covering the Common Area with  earthquake  and flood damage
endorsements;  all other  insurance which Landlord is required or has the option
to maintain pursuant to Section 12.2. With respect to Landlord's replacement, in
accordance  with this  Section  4.3 of any  capital  item with a useful  life in
excess of five (5) years whose  replacement  cost exceeds Ten  Thousand  Dollars
($10,000.00),  the Operating  Expenses for each calendar year shall include,  in
lieu  of the  full  amount  of  said  replacement  cost in any  given  year,  at
Landlord's  option,  either  (a) an annual  amount  sufficient,  on the basis of
Landlord's  experience  or reasonable  estimate,  to establish in advance of the
time for such replacement a reserve to fund said cost, or (b) the total payments
of principal and interest owed for each year or partial year on any commercially
reasonable loan which is fully amortized over said useful life that Landlord may
obtain from a third party, or that Landlord may make itself,  for the benefit of
Tenant and all other  tenants at the  Property to finance  said cost;  provided,
however,  if Landlord shall make such a loan,  Landlord shall charge interest on
the basis of actual days elapsed compared to a 360-day year, compounded monthly,
at a fixed rate which is the lesser of the  maximum  lawful  rate or two percent
(2%) above the annual rate of yield  available at the time of  replacement  on a
Treasury Note or Bond of the United States of America  maturing at approximately
the end of said useful life. In addition,  the Operating  Expenses shall include
an amount payable to Landlord for accounting,  bookkeeping and collection of the
Operating  Expenses  equal  to  fifteen  percent  (15%)  of  the  total  of  the
aforementioned expenses for each calendar year. Landlord may cause any or all of
said services to be provided by an independent contractor or contractors.


<PAGE>
     4.4 Method of Payment of Operating  Expenses.  Portions of the Property are
or will be owned or  leased by Major  Tenants  or Pad  Tenants.  As used in this
Lease,  Major  Tenants  and Pad  Tenants  are the  occupants  of  those  certain
buildings  indicated on Exhibit A as "Major  Tenants" and "Pad Tenants" or which
may  be  consequently   added,   removed  or   redesignated  by  Landlord.   The
contributions of the Major Tenants and Pad Tenants toward the Operating Expenses
shall be credited  toward payment of the entirety of the Operating  Expenses and
the balance of such expenses shall be prorated in the following manner:

     (a) Commencing on a date which shall be the earlier of (a) thirty (30) days
after Landlord  delivers to Tenant the Notice of  Substantial  Completion or (b)
the date Tenant opens for business, and continuing throughout the balance of the
Lease Term, Tenant shall pay Landlord,  on the first day of each calendar month,
an amount estimated by Landlord to be Tenant's share of the Operating  Expenses.
The foregoing estimated monthly charge may be adjusted by Landlord at the end of
any  calendar  quarter  on the basis of  Landlord's  experience  and  reasonably
anticipated costs.

     (b) Following the end of each  calendar  quarter or, at Landlord's  option,
each  calendar  year,  Landlord  shall furnish  Tenant a statement  covering the
calendar  quarter or year just  expired,  certified as correct by an  authorized
representative  of Landlord,  showing the total of the Operating  Expenses,  the
amount of Tenant's share of the Operating  Expenses for such calendar quarter or
year, less the estimated  monthly charges,  with respect to such period,  as set
forth in  subparagraph  (a) above.  If Tenant's share of the Operating  Expenses
exceeds  Tenant's  payments so made,  Tenant shall pay  Landlord the  deficiency
within ten (10) days after receipt of such  statement.  If said payments  exceed
Tenant's share of the Operating Expenses, Tenant shall be entitled to offset the
excess  against  payments  next  thereafter  due  Landlord,   as  set  forth  in
subparagraph  (a)  above.  Tenant's  share  of the  Operating  Expenses  for the
previous  calendar  quarter or year shall be that  portion of all such  expenses
equal to the proportion thereof which the number of square feet of Floor Area in
the Premises bears to the total number of square feet of Floor Area of buildings
in the Property which are occupied and open for business as of the  commencement
of such  calendar  quarter or year,  exclusive of the Floor Area occupied by the
Major Tenants and Pad Tenants.  Tenant's share of the Operating Expenses for its
first  and/or  last  calendar   quarter  or  year,  as  appropriate,   shall  be
proportionately reduced to account for the Rent Start Date and expiration of the
Lease Term occurring on other than the first and/or last day of the  appropriate
calendar  quarter or year.  Notwithstanding  anything  to the  contrary  in this
Lease,  beginning  with the  second  full  calendar  year of the Lease  Term and
continuing  for each  subsequent  year  thereafter,  Tenant's share of Operating
Expenses,  excluding  insurance and taxes,  shall not increase by more than five
percent (5%) over Tenant's share of Operating Expenses,  excluding insurance and
taxes, in the immediately preceding calendar year.

     Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,  Landlord may, in its sole
and absolute discretion  designate specific portions of the Property as "Special
Use Zones" in which Operating  Expenses which are specific to a particular group
of tenants  or  occupants  ("Special  Zone  Expenses")  shall be  excluded  from
Operating  Expenses for the Property and paid by the tenants or occupants within
said zone(s). By way of example,  but without  limitation,  Landlord may, in its
sole and absolute discretion  designate a specific portion of the Common Area as
a Special Use Zone to serve as facilities to accommodate the consumption of food
and beverages by customers of food use tenants in the Property  ("food  court").
If Tenant is a food  tenant  and  Landlord  determines  that  Tenant's  business
reasonably  benefits from the availability of the food court,  Tenant shall pay,
in addition to its share of Operating Expenses as provided hereinabove, Tenant's
share of such Operating Expenses which are attributable  solely to the operation
and use of the food court for the  previous  calendar  quarter  or year.  Tenant
shall pay its proportionate  share of Special Zone Expenses,  if applicable,  at
the same time and in the same  manner as Tenant is  required to pay its pro rata
share of Operating Expenses as provided hereinabove,  and Tenant's proportionate
share of all Special Zone Expenses shall be that proportion which the Floor Area
of the  Premises  bears  to the  Floor  Area  of all  tenants  which  have  been
designated by Landlord,  in Landlor s sole discretion,  as tenants which benefit
from the expenses  incurred with respect to that Special Use Zone, and which are
occupied and open for business as of the  commencement of each calendar  quarter
or, if reconciliations are only done annually, averaged for that calendar year.
<PAGE>
     4.5 Percentage  Rental.  In addition to the Minimum Annual Rental and other
sums hereinabove specified, Tenant shall pay as Percentage Rental the product of
the  percentage  set forth in  Section  1.4  multiplied  by the  amount by which
Tenant's Net Sales (as the term "Net Sales" is defined in Section 5.1) made from
or upon the  Premises  during  each Lease Year  exceeds  the  amounts  listed in
Section  1.4  (hereinafter   "Breakpoint")  for  such  Lease  Year  (hereinafter
"Percentage  Rental").  "Lease  Year"  shall  mean the twelve  (12)  consecutive
calendar months  commencing on the first day of the first full calendar month of
the Lease Term, and thereafter with each succeeding  anniversary thereof. If the
Commencement  Date is other  than the first day of a calendar  month,  the first
Lease Year shall include the period from the  Commencement  Date through the end
of the month in which the  Commencement  Date occurs.  "Option Years" shall mean
Lease Years during the Option  Term.  Said  Percentage  Rental shall be computed
each calendar  month and, on or before the twentieth  (20th) day of the calendar
month immediately  following the close of each calendar month,  Tenant shall pay
to Landlord the product of the percentage set forth in Section 1.4 multiplied by
the amount by which  Tenant's Net Sales made during such calendar  month exceeds
1/12 of the Breakpoint listed in Section 1.4.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in
the event at any time during the original  Lease Term or any Option Term then in
effect,  Tenant is entitled  to a full or partial  abatement  of Minimum  Annual
Rental  pursuant to any provisions of this Lease,  then the dollar amount of the
Breakpoint shall be reduced in the same proportion that Minimum Annual Rental is
so abated.

     On or before the first day of the first full calendar  month  following the
first  anniversary of the Commencement  Date, and on each  anniversary  thereof,
Tenant  shall  deliver to Landlord a statement  certified  by Tenant as accurate
indicating the total Net Sales of Tenant during the immediately  preceding Lease
Year and the amounts paid to Landlord as Percentage  Rental for such Lease Year;
and  thereupon  an  adjustment  shall be made  with  respect  to said  rental as
follows:  If Tenant shall have paid to Landlord an amount greater than Tenant is
required to pay as Percentage Rental for such Lease Year under the terms hereof,
Tenant shall be entitled to a credit against Tenant's next payment of Percentage
Rental  for the  amount of such  overpayment;  or, if Tenant  shall have paid an
amount  less than the  Percentage  Rental  required to be paid  hereunder,  then
Tenant shall pay such difference to Landlord concurrently with Tenant's delivery
of the annual statement.

     Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  contained in this Lease,  in the
event that Tenant's  Gross Sales during the fourth (4th) Lease Year do not equal
or exceed One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000.00), Landlord or
Tenant may terminate  this Lease by written notice to the other party which must
be given,  if at all,  within  the first  ninety  (90) days after the end of the
fourth  (4th) full Lease Year.  Such  termination  shall be effective on the one
hundred  twentieth  (120th) day after such notice is given.  Upon termination of
the Lease under the  provisions  of this Section 4.5,  Tenant shall pay Landlord
the unamortized cost of the  Construction  Allowance as set forth in Addendum to
Exhibit C, amortized on a straight-line basis over the full Lease Term.

     4.6  Statement  of Net  Sales.  Tenant  agrees  to  furnish  or cause to be
furnished to Landlord a statement of Net Sales of Tenant within twenty (20) days
after the close of each calendar  month,  and an annual  statement,  including a
monthly  breakdown of Net Sales within  thirty (30) days after the close of each
calendar year. Such statements  shall include,  among other  appropriate  items,
Tenant's  Gross Sales (as the term "Gross Sales" is defined in Section 5.1), and
all deductions or exclusions  therefrom and Tenant's Net Sales;  such statements
shall also include a statement of the number of transactions which generated the
Gross  Sales,  and the  estimated  number of  potential  customers  that entered
Tenant's Premises during the time period(s) being reported,  whether or not such
potential  customers  actually made  purchases from the Premises.  Further,  if,
under "Use of  Premises"  in Exhibit B hereto,  there is any  limitation  on the
percentage of Gross Sales which may be generated from any particular item listed
in said  provision,  Tenant shall  specifically  show the percentage of Tenant's
total  Gross  Sales  which  was  derived  from  the sale of such  item(s).  Such
statements  shall be signed by Tenant.  Tenant shall record at the time of sale,
in the presence of the customer,  all receipts from sales or other transactions,

<PAGE>
whether  cash or credit,  in a cash  register or  registers  having a sealed and
continuous tape which cumulates and consecutively numbers all purchases.  Tenant
shall keep (a) full and accurate books of account and records in accordance with
Generally  Accepted  Accounting  Principles  consistently  applied,   including,
without  limitation,  a sales  journal,  general  ledger,  and all bank  account
statements  showing deposits of Gross Sales revenue,  (b) all such cash register
receipts  with regard to Gross Sales and Net Sales,  credits,  refunds and other
pertinent transactions made from or upon the Premises (including the Gross Sales
of any subtenant,  licensee or concessionaire) and (c) detailed original records
of any  exclusions or deductions  from Gross Sales  (including any exclusions or
deductions from Gross Sales of any subtenant, licensee or concessionaire).  Such
books,  receipts and records shall be kept for a period of three (3) years after
the close of each calendar year and shall be available for  inspection and audit
by Landlord and its  representatives at the Premises at all times during regular
business hours. In addition, upon request of Landlord,  Tenant agrees to furnish
Landlord  a copy of  Tenant's  State and Local  Sales  and Use Tax  Returns,  if
required in the State where the Property is situated. The receipt by Landlord of
any statement or any payment of Percentage  Rental for any period shall not bind
it as to the correctness of the statement or the payment. Landlord shall, within
three (3) years after the receipt of any such statement, be entitled to an audit
of such Gross  Sales and Net Sales  (including  the Gross Sales and Net Sales of
any subtenant, licensee or concessionaire). Such audit shall be conducted either
by Landlord or by a certified  public  accountant  to be  designated by Landlord
during normal business hours at the principal place of business of Tenant. If it
shall be  determined  as a result of such audit that there has been a deficiency
in  the  payment  of  Percentage  Rental,  then  such  deficiency  shall  become
immediately  due and payable with interest at the rate specified in Section 14.7
from the date when said payment  should have been made.  In addition,  if Tenant
understates  Net Sales by more than two percent (2%) and if Landlord is entitled
to any additional  Percentage Rental as a result of said  understatement,  or if
such audit  shows that  Tenant has failed to  maintain  the books of account and
records  required  by this  Section  so that  Landlord  is unable to verify  the
accuracy of Tenant's  statement then Tenant shall pay to Landlord all reasonable
costs and expenses  (including all  reasonable  auditor and attorney fees) which
may be  incurred  by  Landlord  in  conducting  such audit and  collecting  such
underpayment,  if any. If Tenant  understates Net Sales by more than six percent
(6%), then, in addition to Landlord's  aforesaid rights,  Landlord may terminate
this Lease.  Any information  gained from such statements or inspection shall be
confidential  and shall not be  disclosed  other than to carry out the  purposes
hereof; provided,  however,  Landlord shall be permitted to divulge the contents
of any such statements in connection  with any  contemplated  sales,  transfers,
assignments,  encumbrances or financing  arrangements of Landlord's  interest in
the Premises or in connection with any administrative or judicial proceedings in
which  Landlord  is involved  where  Landlord  may be  required to divulge  such
information.

     4.7  Additional  Rent.  Tenant shall pay, as Additional  Rent,  all sums of
money  required to be paid pursuant to the terms of this Lease,  including,  but
not limited to those sums  referenced  in Articles 4, 6, 7, 8, 11 and 27, herein
collectively  referred to as "Additional  Rent".  If such amounts or charges are
not  paid at the  time  provided  in this  Lease,  they  shall  nevertheless  be
collectible  as  Additional  Rent with the next  installment  of Minimum  Annual
Rental  thereafter  falling due, but nothing herein contained shall be deemed to
suspend  or delay the  payment  of any amount of money or charge at the time the
same becomes due and payable hereunder or to limit any other remedy of Landlord.
All amounts of Minimum  Annual  Rental and  Additional  Rent  payable in a given
month  shall be deemed  to  comprise  a single  rental  obligation  of Tenant to
Landlord.

     4.8 Failure to Pay Items  Required Under Article 4. If Tenant fails to pay,
when the same is due and payable,  the Minimum  Annual Rental or any  Additional
Rent,  such unpaid  amounts shall bear interest at the rate specified in Section
14.7  from the date due to the date of  payment  and  computed  on the  basis of
monthly  compounding  with actual days elapsed  compared to a 360-day  year.  In
addition to such interest,  Tenant  acknowledges that the late payment by Tenant
of any monthly  rental will cause  Landlord to incur  certain costs and expenses

<PAGE>
not  contemplated  under  this  Lease,  the exact  amount of which  costs  being
extremely  difficult  or  impracticable  to fix.  Such costs and  expenses  will
include, without limitation, administrative and collection costs, and processing
and accounting expenses.  Therefore,  if any such installment is not received by
Landlord from Tenant when due,  Tenant shall  immediately pay to Landlord a late
charge of Four Hundred  Dollars  ($400.00).  Landlord and Tenant agree that this
late charge  represents a reasonable  estimate of such costs and expenses and is
fair compensation to Landlord for its loss caused by Tenant's nonpayment. Should
Tenant pay said late  charge  but fail to pay  contemporaneously  therewith  all
unpaid  amounts  of  Minimum  Annual  Rental  and  Additional   Rent  Landlord's
acceptance of this late charge shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant's default
with respect to such  nonpayment by Tenant nor prevent  Landlord from exercising
all other  rights and remedies  available to Landlord  under this Lease or under
Law.

     4.9 Security Deposit. On or before the Effective Date, Tenant shall deposit
with Landlord the sum specified in Article 1 as "Security Deposit". Said deposit
shall be held by Landlord  without  liability  for  interest as security for the
faithful  performance by Tenant of all of its obligations  under this Lease. The
Security Deposit shall not be mortgaged,  assigned, transferred or encumbered by
Tenant  without the prior  written  consent of Landlord  and any such act on the
part of Tenant  shall be without  force and effect and shall not be binding upon
Landlord. If any of the rents herein reserved or any other sum payable by Tenant
to Landlord  shall be overdue  and unpaid or should  Landlord  make  payments on
behalf of Tenant,  or if Tenant  shall fail to perform  any of the terms of this
Lease,  then  Landlord  may,  at its option and without  prejudice  to any other
remedy which Landlord may have on account  thereof,  appropriate  and apply said
entire  Security  Deposit or so much thereof as may be  necessary to  compensate
Landlord for Minimum Annual Rental or Additional  Rent, loss or damage sustained
by Landlord as a result thereof,  and Tenant shall forthwith upon demand restore
said Security  Deposit to the original sum deposited.  Should Tenant comply with
all of said obligations and promptly pay all of the rentals as they fall due and
all other sums payable by Tenant to Landlord,  said  Security  Deposit  shall be
refunded in full to Tenant within  forty-five  (45) days after the expiration or
earlier  termination  of the Lease  Term.  In the event of  bankruptcy  or other
debtor-creditor proceedings against Tenant, the Security Deposit shall be deemed
to be applied  first to the payment of rent and other  charges due  Landlord for
all periods prior to filing of such proceedings.

     Landlord  may  deliver  the  funds  deposited  hereunder  by  Tenant to the
purchaser or assignee of  Landlord's  interest in the Premises in the event that
such interest is transferred and thereupon Landlord shall be discharged from any
further  liability  with respect to such Security  Deposit,  and this  provision
shall  also apply to any  subsequent  transfer  of  Landlord's  interest  in the
Premises.

                                    ARTICLE 5
                            DEFINITION OF "NET SALES"

     5.1 Net Sales. The term "Gross Sales" of Tenant,  as used in this Lease, is
defined to be the gross selling price of all  merchandise or services sold in or
from the Premises by Tenant,  its  subtenants,  licensees  and  concessionaires,
whether for cash or on credit and whether made by store personnel or by approved
vending, video, pinball, or gaming machines or by electronic, telephonic, video,
computer, or other technology-based system, whether existing now or developed in
the future,  located at the Premises or generating  orders  therefrom.  The term
"Net  Sales" of Tenant,  as used in this  Lease,  is  defined to be Gross  Sales
excluding the  following  provided,  however,  that the below listed items shall
only be  deducted  from Gross  Sales if they were  previously  included in Gross
Sales.

     (a) The selling  price of all  merchandise  purchased  at the  Premises and
returned by  customers  and  accepted for full credit or the amount of discounts
and allowances made thereon;


<PAGE>
     (b) Goods returned to sources, or transferred to another store or warehouse
owned by or affiliated with Tenant;

     (c) Sums and credits  received in the  settlement  of claims for loss of or
damage to merchandise;

     (d) The price allowed on all merchandise  traded in by customers for credit
or the amount of credit for discounts and allowances  made in lieu of acceptance
thereof;

     (e) Alteration  workroom  charges and delivery charges at Tenant's cost and
collected separately from the selling price;

     (f) Interest,  service or sales carrying charges or other charges,  however
denominated,  paid by customers  for  extension of credit on sales and where not
included in the merchandise sales price;

     (g) Receipts from public telephones,  stamp machines,  public toilet locks,
or vending machines installed solely for use by Tenant's employees;

     (h) Sales taxes,  so-called luxury taxes,  consumers'  excise taxes,  gross
receipts taxes and other similar taxes now or hereafter imposed upon the sale of
merchandise or services, but only if collected separately from the selling price
of merchandise or services and collected from customers;

     (i) Sales of fixture, equipment or property which are not stock in trade.

     All sales  originating  at the  Premises  shall be  considered  as made and
completed  therein,  even though  bookkeeping  and payment of the account may be
transferred  to another place for  collection  and even though actual filling of
the sale or service  order and actual  delivery of the  merchandise  may be made
from a place  other than the  Premises.  Each sale upon  installments  or credit
shall be treated as a sale for the full cash price at the time of sale.

                                    ARTICLE 6
               POSSESSION AND USE; UTILITIES; HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

     6.1 Permitted  Uses.  Tenant shall use the Premises solely for the purposes
and under the trade  name  specified  in Exhibit  B.  Tenant  shall at all times
operate an outlet  store  which  shall mean a retail  store  selling  brand name
merchandise  sold in Tenant's full price retail  stores,  at least fifty percent
(50%) of which  shall be sold at discount  prices,  which shall mean prices that
are at least twenty  percent (20%) less than the prices  charged by the majority
of the  retailers  in the San  Diego  metropolitan  area  who  sell  the same or
substantially   similar  merchandise  at  full  retail  markup.   Tenant  hereby
acknowledges  that Tenant has  represented  to Landlord that it will operate its
business in the Leased  Premises as one of the  following  (i) a factory  direct
outlet; or (ii) a discounter;  or (iii) an off-price operation,  selling all its
merchandise at discount prices (as herein defined), and that such representation
was a material  inducement  for Landlord to enter into this Lease with Tenant on
the rental terms herein contained, which rental provisions are predicated on the
typically lower profit margins of such businesses,  as compared to those selling
at full  retail  markup.  Accordingly,  in the  event  Tenant  fails to sell its
merchandise at discount  prices on a continuous  basis,  Landlord shall have the
right,  upon ten (10) days  written  notice to Tenant to  increase  the  Minimum
Annual  Rent  set  forth in  Article  1 hereof  and as may have  been  increased
pursuant to other provisions of this Lease, by Two and 00/100ths Dollars ($2.00)
per square foot of the Floor Area of the Premises.  Within  forty-five (45) days
after the end of each calendar year (together  with the annual  statement of Net
Sales)  Tenant  shall  provide  reasonable  information  that  Tenant  has  sold
substantially  all of its merchandise at discount prices on a continuous  basis.
Landlord  may,  at its  option,  at any time and from  time to time,  obtain  an
independent study and review the prices charged by Tenant and the prices charged
by the  majority of retailers  in the San Diego  metropolitan  area who sell the
same or substantially  similar  merchandise as that sold in the Premises (herein
"Study"),  and Tenant  shall  permit  Landlord,  or  Landlord's  consultant  for
purposes of such study,  access to the Premises and to Tenant's  merchandise for

<PAGE>
such  purpose.  If a Study  reveals that Tenant is failing or failed to sell its
merchandise  at  discount  prices  on  a  continuous  basis,  Tenant  shall  pay
Landlord's costs and expenses  incurred for such Study. In the event the "Use of
Premises"  described in Exhibit B hereto permits the sale of merchandise that is
not  manufactured by Tenant,  Tenant must either  purchase any such  merchandise
directly from the manufacturer or obtain the express written authority, license,
and/or other approval to sell such merchandise from the manufacturer.

     6.2 Duties and Prohibited Conduct.  At Tenant's sole expense,  Tenant shall
procure,  maintain and hold available for Landlord's inspection any governmental
license  or permit  required  for the proper  and  lawful  conduct  of  Tenant's
business.  Tenant  shall not use,  or permit any  person or persons to use,  the
Premises for the sale or display of  pornography,  drug-oriented  paraphernalia,
nudity,  graphic  violence  or any  goods  and/or  services  which,  in the sole
discretion  of  Landlord,  are  inconsistent  with the image of a  community  or
family-oriented  retail  project.  Tenant  shall not use or suffer or permit any
person or persons to use the Premises or any part  thereof as a massage  parlor,
adult bookstore or second-hand store or to conduct an auction,  distress,  fire,
bankruptcy or going-out-of  business sale. Tenant shall not use the Premises for
any use or purpose in violation of the laws of the United States of America,  or
the laws, ordinances, regulations and requirements of the State, County and City
where the Property is situated,  or of other  lawful  authorities.  Tenant shall
keep the Premises,  and every part thereof, in a clean and wholesome  condition,
free from any objectionable  noises,  odors or nuisances,  and shall comply with
all health and police regulations in all respects.  Tenant agrees that all trash
and rubbish of Tenant shall be  deposited  only within  receptacles  provided by
Landlord  or those  receptacles  provided  by Tenant  and  located  in the areas
designated  by Landlord.  If Tenant's  permitted use includes the sale of and/or
preparation of food: (a) Tenant shall at all times maintain a health  department
rating of "A" (or such other highest  health  department or similar rating as is
available);  and (b) in connection with Tenant's  obligations  under this Lease,
Tenant shall be responsible  for any and all matters  related to Tenant's grease
trap(s)  including  without  limitation  contracting  with a  qualified  service
company for routine  cleaning and maintenance of any trap(s) and/or grease lines
which serve Tenant.  Tenant shall  provide  Landlord with a copy of any contract
required  hereunder within ten (10) days after the Commencement  Date, and shall
provide a copy of any  subsequent  contracts  within ten (10) days  after  their
execution.

     Tenant may not display or sell merchandise or place carts,  portable signs,
devices or any other objects  outside the defined  exterior walls or roof and no
aerial or antenna shall be erected on the roof or exterior walls of the Premises
without first obtaining, in each instance, the written consent of Landlord which
consent  Landlord  may  give,  withhold,   or  condition,   in  Landlord's  sole
discretion.  Any aerial or antenna so installed  without  such  written  consent
shall be subject to removal without notice at any time, at Tenant's expense.  In
addition,  Tenant shall not solicit or distribute materials in any manner in the
Common Area of the Property.

     6.3  Operating  Covenants.   Tenant  covenants  and  agrees  that  it  will
continuously and uninterruptedly from and after its initial opening for business
operate and conduct  within the Premises  the business  which it is permitted to
operate  and  conduct  under the  provisions  of this  Lease,  except  while the
Premises are  untenantable by reason of fire or other  casualty.  Tenant further
covenants to keep and maintain within and upon the Premises an adequate stock of
merchandise  and trade  fixtures  to service  and supply the usual and  ordinary
demands and  requirements  of its  customers.  Tenant further agrees to have its
window displays,  exterior signs and exterior  advertising  displays  adequately
illuminated  continuously during all hours on all days that Landlord in its sole
and  absolute  discretion,  determines  to open the Property for business to the
public.


<PAGE>
     6.4 New  Locations.  Tenant agrees that it will not,  during the first five
(5) years after Tenant opens for business,  directly or  indirectly,  operate or
own any similar  type of business  (not so operated  and owned on the  Effective
Date of this Lease)  within a radius of three (3) miles from the location of the
Premises.  Without  limiting  Landlord's  remedies  in the event  Tenant  should
violate this covenant,  Landlord may, at its option and for so long as Tenant is
operating said other  business,  include the net sales of such other business in
the Net Sales made from the Premises for the purpose of computing the Percentage
Rental due hereunder.  Tenant will provide Landlord with a statement of Tenant's
Net Sales,  in  accordance  with the  provisions  of Section  4.6, for each such
prohibited  business  location  operated by Tenant in violation of the foregoing
radius restriction.  After the aforementioned period, Tenant may operate another
business with the  aforementioned  radius  provided:  (a) Tenant gives  Landlord
written  notice of its  intention to operate such  business and the location and
anticipated opening date of such business and (b) within thirty (30) days of the
date of said  written  notice,  Landlord  and Tenant  shall enter into a written
amendment  to this Lease  adjusting  the Minimum  Annual  Rental  payable  under
Section 4.1. Said Minimum  Annual Rental shall be adjusted as follows:  from the
statements of Net Sales as submitted by Tenant under Section 4.6, Landlord shall
compute an amount  which  represents  the  highest  amount of annual  Percentage
Rental  paid or payable by Tenant  under  Section  4.5,  during any  consecutive
twelve (12) month  period  occurring  within the sixty (60)  months  immediately
preceding said amendment,  and this amount, if any, shall be added to the amount
specified in Article 1 as Minimum  Annual  Rental,  and this resulting sum shall
thereafter be the Minimum  Annual Rental payable  hereunder.  The effective date
for payment of the adjusted  Minimum Annual Rental shall be the first day of the
calendar month following the opening of Tenant's other business.

     6.5 Deliveries.  Tenant shall use its best efforts to complete, or cause to
be completed,  all deliveries,  loading,  unloading and services to the Premises
prior to 10:00 a.m. of each day.  Tenant  shall  attempt to prevent any delivery
trucks or other  vehicles  servicing  the  Premises  from parking or standing in
front of, or at the rear of, the  Premises  from 10:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m. of each
day.  Landlord  reserves the right to regulate  further the activities of Tenant
with regard to deliveries  and  servicing of the Premises,  and Tenant agrees to
abide by such nondiscriminatory regulations of Landlord.

     6.6 Use of Name of  Property.  Tenant shall use the name of the Property in
which the Premises are located in all Tenant's  advertising  in connection  with
Tenant's  business  at the  Premises  and  for no  other  purpose,  except  with
Landlord's  consent.  Tenant  shall not have or acquire  any  property  right or
interest in the name of the Property.  Landlord reserves the right to change the
name,  title,  or address of the  Property or the address of the Premises at any
time, and Tenant waives all claims for damages caused by any such change.

     6.7 Utilities.

     (a) Definitions:  For purposes hereof,  "Utilities" shall mean the services
of  electricity,  natural gas (if  permitted  by  Landlord),  sewage  (including
removal and  treatment),  water  (including  treatment and delivery),  telephone
service   and   other   services   such   as   satellite   data    transmission,
telecommunications  cell sites or antennas,  cable systems and security systems,
or  technological  successors  thereto.  Landlord  shall make  available for the
Premises only those Utilities facilities set forth as Landlord's Work in Exhibit
C hereto and shall have no  obligation  whatsoever  to make any other  Utilities
facilities or services available for the benefit of Tenant.

     Tenant  shall  pay,  as  provided  hereinafter,  for any and all  Utilities
furnished  to the Premises or  otherwise  for the benefit of Tenant  except that
Utilities in  connection  with the Common Area shall be paid by Tenant as a part
of Tenant's  pro rata share of  Operating  Expenses as more fully  described  in
Article 4 hereto.  Landlord  shall have the  right,  either in  connection  with
Tenant's initial occupancy of the Premises,  or from time to time throughout the
Lease Term,  beginning as of a date specified in written notice from Landlord to
Tenant,  to provide certain  Utilities to the Premises,  or to require Tenant to
contract  for Utility  services  with  specific  alternative  service  providers

<PAGE>
("ASP"), provided,  however, that the cost to Tenant of such Landlord-designated
services shall not exceed the costs Tenant would have obtained directly from the
local public utility  company or, for Utilities not provided by a public utility
company,  the rate Tenant would be able to obtain on its own account.  In either
such event, Tenant shall use the Utilities or the Utility services designated by
Landlord  and shall  not  contract  separately  for the same  without  the prior
written consent of Landlord which Landlord may grant or withhold in its sole and
absolute discretion. Tenant shall install at its sole expense any separate meter
required by Landlord or Tenant for any Utilities.

     In the event Landlord provides a Utility as provided hereinabove,  Landlord
shall reasonably  determine Tenant's share of the Utility so provided,  and such
determination shall be used to calculate a "Utilities Charge" which Tenant shall
pay to Landlord as described hereafter. So long as Landlord is reasonable in its
determination  of Tenant's share of the Utility,  Tenant agrees that  Landlord's
determination  shall be binding upon Tenant.  Tenant shall arrange,  at Tenant's
sole cost and expense,  for the local  utility  company to provide all Utilities
not otherwise provided or designated by Landlord as provided herein.

     (b) Payment of the Utilities Charge. For any  Landlord-provided  Utilities,
Tenant shall pay the Utilities Charge described hereinabove, on the first day of
each month,  in advance,  as  Additional  Rent.  Such charge  shall  include all
expenses for the repair,  maintenance  and  replacement,  as  necessary,  of all
meters, pipes,  conduits,  equipment,  components and facilities used to deliver
such Utilities to the Premises.  Landlord shall initially estimate the amount of
the  Utilities  Charge on the  basis of a typical  store  layout  comparable  to
Tenant's  proposed use of the Premises and shall thereafter adjust such estimate
from time to time as necessary,  based on Landlord's  experience  and reasonably
anticipated costs.

     At the end of each calendar or partial calendar year during the Lease Term,
Landlord shall compare the total of all monthly estimated Utilities Charges paid
by Tenant  during  said year with the total  expenses  incurred  by  Landlord in
supplying  Utilities to the Premises  during said year.  If said total  expenses
which shall constitute  Tenant's actual Utilities Charge,  exceed Tenant's total
estimated payments therefor, Tenant shall pay Landlord the deficiency within ten
(10) days after  notice from  Landlord.  If Tenant's  total  estimated  payments
exceed Tenant's actual Utilities Charge, Tenant shall offset such excess against
Tenant's Utilities Charge(s) next due.

     (c) Access to the Premises. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord, the local
public  utility  company,  and any alternate  service  provider at all times and
shall allow  Landlord,  the local  public  utility  company and any  alternative
service provider access,  as reasonably  necessary,  to the Property's  electric
lines, feeders,  risers,  wiring, supply lines,  transformers,  pipes, conduits,
ducts, penetrations,  components, appurtenances, systems, machinery, facilities,
installations,  or other  equipment  used in or in connection  with the Shopping
Center for the generation or supply of Utilities.

     (d) Landlord Not Responsible for Interruption of Service. Landlord shall in
no way be liable or responsible for any loss, damage, or expense that Tenant may
sustain or incur by reason of any change, failure, interference,  disruption, or
defect in the  supply  or  character  of the  electric  energy or other  Utility
furnished to the Premises, or if the quantity or character of electric energy or
other Utility  supplied by the utility service  provider or any ASP is no longer
available or suitable for Tenant's  requirements,  and no such change,  failure,
defect,   unavailability,   or  unsuitability  shall  constitute  an  actual  or
constructive  eviction,  in whole or in part, or entitle Tenant to any abatement
or diminution of rent, or relieve Tenant from any of its  obligations  under the
Lease.

     6.8 Compliance with Exclusive License Agreements.  Notwithstanding anything
in this Lease to the  contrary,  Tenant  expressly  understands  and agrees that
Landlord  intends to enter into  various  license  agreements  or other  similar
agreements  with third  parties to allow  exclusive  use of certain  products or
brand names that will be required  to be sold  within the  Shopping  Center (for

<PAGE>
example, but without limitation,  Landlord may enter into an agreement that only
specific brand name credit cards will be used  throughout the Shopping  Center).
Tenant expressly agrees and acknowledges that Tenant's use of the Premises shall
at all times be subject to any such third party agreements regardless of whether
or not such  agreements  were  entered  into as of the  Effective  Date  hereof.
Landlord  agrees that Landlord  shall  provide  Tenant with at least thirty (30)
days  written  notice  prior to the date Tenant use will be affected by any such
agreements.

     6.9 Hazardous Materials.

     (a) Definitions.  As used herein,  "Hazardous Materials Laws" means any and
all  federal,  state  or  local  laws,  ordinances,   rules,  decrees,   orders,
regulations  or court  decisions  relating to  hazardous  substances,  hazardous
materials, hazardous waste, toxic substances, environmental conditions on, under
or about the Premises, or soil and ground water conditions,  including,  but not
limited to, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability
Act of 1980 ("CERCLA"), as amended, Act, Cal. Water Code ss.13000, et. seq., any
amendments to and any regulations promulgated pursuant to the foregoing, and any
similar federal,  state or local laws,  ordinances,  rules,  decrees,  orders or
regulations. As used herein, "Hazardous Materials" means any chemical, compound,
substance,  pollutant,  containment  or other material that: (a) is defined as a
hazardous  substance,  hazardous  material,  hazardous  waste or toxic substance
under any  Hazardous  Materials  Law;  or (b) is  controlled  or governed by any
Hazardous  Materials Law or gives rise to any  reporting,  notice or publication
requirements thereunder.

     (b)  Use.  Tenant  shall  not  allow  any  Hazardous  Material  to be used,
generated, manufactured,  released, stored or disposed of on, under or about, or
transported  from,  the  Premises  or the  Property,  unless  such  use is:  (a)
specifically disclosed to and approved by Landlord in writing prior to such use;
(b)  conducted  in  compliance  with the  provisions  of this  Section;  and (c)
conducted in compliance with the requirements and  recommendations of Landlord's
and Tenant's insurers based upon prudent industry practices regarding management
of Hazardous  Materials.  Landlord  may approve  such use subject to  reasonable
conditions to protect the Premises and Landlord's interests. Notwithstanding the
foregoing,  Landlord  hereby  consents to Tenant's  use,  storage or disposal of
products containing small quantities of Hazardous Materials,  which products are
of a type  customarily  found in offices and  households  (such as aerosol  cans
containing insecticides, toner for copies, paints, paint remover, and the like),
provided  that Tenant shall  handle,  use,  store and dispose of such  Hazardous
Materials  in a safe and  lawful  manner  and  shall not  allow  such  Hazardous
Materials to contaminate the Premises.  If Landlord's consent is required for an
assignment of the Lease or a sublease of the Premises,  Landlord  shall have the
right to  refuse  such  consent  if,  in  Landlord's  reasonable  judgment,  the
possibility  of a release of Hazardous  Materials is  materially  increased as a
result of the assignment or sublease or if Landlord does not receive  reasonable
assurances that the new tenant or subtenant has the experience and the financial
ability to remedy a violation of Hazardous Materials and fulfill its obligations
under this Section 6.9.

     (c)  Compliance  With Laws.  Tenant shall  strictly  comply with, and shall
maintain the Premises in compliance with, all Hazardous  Materials Laws.  Tenant
shall  obtain and  maintain in full force and effect all  permits,  licenses and
other governmental  approvals  required for Tenant's  operations on the Premises
under  any  Hazardous  Materials  Laws  and  shall  comply  with all  terms  and
conditions thereof.  At Landlord's  request,  Tenant shall deliver copies of, or
allow  Landlord to inspect,  all such permits,  licenses and  approvals.  Tenant
shall, at Tenant's  expense,  perform any monitoring,  investigation,  clean-up,
removal, detoxification,  preparation of closure or other required plans and any
other remedial work (collectively,  "Remedial Work") required as a result of any
release or  discharge  of  Hazardous  Materials  affecting  the  Premises or the
Property or any violation of Hazardous  Materials Laws by Tenant or any assignee
or  sublessee  of Tenant or their  respective  agents,  contractors,  employees,
licensees  or  invitees.  Landlord  shall  have the  right to  intervene  in any
governmental  action or proceeding  involving any Remedial  Work, and to approve
performance of the work, or, at Landlord's  option,  after reasonable  notice to
Tenant, to remedy any violation by Tenant and require  reimbursement from Tenant
for costs  incurred by  Landlord in  connection  with such  remedy,  in order to
protect Landlord's interests.


<PAGE>
     (d) Notice;  Reporting.  Tenant shall notify Landlord,  in writing,  within
five (5) days  after any of the  following:  (i) Tenant  has  knowledge,  or has
reasonable  cause to believe  that any  Hazardous  Material  has been  released,
discharged  or is located on,  under or about the  Premises,  whether or not the
Hazardous  Material is in  quantities  that would  otherwise be  reportable to a
public agency; (ii) Tenant receives any order of a governmental agency requiring
any  Remedial  Work  pursuant to any  Hazardous  Materials  Laws;  (iii)  Tenant
receives  any  warning,  notice of  inspection,  notice of  violation or alleged
violation,   or  Tenant   receives   notice  or  knowledge  of  any  proceeding,
investigation or enforcement  action,  pursuant to any Hazardous Materials Laws;
or (iv) Tenant  receives notice or knowledge of any claims made or threatened by
any third party  against  Tenant or the Premises  relating to any loss or injury
resulting from Hazardous  Materials.  Tenant shall deliver to Landlord copies of
all test results,  reports,  spill prevention  plans, and business or management
plans  required  to be  filed  with  any  governmental  agency  pursuant  to any
Hazardous Materials Laws;  however,  Landlord shall have no obligation to review
the same nor shall Landlord have any liability as to the adequacy of any actions
taken by Tenant.

     (e)  Termination/Expiration.  Upon termination or expiration of this Lease,
Tenant shall, at its sole expense, remove any equipment, improvements or storage
facilities  utilized in connection with any Hazardous  Materials and shall clean
up, detoxify,  repair and otherwise  restore the Premises to a condition free of
Hazardous Materials.

     (f) Indemnity.  Tenant shall indemnify,  protect,  defend and hold Landlord
(and its  partners  and their  respective  officers,  directors,  employees  and
agents) harmless from and against any and all claims,  costs,  expenses,  suits,
judgments, actions,  investigations,  proceedings and liabilities arising out of
or in connection  with any breach of any  provisions of this Section or directly
or indirectly arising out of the use, generation,  storage, release, disposal or
transportation of Hazardous Materials by Tenant, or any sublessee or assignee of
Tenant,  or their  respective  agents,  contractors,  employees,  licensees,  or
invitees, on, under or about the Premises during the Lease Term, including,  but
not limited to, all foreseeable and unforeseeable  consequential damages and the
cost  of any  Remedial  Work.  Neither  the  consent  by  Landlord  to the  use,
generation,  storage, release, disposal or transportation of Hazardous Materials
nor the strict compliance with all Hazardous  Materials Laws shall excuse Tenant
from  Tenant's  indemnification   obligations  pursuant  to  this  Section.  The
foregoing  indemnity  shall  be in  addition  to  and  not a  limitation  of the
indemnification  provisions of Section 12.1 of the Lease.  Tenant's  obligations
pursuant to this Section  shall  survive the  termination  or  expiration of the
Lease.

                                    ARTICLE 7
                     TAXES, INSURANCE, AND TITLE OF PREMISES

     7.1 Title of Premises.  Tenant  acknowledges  that as of the Effective Date
the  Premises  are  subject  to  the  following:   (a)  covenants,   conditions,
restrictions,  easements,  mortgages  or deeds of  trust,  any  ground  lease of
record,  any  rights-of-ways  of record,  and any other  matters or documents of
record,  (hereinafter referred to collectively as "CC&R's"),  provided, however,
that the  CC&R's  shall not  prevent  Tenant  from  using the  Premises  for the
purposes specifically  described in Exhibit B: (b) any law, statute,  ordinance,
regulation,   rule,   requirement  and  order,  court  decision,  or  procedural
requirement of any governmental authority; and (c) general and special taxes not
delinquent.  As to its  leasehold  estate,  Tenant and all persons in possession
thereof  will  conform to and will not violate  the terms of the  aforementioned
CC&R's or said matters of record.  Except as  permitted by this Lease,  from and
after the Effective Date,  Tenant and all persons in possession of the Premises,
shall not encumber the Premises,  whether  involuntarily  or  otherwise.  Tenant
acknowledges  that any  first  mortgagee  or  first  deed of  trust  trustee  or
beneficiary  has the right to subordinate at any time its interest in this Lease
and the leasehold estate to that of Tenant, without Tenant's consent.


<PAGE>
     Tenant  acknowledges  that this Lease is  subordinate to the CC&R's and any
amendments or  modifications  thereof.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if the
CC&R's  are not of record  as of the  Effective  Date,  then  this  Lease  shall
automatically  become subordinate to the CC&R's upon recordation of said CC&R's,
and Tenant  further  agrees to execute and return to  Landlord,  within ten (10)
days after written demand therefor by Landlord,  an agreement in recordable form
(substantially  in the  form of  Exhibit  G)  subordinating  this  Lease to said
CC&R's.

     7.2 Property Taxes and Insurance. Tenant agrees to pay, or cause to be paid
before  delinquency,  in the  manner  provided  in  Article  4,  any and all (i)
insurance maintained by Landlord on the Premises under Article 12.2; (ii) taxes,
assessments,  license fees, and public charges levied,  assessed, or imposed, or
which may become  payable  during  the term upon the  Premises,  the  underlying
realty,  and upon any fixtures,  furniture,  appliances,  and personal  property
installed  or located  on the  Premises;  (iii)  transfer,  transaction,  sales,
rental,  gross  receipts,  license or similar taxes or charges  measured by rent
received by Landlord.  Landlord  shall,  after  receipt of any tax bill or other
notice  of tax due on  Premises,  furnish  Tenant  with a copy  of such  bill or
notice.  Tenant  shall pay all of such  taxes  when due and,  on  demand,  shall
furnish  to  Landlord  receipts  evidencing  such  payment.   Alternatively,  at
Landlord's option, Landlord may collect estimated monthly payments for insurance
and taxes  payable  by Tenant  hereunder,  concurrently  with and in the  manner
provided for Operating  Expenses pursuant to Article 4. Taxes for first and last
years shall be prorated between Landlord and Tenant.

                                    ARTICLE 8
                                  COMMON AREA

     8.1  Definition  Of Common Area.  The term "Common  Area" shall include all
improved and unimproved areas within the boundary of the Property which are made
available  from time to time for the general  use,  convenience,  and benefit of
Landlord,  other persons  entitled to occupy any portion of the Property  and/or
their  customers,   patrons,   employees,  and  invitees,   including,   without
limitation,  streets,  driveways,  all parking areas and structures,  truckways,
delivery passages,  loading doors, sidewalks,  ramps, open and closed courts and
malls including food court seating areas, landscaped and planted areas, exterior
stairways,  and retaining  and  decorative  walls and planters.  The Common Area
shall also include any public  transportation  facilities,  and landscaped areas
and off-site areas which must be maintained by the Property  owners  pursuant to
governmental  conditions of approval of  subdivision  and/or  development of the
Property.  Landlord reserves the right to install kiosks and other free-standing
structures within the Common Area, providing any such change does not materially
affect  ingress,  egress,  parking or visibility of the Premises.  Landlord also
reserves  the  right to make  changes  at any time and from  time to time in the
size, shape, location, number and extent of the Common Area, or any of them, and
no such change shall entitle Tenant to any abatement of rent.

     8.2 Operation and  Maintenance of the Common Area.  Landlord shall keep, or
cause to be kept,  said  Common  Area in a neat,  clean and  orderly  condition,
properly  lighted  and  landscaped,  and shall  repair,  maintain or replace all
equipment and facilities thereof as Landlord shall deem necessary.  Landlord may
cause any or all of the services concerning the Common Area to be provided by an
independent  contractor(s)  or by an  affiliate(s)  of  Landlord.  In the  event
Landlord  does not  maintain  all of the areas in the  Property  because a Major
Tenant or Pad Tenant maintains its respective  Common Area, then, for the length
of time such condition may exist, Landlord's responsibility shall be to maintain
and repair only those  portions of the Common Area not  maintained  by the Major
Tenants or Pad Tenants,  and Operating  Expenses shall not include expenses paid
separately by such Major Tenants and Pad Tenants.

     8.3 Control of Common Area.  Landlord shall at all times have the right and
privilege of determining  the nature and extent of the Common Area,  whether the
same shall be surface, underground or multiple-deck,  and of making such changes
therein  and  thereto  from time to time which in its  opinion  are deemed to be
desirable  and for the best  interest  of all persons  using said  Common  Area,
including the location and relocation of driveways, entrances, exits, automobile
parking  spaces,  the direction and flow of traffic,  installation of prohibited
areas, landscaped areas, utilities and all other facilities thereof.


<PAGE>
     Should  Landlord  acquire or obtain the use of additional land not shown as
part of the  Property  on Exhibit A and make the same  available  for parking or
other Common Area purposes, then the "Operating Expenses" shall also include all
costs and  expenses  referred to in Section 4.3 which are  incurred  and paid in
connection with said additional land.

     Landlord  shall at all  times  after the  Effective  Date have the sole and
exclusive control of the Common Area, including,  without limitation,  the right
to lease space  within the Common  Area to tenants  for the sale of  merchandise
and/or  services  and the  right to  permit  advertising  displays,  educational
displays  and  entertainment  in the Common Area.  Landlord  shall also have the
right at any time and from time to time to exclude and  restrain any person from
use or occupancy thereof, excepting,  however, bona fide customers,  patrons and
service  suppliers of Tenant and other  tenants of Landlord who make use of said
areas in accordance with the rules and regulations  established by Landlord from
time to time with respect  thereto in accordance with Section 8.4. The rights of
Tenant  with  respect  to the  Common  Area shall at all times be subject to the
rights of  Landlord,  the other  tenants of Landlord and the other owners of the
Property to use the same in common with  Tenant.  It shall be the duty of Tenant
to keep all of the  Common  Area free and clear of any  obstructions  created or
permitted by Tenant or resulting  from Tenant's  operation and to permit the use
of any of the Common Area only for normal  parking and ingress and egress by the
said customers,  patrons and service suppliers to and from the building occupied
by Tenant.

     If in the  opinion of  Landlord  unauthorized  persons are using any of the
Common Area by reason of the presence of Tenant in the  Premises,  Tenant,  upon
demand of Landlord,  shall enforce  Landlord's  right to exclude or restrain all
such  unauthorized  persons by  appropriate  proceedings.  Nothing  herein shall
affect  the  rights  of  Landlord  at any time to remove  any such  unauthorized
persons from the Common Area or to restrain  said persons from using any of said
areas.

     8.4 Rules and Regulations.  Tenant shall abide by the rules and regulations
governing the Property which  Landlord,  in its sole  discretion,  may establish
and/or  amend from time to time for the proper and  efficient  operation  and/or
maintenance  of  the  Common  Area  (including  any  enclosed  mall  or  parking
structure)  or any portion  thereof.  Such rules and  regulations  may  specify,
without limitation, when the Common Area (including any enclosed mall or parking
structure) shall be open for use and when and where Tenant and its employees may
park their vehicles in the Common Area.

     8.5 Employee Parking.  Employees of Tenant shall not park their automobiles
in those  automobile  parking  areas of the Common Area which  Landlord may from
time to time designate for use by patrons of the Property. At all times Landlord
shall have the right to designate,  or change the designation of, the particular
parking  area  to be  used  by any or all of  such  employees.  Tenant  and  its
employees  shall park their cars only in those  portions of the Common Area,  if
any, designated for that purpose by Landlord. Tenant shall furnish Landlord with
the automobile  license numbers of Tenant and Tenant's  employees within fifteen
(15) days after taking  possession of the Premises and shall  thereafter  notify
Landlord of any changes  thereto  within five (5) days after such change occurs.
If Tenant or its  employees  fail to park their cars in the  designated  parking
areas,  Landlord may charge Tenant Ten Dollars ($10.00) per car per day for each
day or  partial  day  that  any car is  parked  in any  area  other  than  those
designated;  provided, however, Landlord agrees to give Tenant written notice of
the first violation of this provision. Tenant shall have two (2) days thereafter
within which to correct the violation; if said violation is not corrected within
said two-day  period,  then the aforesaid  fine shall be levied and Tenant shall
pay the same.  After  notice of such  first  violation,  no prior  notice of any
subsequent violation shall be required. All amounts due under provisions of this
paragraph  shall be  payable  by Tenant  within  ten (10) days  after  demand by
Landlord.


<PAGE>
     8.6  Security  Officers.  Tenant  acknowledges  that if  Landlord  provides
security officers for the Common Area, Landlord does not represent, guarantee or
assume  responsibility  that  Tenant  will be  secure  from any  claim,  demand,
investigation,  proceeding,  action,  suit,  judgment,  award, fine, lien, loss,
damage, expense,  liability,  charge or cost of any kind or character (including
attorney  fees and court costs)  relating to such  security  officers.  Landlord
shall have no obligation to hire,  maintain or provide such services,  which may
be  withdrawn  or changed  at any time with or  without  notice to Tenant or any
other person and without liability to Landlord.

     8.7 Validated  Parking.  Tenant  specifically  acknowledges and agrees that
Landlord may, in Landlord's  sole  discretion.  establish and amend from time to
time a parking validation program for the parking lot and any parking structures
on the Property  (collectively  "parking area"). Said parking validation program
may  include  such rules and  regulations  as  established  by  Landlord.  It is
expressly understood and agreed that the operator(s) of the parking areas shall,
in said operator's sole and absolute discretion, determine the amount of parking
fees and further  shall have no  obligation  whatsoever to provide a special fee
structure for Tenant's employees or to provide parking for Tenant's employees.

                                    ARTICLE 9
                                MECHANICS' LIENS

     9.1 Mechanics' Liens.  Tenant agrees that it will pay, or cause to be paid,
all costs for work done by it, or caused to be done by it, on the Premises,  and
Tenant will keep the Premises free and clear of all  mechanics'  liens and other
such liens on account of work done for Tenant or persons  claiming under Tenant.
Tenant agrees to and shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any
and all liability,  loss, damage, costs, attorney fees and all other expenses on
account  of  claims  of lien of  laborers  or  materialmen  or  others  for work
performed  or  materials or supplies  furnished  for Tenant or persons  claiming
under Tenant.

     9.2 Contest of Lien.  If Tenant  shall  desire to contest any claim of such
mechanics' lien, it shall furnish Landlord adequate security for the value or in
the amount of the  claim,  plus  estimated  costs and  interest,  or a bond of a
responsible corporate surety in such amount, conditioned on the discharge of the
lien. If a final judgment  establishing  the validity or existence of a lien for
any amount is entered, Tenant shall immediately pay and satisfy the same.

     9.3 Right to Cure.  If Tenant  shall be in default in paying any charge for
which a mechanics'  lien claim and suit to  foreclose  the lien have been filed,
and shall not have given Landlord  security to protect the property and Landlord
from  liability  for such  claim  of lien,  Landlord  may (but  shall  not be so
required to) pay said claim and any costs, and the amount so paid, together with
reasonable attorney fees incurred in connection therewith,  shall be immediately
due and owing from Tenant to Landlord, and Tenant shall pay the same to Landlord
with interest at the rate specified in Section 14.7 from the dates of Landlord's
payments.

     9.4 Notice of Lien.  Should any claim of lien be filed against the Premises
or any action  against the  Premises or any action  affecting  the title to such
property be commenced,  the party receiving  notice of such lien or action shall
forthwith give the other party written notice thereof.

     9.5 Notice of Nonresponsibility. Landlord or its representatives shall have
the right to go upon and inspect the Premises at all reasonable  times and shall
have the right to post and keep posted thereon notices of  nonresponsibility  or
such other  notices which  Landlord may deem to be proper for the  protection of
Landlord's  interest in the Premises.  Tenant shall,  before the commencement of
any work which might result in any such lien, give to Landlord written notice of
its intention to do so in sufficient time to enable posting of such notices.



<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE 10
                      TENANT'S RIGHT TO MAKE IMPROVEMENTS;
                         PERSONAL PROPERTY; AND FIXTURES

     10.1 Improvements. At Tenant's own expense, after giving Landlord notice in
writing of its intentions to do so and without limiting Tenant's right to remove
and/or replace  Personal  Property in accordance  with Article 10, Section 10.3,
Tenant may, from time to time after  completion  of all work in accordance  with
Exhibit C, make such  permanent  and  nonstructural  alterations,  replacements,
additions,  changes, and/or improvements (collectively referred to in this Lease
as  "Improvements")  to Tenant's Work  previously  completed in accordance  with
Exhibit C or to prior  Improvements  as Tenant may find  necessary or convenient
for its  purposes,  provided  that the  value  of the  Premises  is not  thereby
diminished;  provided, however, no Improvements costing in excess of Twenty-Five
Hundred  Dollars  ($2,500.00)  may be made without  obtaining  the prior written
approval  of  Landlord.  In  addition,  no  Improvements  shall  be  made to any
storefront,  mechanical,  electrical or plumbing systems,  the exterior walls or
roof of the Premises,  nor shall Tenant erect any mezzanine or increase the size
of same, if one be initially  constructed,  without  obtaining the prior written
approval  of  Landlord.  In no event  shall  Tenant make or cause to be made any
penetration into or through the roof or floor of the Premises without  obtaining
the prior written approval of Landlord.  Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord for
all costs and expenses  (including,  without  limitation,  any architect  and/or
engineer fees) incurred by Landlord in approving or disapproving  Tenant's plans
for  Improvements.  Tenant  shall be liable for and shall  indemnify  and defend
Landlord and other tenants at the Property from any claim,  demand,  lien, loss,
damage or expense,  including  reasonable attorney fees and costs,  arising from
any Improvements  permitted under this Article 10. Within thirty (30) days after
completing  its  Improvements,  Tenant  shall  certify  to  Landlord  in writing
Tenant's actual cost of constructing its Improvements.

     10.2 Construction Requirements. All Improvements to be made to the Premises
which require the approval of Landlord shall be made under the  supervision of a
competent  architect or licensed structural engineer and made in accordance with
plans and specifications prepared in conformity with the structural, mechanical,
electrical, design and quality standards, requirements and/or criteria specified
in Exhibit C and  approved in writing by  Landlord  before  commencement  of the
work.  In  the  event  that  Tenant   retains  a  contractor  to  construct  its
Improvements,  Tenant shall comply with the  provisions of Exhibit C,  "Tenant's
Use of a Contractor Other than Landlord's Contractor".  All work with respect to
any  Improvements  must be done in a good and workmanlike  manner and diligently
prosecuted to  completion  to the end that the Premises  shall at all times be a
complete  unit except during the period of work.  Upon  completion of such work,
Tenant  shall  have  recorded  in the office of the  County  Recorder  where the
Property is located a Notice of Completion, as required or permitted by law, and
Tenant shall deliver to Landlord,  within ten (10) days after completion of said
work, a copy of the building permit with respect thereto. Upon the expiration or
earlier  termination of this Lease,  such  Improvements  shall not be removed by
Tenant but shall become a part of the Premises.  Any such Improvements  shall be
performed and done strictly in accordance with the laws and ordinances  relating
thereto. In performing the work of any such Improvements,  Tenant shall have the
work performed in such a manner as not to obstruct access to the premises of any
other tenant in the Property.

     10.3  Personal  Property.  All  of  Tenant's  trade  fixtures,   furniture,
furnishings,  signs and other personal  property not permanently  affixed to the
Premises (collectively referred to as "Personal Property" in this Lease) must be
new when  installed  in, or attached to, the Premises by Tenant.  Subject to the
provisions of Section 10.5, any such Personal Property shall remain the property
of  Tenant.  Provided  Tenant is not in default  under the terms of this  Lease,
Tenant shall have the right to remove any or all of its Personal  Property which
it may have stored or installed in the Premises,  including, without limitation,
counters,  shelving,  showcases, mirrors and other movable Personal Property, so
long as Tenant shall immediately replace the same with similar Personal Property
of comparable or better quality, except Tenant shall not be obligated to replace
such Personal  Property at the expiration or earlier  termination of this Lease.
Tenant shall, at its expense,  immediately  repair any damage  occasioned to the
Premises by reason of the removal of any such Personal Property.


<PAGE>
     10.4  Fixtures.  Tenant's  Improvements  (as described in Section 10.1) and
Tenant's Work (as described in Exhibit C) are  collectively  referred to in this
Lease as "Fixtures" and shall become the property of Landlord upon expiration or
earlier  termination  of this  Lease;  provided,  however,  that if  Landlord so
requests,  Tenant  shall  remove  the same  prior to the  expiration  or earlier
termination  of the Lease and shall  repair  all damage to the  Premises  or the
Property  caused by such  removal.  Tenant  shall not,  however,  be required to
remove pipes and wires  concealed in floors,  walls or ceilings,  provided  that
Tenant properly cuts and caps the same, and seals them off in a safe, lawful and
workmanlike  manner, in accordance with Landlord's  reasonable  requirements and
all  applicable  building  codes.  If Tenant does not remove any  Fixtures  when
requested  by  Landlord  to do so,  Landlord  may remove the same and repair all
damage caused thereby, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of such removal
and repair  immediately  upon demand therefor by Landlord,  plus fifteen percent
(15%) of the cost of such removal to reimburse  Landlord for its  administrative
expense.  Tenant's  obligation to observe or perform this covenant shall survive
the expiration or termination of this Lease.

     10.5 Landlord's Security Interest. [Intentionally Deleted.]

     10.6 Personal Property Taxes. Tenant shall pay before delinquency all taxes
(including  sales and use taxes),  assessments,  license fees and public charges
levied,  assessed or imposed  upon its  business  operation  as well as upon its
merchandise,  Fixtures  and  Personal  Property.  In the event any such items of
property are assessed with property of Landlord,  then, and in such event,  such
assessment  shall be divided  between  Landlord  and  Tenant to the extent  that
Tenant shall pay only its equitable portion of such assessment.

     10.7 Signs and Lighting.  Tenant may, at its expense, erect on the Premises
such signs and provide  such  exterior  lighting as shall be provided for in the
plans  and  specifications  for the  improvements  mutually  approved  under and
contained  in Exhibit F. The Tenant shall not  thereafter  erect or maintain any
other or additional signs or any other exterior lighting on the Premises without
the prior written  approval and consent of Landlord.  In the event that Landlord
develops new sign criteria in connection with a remodel of the Property , Tenant
shall,  within  sixty  (60) days after  receipt  of  written  notice of new sign
criteria,  at  Tenant's  expense,  replace  existing  signs with new signs which
conform to the new criteria.

                                   ARTICLE 11
                              REPAIRS; MAINTENANCE

     11.1  Tenant's  Obligations.  Tenant  agrees  at all  times  from and after
delivery of the Premises,  at its own cost and expense,  to repair,  maintain in
good and tenantable condition and replace, as necessary,  the Premises and every
part thereof (except that portion of Premises to be maintained by Landlord under
Section 11.2), including,  without limitation, the following: all meters, pipes,
conduits,  equipment,  components  and  facilities  (whether  or not  within the
Premises)  that supply the Premises  exclusively  with  Utilities,  specifically
including  the repair and  replacement  of the HVAC system,  but  excluding  the
maintenance of the HVAC system (except as the  appropriate  utility  company has
assumed  these  duties)  all  Fixtures  and  other  equipment  installed  in the
Premises;  all exterior and interior glass installed in the Premises; all signs,
lock and closing  devices;  all interior  window  sashes,  casements and frames;
doors  and  door  frames  (except  for the  painting  of the  exterior  surfaces
thereof);  floor  coverings;   and  all  such  items  of  repair,   maintenance,
alteration, improvement or reconstruction as may be required at any time or from
time  to  time  by  a  governmental  agency  having  jurisdiction  thereof.  All
replacements  made by Tenant in  accordance  with this  Section 11.1 shall be of
like  size,  kind and  quality  to the items  replaced  and shall be  subject to
Landlord's  approval.  Upon surrender of the Premises,  Tenant shall deliver the
Premises to Landlord in good order, condition and state of repair, but shall not
be  responsible  for damages  resulting  from  ordinary  wear and tear,  insured
casualty  losses  covered by  Section  18.4 of this  Agreement,  or any items of
repair covered by Section 11.2.


<PAGE>
     11.2  Landlord's  Obligations.  Subject to Sections 4.3 and 11.1,  Landlord
shall  repair,  maintain  in good  and  tenantable  condition  and  replace,  as
necessary, the roof, exterior walls, structural parts of the Premises (including
the structural floor) and all meters, pipes, conduits, equipment, components and
facilities  that supply the  Premises  with  Utilities on a  nonexclusive  basis
(except as the  appropriate  utility  company  has  assumed  these  duties);  in
addition,  Landlord  shall  maintain  (but  shall not be  required  to repair or
replace) the HVAC system provided, however, that Landlord shall have the option,
but  shall  not be  required,  to make  repairs  necessitated  by  reason of the
negligence  of  Tenant  or  anyone  claiming  under  Tenant,  or  by  reason  of
Improvements  made by Tenant or anyone  claiming  under Tenant,  or by reason of
breaking and entering of the  Premises.  In the event that  Landlord  makes such
repairs  necessitated  by the  negligence  of Tenant or  anyone  claiming  under
Tenant,  Tenant  shall pay as  Additional  Rent  Landlord's  costs plus  fifteen
percent  (15%) of such  costs for  overhead,  within  fifteen  (15)  days  after
presentation  of a statement  therefor.  As used in this  Article 11,  "exterior
walls" shall include exterior surfaces of storefronts,  window sashes, casements
and frames.  Exterior  walls shall  specifically  exclude  exterior and interior
glass. It is understood and agreed that Landlord shall be under no obligation to
repair, replace or maintain the Premises or the mechanical equipment exclusively
serving  the  Premises  at any time,  except as this Lease  expressly  provides.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Landlord shall
not in any way be  liable  to  Tenant  for  failure  to make  repairs  as herein
specifically  required of it unless Tenant has previously notified Landlord,  in
writing,  of the need for such  repairs and  Landlord has failed to commence and
complete said repairs within a reasonable  period of time  following  receipt of
Tenant's written notification.

     11.3 Tenant's Failure to Maintain. If Tenant refuses or neglects to repair,
replace,  or maintain the Premises,  or any part thereof, in a manner reasonably
satisfactory  to Landlord,  Landlord  shall have the right,  upon giving  Tenant
reasonable  written  notice of its  election  to do so, to make such  repairs or
perform  such  maintenance  on behalf of and for the account of Tenant.  In such
event,  Tenant shall pay the cost of such work as Additional  Rent promptly upon
receipt of an invoice therefor.

     11.4 Right to Enter.  Tenant agrees to permit  Landlord,  or its authorized
representatives,  to enter the Premises at all times during usual business hours
to inspect the same, to perform its duties under  Section  11.2,  and to perform
any work therein (a) that may be necessary to comply with any laws,  ordinances,
rules or regulations of any public  authority,  the Insurance  Service Office or
any similar  body,  (b) that  Landlord may deem  necessary  to prevent  waste or
deterioration  in connection with the Premises if Tenant does not make, or cause
to be made,  such  repairs  or  perform,  or cause to be  performed,  such  work
promptly after receipt of written  demand from  Landlord,  and (c) that Landlord
may deem necessary in connection  with the expansion,  reduction,  remodeling or
renovation of any portion of the Property.  Nothing herein contained shall imply
any duty on the part of Landlord to do any such work which,  under any provision
of this Lease, Tenant may be required to do, nor shall Landlord's performance of
any  repairs  on behalf of Tenant  constitute  a waiver of  Tenant's  default in
failing to do the same.  No exercise by Landlord of any rights  herein  reserved
shall  entitle  Tenant to any  compensation,  damages or  abatement of rent from
Landlord for any injury or inconvenience  occasioned  thereby. If Landlord makes
or causes any such  repairs to be made or  performed,  as  provided  for herein,
Tenant shall pay the cost thereof to Landlord, as Additional Rent, promptly upon
receipt of an invoice therefor, except for that work as provided in subparagraph
(c) of this  Section  11.4  which  shall be at the  sole  cost  and  expense  of
Landlord.


<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE 12
                             INDEMNITY AND INSURANCE

     12.1  Indemnity  by Tenant.  Landlord  shall not be liable for,  and Tenant
shall  indemnify,  hold  harmless and defend  Landlord  from any claim,  demand,
liability,  judgment,  award, fine, mechanics' lien or other lien, loss, damage,
expense, charge or cost of any kind or character (including actual attorney fees
and court  costs)  arising  directly or  indirectly  from (a) any labor  dispute
involving Tenant or its contractors and agents or (b) the construction,  repair,
alteration,  improvement,  use,  occupancy  or  enjoyment of the Premises or any
other portion of the Property by Tenant,  Tenant's  assignees and/or  subtenants
and their respective  contractors,  agents,  licensees or invitees  (hereinafter
referred to as "Claims"),  including  without  limitation,  Claims caused by the
sole or concurrent  negligent  act or omission,  whether  active or passive,  of
Landlord or its agents;  provided,  however,  Tenant shall have no obligation to
defend or indemnify Landlord from Claims made by Tenant which are covered by the
public  liability  insurance  Landlord is required to carry  pursuant to Section
12.2, or caused by the willful or criminal act of Landlord or its agents.

     12.2  Landlord's  Insurance  Obligation.  At all  times  from and after the
Effective  Date,  Landlord  shall  maintain  in effect a policy or  policies  of
insurance providing  protection for the following  liabilities and/or risks: (a)
public  liability for bodily injury and property  damage arising from Landlord's
ownership  and/or  operation of the Property with coverage limits at least equal
to those Tenant is required to maintain in accordance with Section 12.3 (a), and
(b) any peril, in Landlord's sole discretion, insurable under an All Risk policy
covering the  building of which the  Premises are a part,  exclusive of any item
insured  by Tenant  pursuant  to  Section  12.3 (e),  in an amount  which is the
greater of eighty percent (80%) of its full  replacement  cost (exclusive of the
cost of  excavations,  foundations  and  footings) or such amount as  Landlord's
mortgagee or beneficiary may require Landlord to maintain. Landlord's obligation
to  carry  the All  Risk  insurance  provided  for in this  Section  12.2 may be
satisfied  by inclusion of said  building  within the coverage of any  so-called
blanket  policy or policies of  insurance  carried and  maintained  by Landlord,
provided that the coverage  afforded will not be reduced or diminished by reason
of the use of such blanket  policies of  insurance.  Landlord may, at Landlord's
sole discretion,  maintain during the Lease Term, at Tenant's expense,  a policy
of rental income  insurance  covering a period of one year, with loss payable to
Landlord in an amount equal to one year's  Minimum  Annual Rental plus estimated
property taxes, insurance premiums, and Operating Expenses payable by Tenant.

     12.3 Tenant's  Insurance  Obligation.  Tenant further  covenants and agrees
that from and after the earlier of  substantial  completion  of the  Premises or
Tenant's entry onto the Premises with Landlord's consent,  Tenant will carry and
maintain, at its sole cost and expense, the following types of insurance, in the
amounts specified and in the form hereinafter provided for:

     (a) PUBLIC LIABILITY.  Comprehensive general liability insurance for bodily
injury and  property  damage with  coverage  limits of not less than Two Million
Dollars  ($2,000,000)  combined each  occurrence  and in the aggregate  insuring
against any and all  liability of the insured  with respect to said  Premises or
arising out of the maintenance, use or occupancy thereof; if Tenant is permitted
to sell  alcoholic  beverages  pursuant to the  provisions  of this Lease,  such
liability  insurance  shall  specifically  include  liquor  liability  insurance
covering  consumption  of alcoholic  beverages by customers of Tenant.  All such
bodily injury liability  insurance and property damage liability insurance shall
specifically  insure  Tenant's  performance of the indemnity  provisions of this
Lease,  but the amount of such insurance shall not limit Tenant's  liability nor
relieve Tenant of any obligation hereunder.

     (b)  WORKER'S  COMPENSATION.  Statutory  amount  of  workers'  compensation
insurance required by the State in which the Property is located for the benefit
of Tenant's employees.

     (c) PLATE GLASS.  Insurance  covering  full  replacement  cost of all plate
glass  on  the  Premises.   Tenant  shall  have  the  option  either  to  insure
commercially or to self-insure the risk.


<PAGE>
     (d) EQUIPMENT.  Machinery  insurance on all air conditioning  equipment and
systems  exclusively  serving the Premises.  If said equipment and the damage it
may cause are not covered by Tenant's  "All Risk"  insurance  (as  specified  in
subparagraph (e), below),  then the insurance specified in this subparagraph (d)
shall be in an amount not less than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000).  If
Tenant requires  boilers or other pressure  vessels to serve the Premises,  they
shall also be insured in the amount required by this subparagraph (d).

     (e) TENANT'S IMPROVEMENTS. Insurance covering Tenant's (1) merchandise, (2)
"Fixtures"  as  defined  in  Article  10,  Section  10.4),  including  the items
specified as  "Tenant's  Work" in Exhibit C, (3)  "Improvements"  (as defined in
Article  10,  Section  10.1),  permitted  under  Article  10, and (4)  "Personal
Property" (as defined in Article 10,  Section 10.3) from time to time, in, on or
upon the Premises, in an amount not less than ninety percent (90%) of their full
replacement  cost  from  time  to  time  after  the  Effective  Date,  providing
protection  against any peril  included  within the  classification  "All Risk,"
including,  without  limitation,  coverage  for  sprinkler  and flood damage and
theft.  Any policy  proceeds  shall be used for the repair or replacement of the
property  damaged or destroyed unless this Lease shall cease and terminate under
the provisions of Article 18.

     All policies of insurance  provided for herein shall be issued by insurance
companies  with  a  general  policyholder's  rating  of  not  less  than A and a
financial rating of not less than Class X as rated in the most current available
"Best's"  Insurance  Reports,  qualified  to do  business in the State where the
Property  is  located.  All such  policies  shall be  issued  in the name of the
Landlord,  Landlord's  property manager,  Tenant,  and Landlord's  mortgagees or
beneficiaries,  which  policies  shall be for the mutual and joint  benefit  and
protection of Landlord,  Landlord's property manager, Tenant and said mortgagees
or beneficiaries.  Executed copies of such policies of insurance or certificates
thereof shall be delivered to Landlord within ten (10) days after the earlier of
delivery of the Premises,  or Tenant's  entry onto the Premises with  Landlord's
consent, and thereafter copies of renewal policies or certificates thereof shall
be delivered to Landlord  within thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the
term of each such policy. As often as any such policy shall expire or terminate,
renewal or  additional  policies  shall be procured and  maintained by Tenant in
like manner and to like extent. All policies of insurance  delivered to Landlord
must  contain a  provision  that the  company  writing  said policy will give to
Landlord  twenty  (20) days'  notice in writing in advance of any  cancellation,
lapse,  reduction or other adverse change respecting such insurance.  All public
liability,  property  damage  and other  casualty  policies  shall be written as
primary policies,  not contributing with or secondary to coverage which Landlord
may carry.

     Tenant's  obligations  to carry  the  insurance  provided  for above may be
satisfied  by  inclusion  of the  Premises  within the  coverage  of a so-called
blanket  policy or  policies of  insurance  carried  and  maintained  by Tenant;
provided,  however,  that Landlord and  Landlord's  mortgagees or  beneficiaries
shall be named as additional  insureds  thereunder as their interests may appear
and that the coverage  afforded  Landlord  will not be reduced or  diminished by
reason of the use of such blanket  policies of insurance,  and provided  further
that the requirements set forth herein are otherwise satisfied. Tenant agrees to
permit Landlord at all reasonable  times to inspect any policies of insurance of
Tenant which Tenant has not delivered to Landlord.

     12.4 Mutual Waivers of Rights. Landlord (for itself and its insurer, and to
the extent and on condition  that Tenant  carries and maintains the insurance at
all times  required  under  Section  12.3) hereby  waives any rights,  including
rights of subrogation, and Tenant (for itself and its insurer, and to the extent
and on the condition  that  Landlord  carries and maintains the insurance at all
times required under Section 12.2) hereby waives any rights, including rights of
subrogation,  each may have  against  the other,  and Tenant (for itself and its
insurer) hereby waives any rights, including rights of subrogation,  it may have
against  any of the  parties to the CC&R's  referred to in Article 7 and against
other  tenants of the  Property  (provided  such other  tenants have waived such
rights  against  Tenant) for  compensation  of any loss or damage  occasioned to

<PAGE>
Landlord  or  Tenant,  as the  case may be,  with  regard  to  their  respective
property, the Premises,  its contents or portions of the Property,  arising from
any risk generally covered by All Risk insurance Landlord and Tenant shall carry
and maintain under Section 12.2 and 12.3.  Each party shall cause each insurance
policy  obtained by it to provide that the insurer  waives all right of recovery
by way of  subrogation  against  the other party in  connection  with any damage
covered by such policy. The foregoing waivers shall be operative only so long as
available in the State where the Property is located and so long as no policy is
invalidated thereby.

     12.5 Insurance Use  Restrictions.  Tenant agrees that it will not carry any
stock or goods or do  anything  in or about the  Premises  which will in any way
tend to increase the insurance rates upon the building of which the Premises are
a part. Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord forthwith upon demand the amount of any
increase  in  premiums  charged to Landlord  for  insurance  carried by Landlord
pursuant to Section 12.2, which increase results from Tenant's  violation of the
foregoing restrictions, irrespective of whether Landlord shall have consented to
Tenant's act. If Tenant  installs any electrical  equipment  which overloads the
electrical  lines,  Tenant  shall at its own  expense  make all  changes  to its
Premises and install any fire  extinguishing  equipment  and/or other safeguards
that Landlord's  insurance  underwriters or applicable fire, safety and building
codes and regulations may require.  Nothing herein  contained shall be deemed to
constitute Landlord's consent to such overloading.

                                   ARTICLE 13
                             OCCUPANCY TRANSACTIONS

     13.1  Definitions.  As used in this Article 13, the  following  definitions
shall apply:

     (a)  "Transfer"  means  any  voluntary,   unconditional   and  present  (i)
assignment of some or all of Tenant's  interest,  rights and duties in the Lease
and the  Premises,  including  Tenant's  right to use,  occupy and  possess  the
Premises,  or (ii)  sublease  of Tenant's  right to use,  occupy and possess the
Premises, in whole or in part;

     (b) "Encumbrance" means any conditional, contingent or deferred assignment,
sublease  or  conveyance  voluntarily  made by Tenant of some or all of Tenant's
interest,  rights or duties in the  Lease or the  Premises,  including  Tenant's
right to use,  occupy or possess the Premises,  in whole or in part,  including,
without limitation,  any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge,  hypothecation,  lien,
franchise, license, concession or other security arrangement;

     (c) "Change of Control"  means the  transfer  by sale,  assignment,  death,
incompetency,  mortgage, deed of trust, trust, operation of law, or otherwise of
any shares,  voting rights or ownership  interests which will result in a change
in the  identity  of the  person or  persons  exercising,  or who may  exercise,
effective  control of Tenant,  unless  such change  results  from the trading of
shares listed on a recognized  public stock exchange and such trading is not for
the purpose of  acquiring  effective  control of Tenant.  If Tenant is a private
corporation  whose stock becomes publicly held, the transfers of such stock from
private to public ownership shall not be deemed a Change of Control;

     (d)  "Occupancy  Transaction"  means any Transfer,  Encumbrance,  Change of
Control,  or other  arrangement  whereby  the  identity of the person or persons
using,  occupying or possessing the Premises changes or may change, whether such
change  be of an  immediate,  deferred,  conditional,  exclusive,  nonexclusive,
permanent or temporary nature; and

     (e)  "Transferee"  means  the  proposed  assignee,  sublessee,   mortgagee,
beneficiary,  pledgee or other recipient of Tenant's interest,  rights or duties
in this Lease or the Premises in an Occupancy Transaction.


<PAGE>
     13.2 Restrictions.

     (a) Tenant shall not make or consent to any  Encumbrance  without the prior
written  consent of Landlord,  which  Landlord may grant or withhold in its sole
and absolute discretion.

     (b) Tenant shall not enter into,  or consent to, an Occupancy  Transaction,
other than an Encumbrance,  without first procuring  Landlord's written consent,
which Landlord shall not withhold unreasonably;  provided,  however, that by way
of example and without limitation,  the parties agree it shall be reasonable for
Landlord to withhold its consent if any of the following situations exist or may
exist:

     (i)  The  Transferee's  contemplated  use of  the  Premises  following  the
proposed Occupancy  Transaction  conflicts with the "Use of Premises" portion of
Exhibit B;

     (ii) In Landlord's  reasonable  business  judgment,  the  Transferee  lacks
sufficient business reputation or experience to operate a successful business of
the type and quality permitted under the Lease;

     (iii) In Landlord's reasonable business judgment,  the present net worth of
the Transferee is less than the greater of (i) the net worth of Tenant, plus the
net worth of the Guarantor,  if any, at the Effective Date or (ii) the net worth
of Tenant,  plus the net worth of the Guarantor,  if any at the date of Tenant's
request for consent;

     (iv) In Landlord's  reasonable  business  judgment,  the Percentage  Rental
under  Article 4, Section 4.5, that Landlord  reasonably  anticipates  receiving
from the  Transferee is less than that which  Landlord has received from Tenant;
or

     (v) The  proposed  Occupancy  Transaction  would  breach  any  covenant  of
Landlord  respecting  radius,  location,  use or exclusivity in any other lease,
financing agreement, or other agreement relating to the Property.

     13.3  Condition  Precedent.  Tenant  shall  not have the  right or power to
request or enter into an Occupancy  Transaction if Tenant shall be in default of
Tenant's obligations under the provisions of any other lease of real property in
any  property  owned (in whole or in part) or managed by Landlord or any partner
of    Landlord,    including    any    parent,    subsidiary,    affiliate    or
successor-in-interest thereof.

     13.4   Procedures.   Should  Tenant  desire  to  enter  into  an  Occupancy
Transaction,  Tenant  shall give notice  thereof to Landlord  by  requesting  in
writing  Landlord's  consent to such transaction at least sixty (60) days before
the effective date of any such  transaction and shall provide  Landlord with the
following:

     (a) The full particulars of the proposed transaction, including its nature,
effective  date,  terms  and  conditions,   and  copies  of  any  offers,  draft
agreements,  subleases,  letters of  commitment or intent,  and other  documents
pertaining to such proposed transaction;

     (b) A  description  of  the  identity,  net  worth  and  previous  business
experience  of  the  Transferee,   including,  without  limitation,   copies  of
Transferee's  latest  income,  balance  sheet  and  change-of-financial-position
statements  (with  accompanying  notes and  disclosures of all material  changes
thereto)  in audited  form,  if  available,  and  certified  as  accurate by the
Transferee;

     (c) Any further  information  relevant to the  transaction  which  Landlord
shall have requested  within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Tenant's request
for consent; and


<PAGE>
     (d) A statement  that  Tenant  intends to  consummate  the  transaction  if
Landlord  consents  thereto.  Should Tenant fail to make said written request in
accordance  with the  requirements  set  forth in this  Section  13.4,  Tenant's
failure shall constitute a material breach of this Lease which Landlord,  in its
sole discretion,  may deem curable in the following manner. Within ten (10) days
of  Landlord's  written  demand,  Tenant  shall  make said  written  request  in
accordance  with  subparagraphs  (a),  (b),  (c),  and (d)  above  and shall pay
Landlord  the sum of three  percent (3%) of the then  Minimum  Annual  Rental as
liquidated  damages  for  Tenant's  breach.  The  parties  agree  that  said sum
represents a reasonable  estimate of Landlord's  damages  sustained by reason of
Tenant's breach,  which damages are extremely difficult or impracticable to fix.
Landlord's  acceptance of said sum together with Tenant's late notice shall cure
Tenant's  breach of the notice  requirement  of this  Section 13.4 but shall not
waive  Tenant's  default,  if any,  with respect to any other  provision of this
Article 13.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  any request for, or entry into, an
Occupancy  Transaction which has not met with the notice provisions set forth in
this Section 13.4 shall be of no force or effect  until  Landlord's  consent has
been obtained in accordance with this Article 13.

     Within  thirty  (30) days after  receipt of Tenant's  request for  consent,
Landlord may respond as follows:

     (e) Consent to the Occupancy Transaction, subject to Section 13.6 below;

     (f) Refuse to consent to the Occupancy Transaction; or

     (g)  Refuse  to  consent  to the  Occupancy  Transaction  and,  at any time
thereafter,  notify Tenant that Landlord shall  terminate this Lease on ten (10)
days'  written  notice to Tenant  unless  Tenant has  rescinded  its request for
consent within five (5) days of receipt of Landlord's notice of termination.

     13.5  Documentation  and  Expenses.  Each  Occupancy  Transaction  to which
Landlord has consented  shall be evidenced by an instrument made in such written
form as is satisfactory  to Landlord and executed by Tenant and  Transferee.  By
such  instrument,  Transferee  shall  assume and  promise to perform  the terms,
covenants and conditions of this Lease which are  obligations of Tenant.  Unless
expressly  released in writing by Landlord,  Tenant shall remain fully liable to
perform its duties under the Lease following the Occupancy  Transaction.  Tenant
shall,  on demand of  Landlord,  reimburse  Landlord for  Landlord's  reasonable
costs,  including  legal  fees,  incurred  in  obtaining  advice  and  preparing
documentation for each Occupancy Transaction to which Landlord has consented.

     13.6 Consideration to Landlord.

     (a) In the event  Landlord shall consent to an Occupancy  Transaction,  the
Minimum Annual Rental specified in Article 1 shall be increased on the effective
date of such transaction to the highest of:

     (i) The minimum or base rental payable by the Transferee to the Tenant;

     (ii) An  amount  equal  to the  total of the  Minimum  Annual  Rental  plus
Percentage  Rental  required to be paid by Tenant  pursuant to this Lease during
the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding such transaction;

     (iii) The Minimum  Annual Rental  specified in Article 1 for the first year
of the Lease Term  increased  in  accordance  with  Section 4.2 hereof  (with no
minimum or maximum  increase as may be provided  elsewhere) using the Rent Start
Date  as the  Commencement  Date,  and  the  effective  date  of  the  Occupancy
Transaction as the Adjustment Date; or

     (iv) Such Minimum Annual Rental as Landlord shall  determine (on a pro rata
square  footage  basis) is the  prevailing  "market  rent" for the  Premises  by
averaging  the Minimum  Annual  Rentals  obtained by Landlord from the three (3)
most recent comparable tenants to lease space in the Property.

     In no event shall the Minimum Annual Rental, as adjusted,  be less than the
Minimum Annual Rental specified in Article 1.


<PAGE>
     (b) In the event  Landlord  consents to an  Occupancy  Transaction,  Tenant
shall  pay  Landlord  any and  all  consideration  received  by  Tenant  in such
transaction  (other  than for the  purchase  of  Tenant's  Personal  Property as
defined in Article  10,  Section  10.3) to the  extent  that such  consideration
exceeds the unamortized  book value of Tenant's  Fixtures (as defined in Article
10,  Section  10.4) which  Tenant paid for and intends to convey to  Transferee,
depreciated on a straight-line basis over the Lease Term.

     (c) Landlord and Tenant agree that Tenant's payment of the adjusted Minimum
Annual Rental and the consideration set forth in Sections 13.6 (a) and (b) shall
result from the  occurrence  of a permitted  Occupancy  Transaction,  which is a
condition subsequent to the execution of this Lease, and that said payment shall
not be a  condition  precedent  to  Landlord's  agreement  to  consent  to  said
Occupancy Transaction.

     13.7 Nullity. Any purported Occupancy Transaction  consummated in violation
of the  provisions  of this Article 13 shall be null and void and of no force or
effect.

                                   ARTICLE 14
                          DEFAULTS BY TENANT; REMEDIES

     14.1  Events of  Default.  The  occurrence  of any of the  following  shall
constitute a default by Tenant and a breach of this Lease:

     (a)  Failing or  refusing  to pay any amount of  Minimum  Annual  Rental or
Additional Rent when due in accordance with the provisions of this Lease;

     (b) Failing or refusing  to occupy and operate the  Premises in  accordance
with the provisions of this Lease;

     (c) Failing or  refusing  to perform  fully and  promptly  any  covenant or
condition of this Lease, other than those specified in subparagraphs (a) and (b)
above, the breach of which Tenant is capable of curing after  reasonable  notice
from Landlord; or

     (d)  Maintaining,  committing  or  permitting  on  the  Premises  waste,  a
nuisance,  or use of the  Premises  for an unlawful  purpose;  entering  into an
Occupancy  Transaction contrary to the provisions of Article 13; or understating
Gross Sales by more than six percent  (6%),  as set forth in Article 5,  Section
5.1;  failing to remain open for business on any occasion during a given year of
the Lease Term in which Tenant has received  three (3) or more notices  pursuant
to  subparagraph  (b) of Section 14.2;  and  committing  any other breach of the
Lease which is not capable of cure.

     14.2 Notices.  Following the occurrence of any of the defaults specified in
subparagraphs (a), (b) and (c) of Section 14.1,  Landlord shall give Tenant, and
any  subtenant,  a written  notice  specifying the nature of the default and the
provisions of this Lease breached and demanding that Tenant,  and any subtenant,
either  fully cure each such  default  within the time period  specified  in the
correspondingly  lettered subparagraphs below or quit the Premises and surrender
the same to Landlord:

     (a) For  nonpayment of Minimum Annual Rental or Additional  Rent,  five (5)
days;

     (b) For a curable  default,  a reasonable  period not to exceed thirty (30)
days, provided,  however,  that if such default cannot be cured within said time
period,  Tenant shall be deemed to have cured such default if Tenant so notifies
Landlord in writing,  commences cure of the default within said time period, and
thereafter  diligently and in good faith  continues with and actually  completes
said cure; and

     (c) With regard to those noncurable  defaults specified in subparagraph (d)
of Section 14.1, Landlord shall give Tenant, and any subtenant, a written notice
specifying  the nature of the default and the  provisions of this Lease breached
and Landlord  shall have the right to demand in said notice that Tenant quit the
Premises within five (5) days.


<PAGE>
     To the extent  permitted by applicable State law, the time periods provided
in this  Section  14.2 for cure of  Tenant's  defaults  under  this Lease or for
surrender  of the  Premises  shall be in lieu of,  and not in  addition  to, any
similar time periods described by applicable State law as a condition  precedent
to the  commencement  of legal  action  against  Tenant  for  possession  of the
Premises.

     14.3 Landlord's Rights and Remedies.  Should Tenant fail to cure within the
time periods  specified in Section  14.2 any default  specified in  subparagraph
(a), (b) or (c) of Section 14.1, or fail to quit the Premises in accordance with
subparagraph  (c) of Section  14.2 with  respect  to any  default  specified  in
subparagraph  (d) of Section  14.1,  Landlord may exercise any of the  following
rights  without  further  notice  or  demand  of any kind to Tenant or any other
person, except as required by applicable State law:

     (a) The right of Landlord to  terminate  this Lease and  Tenant's  right to
possession of the Premises and to reenter the Premises,  take possession thereof
and remove all persons  therefrom,  following which Tenant shall have no further
claim thereon or hereunder;

     (b) The right of  Landlord,  without  terminating  this Lease and  Tenant's
right to  possession  of the  Premises,  to reenter the  Premises and occupy the
whole or any part thereof for and on account of Tenant and to collect any unpaid
rentals and other charges,  which have become  payable,  or which may thereafter
become payable; or

     (c) The right of Landlord,  even though it may have reentered the Premises,
in accordance with subparagraph (b) of this Section 14.3, to elect thereafter to
terminate this Lease and Tenant's right to possession of the Premises.

     Should  Landlord  have  reentered  the  Premises  under the  provisions  of
subparagraph  (b) of this  Section  14.3,  Landlord  shall not be deemed to have
terminated  this Lease,  the  liability of Tenant to pay rental or other charges
thereafter  accruing,  or  Tenant's  liability  for  damages  under  any  of the
provisions hereof, by any such reentry or by any action, in unlawful detainer or
otherwise,  to obtain  possession of the Premises,  unless  Landlord  shall have
notified  Tenant in writing that it has so elected to  terminate  this Lease and
Tenant's  right to  possession.  Tenant  further  covenants  that the service by
Landlord of any notice pursuant to the unlawful  detainer  statutes of the State
where the Property is located and the surrender of  possession  pursuant to such
notice shall not (unless  Landlord  elects to the contrary at the time of, or at
any time  subsequent  to,  the  serving  of such  notice  and such  election  is
evidenced by a written  notice to Tenant) be deemed to be a termination  of this
Lease.  In the event of any  reentry or taking  possession  of the  Premises  as
aforesaid,  Landlord  shall have the right,  but not the  obligation,  to remove
therefrom  all or any part of the  merchandise,  Fixtures or  Personal  Property
located  therein and to place the same in storage at a public  warehouse  at the
expense and risk of Tenant.  The rights and  remedies  given to Landlord in this
Section  14.3  shall be  additional  and  supplemental  to all  other  rights or
remedies which Landlord may have under laws in force when the default occurs.

     14.4 Landlord's Damages.  Should Landlord terminate this Lease and Tenant's
right to possession of the Premises,  pursuant to the provisions of subparagraph
(a) or (c) of Section  14.3 or the  provisions  of  Article  17,  Section  17.1,
Landlord may recover from Tenant as damages, all of the following:

     (a) The  worth  at the time of award  of any  unpaid  rental  that had been
earned at the time of such termination;

     (b) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rental
that would have been earned after  termination  until the time of award  exceeds
the amount of such rental loss Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided;

     (c) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rental
for the balance of the Lease Term after the time of award  exceeds the amount of
such rental loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided;


<PAGE>
     (d) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment
proximately  caused by Tenant's  failure to perform its  obligations  under this
Lease or which in the  ordinary  course  of  things  would be  likely  to result
therefrom,  including,  without  limitation,  any costs or expense  incurred  by
Landlord  in (i)  retaking  possession  of the  Premises,  including  reasonable
attorney fees therefor,  (ii)  maintaining or preserving the Premises after such
default,  (iii) preparing the Premises for reletting to a new tenant,  including
repairs  or  alterations  to the  Premises  for  such  reletting,  (iv)  leasing
commissions,  and (v) any other  costs  necessary  or  appropriate  to relet the
Premises; and

     (e) At Landlord's election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of
the  foregoing  as may be  permitted  from time to time by the laws of the State
where the Property is located.

     As used in subparagraphs (a) and (b) of the Section 14.4, the "worth at the
time of award" is computed by allowing  interest at the maximum  rate allowed by
the usury or similar law, if any, of the State in which the Property is located.
As used in  subparagraph  (c) of this  Section  14.4,  "the worth at the time of
award" is  computed  by  discounting  such  amount at the  discount  rate of the
Federal  Reserve  Bank of San  Francisco  at the time of award plus one  percent
(1%).

     All rental,  other than Minimum  Annual Rental  shall,  for the purposes of
calculating  any amount due under the  provisions  of  subparagraph  (c) of this
Section 14.4,  be computed on the basis of the average  monthly  amount  thereof
accruing during the immediately  preceding sixty (60) month period, except that,
if it becomes  necessary to compute  such rental  before such a sixty (60) month
period has  occurred,  then such  rental  shall be  computed on the basis of the
average monthly amount hereof accruing during such shorter period.

     14.5  Fixtures and Personal  Property.  Without  limitation  to  Landlord's
rights  under  Article  10, in the event of  Tenant's  default,  all of Tenant's
merchandise,  Fixtures and Personal  Property  shall remain on the Premises and,
continuing  during the length of said default,  Landlord shall have the right to
take the exclusive possession of same and to use the same free of rent or charge
until all  defaults  have been cured or, at its  option,  to  require  Tenant to
remove same forthwith.

     14.6 No Waiver. The waiver by Landlord of any breach of any term,  covenant
or condition  contained in this Lease shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such
term,  covenant or condition of any subsequent  breach thereof,  or of any other
term,  covenant or  condition  contained  in this Lease.  Landlord's  subsequent
acceptance of partial  rental or performance by Tenant shall not be deemed to be
an accord and  satisfaction or a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any
term,  covenant  or  condition  of this Lease or of any right of  Landlord  to a
forfeiture  of the Lease by  reason of such  breach,  regardless  of  Landlord's
knowledge of such  preceding  breach at the time of  Landlord's  acceptance.  No
term, covenant or condition of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by
Landlord unless such waiver be in writing and signed by Landlord.

     Notwithstanding  anything to the  contrary  contained  in this  Article 14,
Tenant waives (to the fullest  extent  permitted  under law) any written  notice
(other  than such notice as this  Article 14  specifically  requires)  which any
statute or law now or hereafter in force prescribes be given Tenant.

     14.7  Interest.  Any amounts due from Tenant under the  provisions  of this
Lease which are not paid when due shall bear interest at the rate of two percent
(2%) over the prime  rate  charged  from time to time by Wells  Fargo  Bank (San
Diego office), but not to exceed the maximum rate which Landlord is permitted by
law to charge.


<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE 15
                         DEFAULTS BY LANDLORD; REMEDIES

     15.1 Defaults by Landlord.  If Landlord shall neglect or fail to perform or
observe any of the terms,  covenants,  or conditions  contained in this Lease on
its part to be  performed  or observed  within  thirty  (30) days after  written
notice of default or, when more than thirty (30) days shall be required  because
of the nature of the default,  if Landlord  shall fail to proceed  diligently to
cure such default after written notice thereof, then Landlord shall be liable to
Tenant for any and all  damages  sustained  by Tenant as a result of  Landlord's
breach;  provided,  however, it is expressly  understood and agreed that (a) any
money  judgment  resulting  from any default or other claim  arising  under this
Lease shall be  satisfied  only out of the current  rents,  issues,  profits and
other income  Landlord  receives from its operation of the Property,  net of all
current operating  expenses,  liabilities,  reserves and debt service associated
with said operation ("Net Income" for purposes of this Article 15 only),  (b) no
other real, personal or mixed property of Landlord,  wherever located,  shall be
subject to levy on any such judgment obtained against Landlord,  (c) if such Net
Income is insufficient  to satisfy such judgment,  Tenant will not institute any
further action, suit, claim or demand, in law or in equity, against Landlord for
or on the account of such deficiency,  and (d) such neglect or failure shall not
constitute  consent by  Landlord  for Tenant to perform or observe  such  terms,
covenants or conditions  at Landlord's  expense.  Tenant hereby  waives,  to the
extent  permitted  under law, any right to satisfy said money  judgment  against
Landlord  except  from Net  Income.  The term  "Landlord"  for  purposes of this
Article 15 only shall mean any and all partners,  whether general or limited, if
any, which comprise Landlord.

     15.2  Mortgagee  Notice  and  Right to Cure.  If the  Premises  or any part
thereof are at any time  subject to any mortgage or deed of trust and this Lease
or the rentals due from Tenant  hereunder are assigned to the mortgagee or trust
deed holder ("Mortgagee"),  Tenant agrees to give each Mortgagee,  by registered
mail, a copy of any notice of default served upon Landlord, provided that Tenant
has been previously notified in writing of the address of such Mortgagee. Tenant
further  agrees  that if  Landlord  fails to cure such  default  within the time
provided for in this Lease,  then the Mortgagee shall have an additional  thirty
(30)  days  within  which  to  cure  such  default,  or if such  default  cannot
reasonably  be cured  within  that  time,  then such  additional  time as may be
necessary  if,  within said 30-day  period,  any  Mortgagee has commenced and is
diligently  pursuing the remedies  necessary to cure the default  (including but
not limited to  commencement  of foreclosure  proceedings if necessary to affect
such  cure),  in which  event  this  Lease  shall not be  terminated  while such
remedies are being so  diligently  pursued.  If and when the  Mortgagee has made
performance on behalf of Landlord, such default shall be deemed cured.

                                   ARTICLE 16
                                   ABANDONMENT

     16.1  Abandonment  Prohibited.  Tenant  shall  not  vacate or  abandon  the
Premises  at any time  during the term of this Lease nor permit the  Premises to
remain  unoccupied for a period of longer than five (5) consecutive  days during
the Term of this  Lease.  If  Tenant  shall  abandon,  vacate or  surrender  the
Premises,  or be  dispossessed  by process of law, or  otherwise,  any  Personal
Property or Fixtures  belonging to Tenant and left on the Premises shall, at the
option of Landlord,  be deemed abandoned.  In such case, Landlord may dispose of
said Personal  Property in any manner provided by the laws of the state in which
the Property is located and is hereby  relieved of all  liability  for doing so.
Further,  in the event  Landlord  desires that  Fixtures  installed by Tenant be
removed,  Landlord  shall have the right to remove said  Fixtures  and to charge
Tenant fifteen  percent (15%) of the cost of such removal to reimburse  Landlord
for its administrative expense. These provisions shall not apply if the Premises
should be closed and  business  temporarily  discontinued  therein on account of
strikes, lockouts, or similar causes beyond the reasonable control of Tenant.


<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE 17
                        BANKRUPTCY; INVOLUNTARY TRANSFERS

     17.1  Right of  Termination.  Should  any of the  following  events  occur,
Landlord may terminate this Lease and any interest of Tenant therein,  effective
with the commencement of the event:

     (a)  Proceedings  are  instituted  whereby  all, or  substantially  all, of
Tenant's  assets are placed in the hands of a receiver,  trustee or assignee for
the benefit of Tenant's  creditors,  and such proceedings  continue for at least
thirty (30) days;

     (b) Any creditor of Tenant institutes judicial or administrative process to
execute on, attach or otherwise seize any of Tenant's  merchandise,  Fixtures or
Personal  Property,  located on the Premises and Tenant fails to discharge,  set
aside,  exonerate  by  posting a bond,  or  otherwise  obtain a release  of such
property within thirty (30) days;

     (c) A petition is filed for an order of relief under the Federal Bankruptcy
Code or for an order or decree of insolvency or  reorganization or rearrangement
under any state or federal law, and is not dismissed within thirty (30) days;

     (d) Tenant  makes a bulk sale of all,  or  substantially  all,  of Tenant's
merchandise,  Fixtures or Personal  Property located on the Premises,  except in
accordance  with Article 10,  Section 10.1,  or except in a permitted  Occupancy
Transaction  under  Article 13, and fails to replace the same with similar items
of equal or greater value and utility within three (3) days; or

     (e) Tenant's net worth,  determined in accordance  with generally  accepted
accounting principles  consistently applied,  decreases,  at any time during the
Lease Term,  below Tenant's net worth as of the date of execution of this Lease;
or

     (f) Any of the  foregoing  events  occurs with respect to any  Guarantor of
this Lease.

     Landlord may require Tenant to deliver  periodic  financial  statements and
other  information  reasonably  required by Landlord in order to verify Tenant's
current net worth. If a court of competent  jurisdiction  determines that any of
the  foregoing  events is not a  default  under  this  Lease,  and a trustee  is
appointed to take possession (or if Tenant remains a debtor in possession),  and
such trustee or Tenant  transfers  Tenant's  interest  hereunder,  then Landlord
shall receive,  as Additional  Rent,  the difference  between the rent (or other
consideration)  paid in  connection  with such  transfer and the rent payable by
Tenant hereunder.  Any assignee pursuant to the provisions of any bankruptcy law
shall be deemed  without  further act to have assumed all of the  obligations of
the Tenant hereunder  arising on or after the date of such assignment.  Any such
assignee  shall upon  demand  execute  and  deliver to  Landlord  an  instrument
confirming  such  assumption.  This is a lease of real  property  in a  shopping
center within the meaning of Section 365(b)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C.
ss.101 et. seq.

     17.2 Request for Information. Within ten (10) days after Landlord's request
therefor,  Tenant  or  Guarantor  of  this  Lease  shall  provide  Landlord  and
Landlord's  mortgagee or proposed  mortgagee,  as Landlord shall  specify,  such
financial, legal and business information concerning any of the events described
in Section 17.1 as Landlord may request.

                                   ARTICLE 18
                                 RECONSTRUCTION

     18.1 Insured  Casualty.  Should the  Premises be damaged by fire,  or other
perils covered by Landlord's insurance, Landlord shall undertake to make repairs
to the building and improvements and restore the same to substantially  the same
condition  as they were in  immediately  preceding  such damage or  destruction,
provided that Landlord receives sufficient insurance proceeds to pay the cost of
such repairs. If Landlord does not receive sufficient  insurance proceeds,  then
Landlord may, at its option, elect to make the repairs within a reasonable time.

<PAGE>
Such work  shall be done as  rapidly  as  conditions  permit.  In the event such
damage is so slight as not to interfere  substantially  with Tenant's use of the
Premises,  there shall be no abatement of rent. Should the Tenant's merchandise,
Fixtures,  Improvements or Personal Property be damaged by fire, or other perils
covered by Tenant's  insurance  pursuant to Section 12.3, Tenant shall undertake
to restore such  merchandise,  Fixtures,  Improvements  or Personal  Property to
substantially  the same  condition as they were in  immediately  preceding  such
damage or  destruction.  In the event of a total  destruction of the Premises so
that the Premises are  rendered  unusable,  either party shall have the right to
terminate this Lease.  If the parties to this Lease cannot agree upon the extent
and amount of such damage or  destruction,  Landlord shall promptly  designate a
certified architect,  registered  engineer,  or licensed building contractor who
shall determine such matters, and the determination of such architect, engineer,
or contractor shall be final and binding upon the parties to this Lease.

     18.2  Construction  Provisions.  In the event of any  Reconstruction of the
Premises  under this  Article 18,  Landlord  shall,  to the extent of  available
insurance  proceeds,  repair  or  rebuild  such  building  and  improvements  to
substantially the same condition they were in immediately  preceding such damage
or  destruction.  Tenant  shall,  within ten (10) days after  receipt of written
notice  from  Landlord,  pay the amount of any  deductible  under the  insurance
policy on the Premises  into a fund to be used to pay the cost of such  repairs.
Where  appropriate,  Tenant  shall  pay only  Tenant's  pro  rata  share of such
deductible  based on the square feet of the Premises (as  identified  in Section
1.2) compared to the total  rentable  square  footage of the  building(s)  being
repaired.  Tenant shall, to the extent of available insurance proceeds repair or
replace its Personal  Property  situated  upon the Premises  which may have been
damaged or  destroyed by such cause as may in the opinion of Tenant be necessary
for the resumption by Tenant of its business upon the Premises.

     18.3 Abatement of Rent. In the event of  Reconstruction as herein provided,
the Minimum Annual Rental set forth in Article 1 shall be abated,  to the extent
rental income insurance is received by Landlord, proportionately with the degree
to which Tenant's use of the Premises is impaired,  commencing  from the date of
destruction  and  continuing  during  the  period  of  such  Reconstruction  and
replacement  specified in Section 18.2.  Tenant shall  continue the operation of
its  business on the  Premises  during any such period to the extent  reasonably
practicable  from  the  standpoint  of  prudent  business  management,  and  the
obligation of Tenant to pay Percentage  Rental and Additional  Rent shall remain
in full force and effect.  Tenant shall not be entitled to any  compensation  or
damages from  Landlord for loss of use of the whole or any part of the Premises,
the building of which the Premises are a part,  Tenant's Personal  Property,  or
any  inconvenience  or annoyance  occasioned by such damage,  Reconstruction  or
replacement.  Tenant hereby waives any statutory rights of termination which may
arise by  reason of any  partial  or total  destruction  of the  Premises  which
Landlord is obligated to restore or may restore  under any of the  provisions of
this Lease.

     18.4 Release of Liability.  Upon any termination of this Lease under any of
the provisions of this Article 18, the parties shall be released thereby without
further  obligation  to  the  other  party  coincident  with  the  surrender  of
possession of the Premises to Landlord,  except for items which have theretofore
accrued and are then  unpaid.  In the event of  termination,  all  proceeds  for
Tenant's insurance, but excluding proceeds for Tenant's merchandise and Personal
Property, shall be disbursed and paid to Landlord.

     18.5  Uninsured  Casualty.  In the event the  Premises  are  damaged by any
flood,  earthquake,   act  of  war,  nuclear  reaction,   nuclear  radiation  or
radioactive  contamination,  or any other  casualty  not  covered by  Landlord's
insurance,  Landlord shall have the election,  and shall within ninety (90) days
following  the date of such  damage  give Tenant  written  notice of  Landlord's
election  either to commence  Reconstruction  of the Premises and  prosecute the
same diligently to completion,  in which event this Lease shall continue in full
force and effect or not to perform such Reconstruction of the Premises, in which
event this Lease shall cease and  terminate not later than sixty (60) days after
Landlord's notice of its election to terminate.


<PAGE>
     18.6 Major Destruction.  Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of
this Article 18, should there be a partial or total  destruction of the Property
at any time after the Effective Date, Landlord shall have the right to terminate
this  Lease on  written  notice to Tenant  within  thirty  (30) days  after such
destruction.

                                   ARTICLE 19
                                  CONDEMNATION

     19.1 Condemnation.  If more than twenty-five  percent (25%) of the Premises
is taken or sold under such threat, either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this
Lease as of the date that the condemning  authority takes possession by delivery
of written notice of such election  within twenty (20) days after such party has
been notified of the taking or, in the absence thereof,  within twenty (20) days
after the condemning authority shall have taken possession.

     19.2  Continuation  of  Lease  After  Condemnation.  If this  Lease  is not
terminated by Landlord or Tenant, it shall remain in full force and effect as to
the  portion of the  Premises  remaining;  provided,  however,  that the Minimum
Annual  Rental and  Tenant's  share of  Operating  Expenses  shall be reduced in
proportion  to the  reduction of the Gross Floor Area of the  Premises.  In such
event, Landlord shall, at Landlord's expense, restore the Premises to a complete
unit of like quality and  character,  except as to size, as existed prior to the
date on which the condemning authority took possession;  provided, however, that
Landlord's  obligation  to  restore  the  Premises  is  limited to the extent of
condemnation proceeds received by Landlord.

     19.3  Allocation of  Condemnation  Award.  All awards for the taking of any
part of the  Premises  or  proceeds  from the sale made  under the threat of the
exercise  of the power of eminent  domain  shall be the  property  of  Landlord,
whether made as  compensation  for diminution of value of the leasehold  estate,
for the taking of the fee,  or as  severance  damage;  provided,  however,  that
Tenant  shall be entitled  to any award for loss of or damage to Tenant's  trade
fixtures, and other removable personal property.

                                   ARTICLE 20
                          SALE OR MORTGAGE BY LANDLORD

     20.1 Sale or Mortgage.  From and after the Effective Date,  Landlord may at
any time, without the consent of Tenant,  sell,  purchase,  exchange,  transfer,
assign,  lease or convey Landlord's  interest in whole or in part, in the Lease,
the  Premises,  the realty  underlying  the  Premises  and/or any  portion of or
interest in the realty or improvements in the Property (collectively referred to
in Article 20 and 21 as "Sale").

     20.2  Release on Sale.  From and after a Sale,  Landlord  shall be released
from all liability  toward Tenant and Tenant's  successors  and assigns  arising
from this Lease because of any act, occurrence or omission of Landlord occurring
after such Sale,  provided  Landlord's  purchaser or assignee  expressly assumes
Landlord's duties and covenants under this Lease.

     20.3 Estoppel Certificate. Tenant shall at any time during the term of this
Lease, within five (5) days of written notice from Landlord, execute and deliver
to Landlord a statement in writing, substantially in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit E. Any such statement may be relied upon conclusively by any prospective
purchaser  or  encumbrancer  of the  Premises.  If Tenant  fails to provide such
estoppel certificate within five (5) days after Landlord's request, Tenant shall
be deemed to have  approved  the contents of any such  certificate  submitted to
Tenant by Landlord and Landlord is hereby authorized to so certify.


<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE 21
                            SUBORDINATION; ATTORNMENT

     21.1  Subordination.  This  lease is junior and  subordinate  to all ground
leases,  mortgages,  deeds of  trust,  and  other  security  instruments  now or
hereafter  affecting  the  property of which the  Premises are a part and to all
advances  made on the  security  thereof,  and to all  renewals,  modifications,
consolidations,  replacements and extensions  thereof.  If any mortgagee,  first
trustee  or ground  lessor  elects to have this  Lease  prior to the lien of its
mortgage,  deed of trust or ground lease,  and gives written  notice  thereof to
Tenant, this Lease shall be deemed prior thereto. Within ten (10) days after the
receipt of a written  request from Landlord,  from any first  mortgagee or first
deed of  trust  trustee  or  beneficiary  of  Landlord,  or from any  lessor  of
Landlord,  Tenant will, in writing,  subordinate  its rights under this Lease to
the lien or  security  interest of the first  mortgage,  the first deed of trust
(including all future advances made thereunder, subsequent to the Effective Date
of this Lease), or the interest of any lease in which Landlord is the lessee, as
such may burden the Premises or any building  hereafter  placed upon the land of
which the Premises are a part.

     21.2 Attornment.  In the event any proceedings are brought for foreclosure,
or in the event of the  exercise of the power of sale under any mortgage or deed
of trust made by Landlord  covering  the Premises or the  expiration  or earlier
termination of any ground lease or master lease in which Landlord is the lessee,
Tenant shall attorn to the purchaser  upon any such  foreclosure  or sale or the
lessor of any such lease and  recognize  such  purchaser  or lessor as  Landlord
under this Lease.

     21.3 Subordination of Lease to Certain Agreements with Third Parties.  Upon
the request of Landlord,  Tenant will  subordinate  its rights  hereunder to any
Declaration of  Restrictions  and Grant of Easements or any other  operation and
reciprocal  easement  agreement for access and parking between  Landlord and the
Owner(s) of any property  located within or adjacent to the Property,  or as may
be required by  governmental  authority in connection  with  development  of the
Property,  whenever,  in the reasonable discretion of Landlord, it is determined
that any such  agreement  would be  beneficial  to the use and  operation of the
Property.

     21.4 Execution of Documents. Tenant, upon request of any party in interest,
shall execute promptly such instruments and certificates to carry out the intent
of this Article 21 as shall be requested by Landlord.  Tenant hereby irrevocably
appoints Landlord as  attorney-in-fact  for Tenant with full power and authority
to  execute  and  deliver  in the name of  Tenant  any such  instruments  and/or
certificates.  If,  within ten (10) days after the date of a written  request by
Landlord to execute such  instruments,  Tenant shall not have executed the same,
Landlord may execute the same  pursuant to the power of attorney  granted in the
preceding sentence.

                                   ARTICLE 22
                                 QUIET ENJOYMENT

     22.1  Landlord's  Covenant.  If Tenant is not in breach under the covenants
made in this Lease, Landlord covenants that Tenant shall have peaceful and quiet
enjoyment of the Premises  without  hindrance on the part of Landlord.  Landlord
will defend Tenant in the peaceful and quiet  enjoyment of the Premises  against
claims of all persons claiming through or under the Landlord.

                                   ARTICLE 23
                                  HOLDING OVER

     23.1  Effect of  Holding  Over.  If Tenant  remains  in  possession  of the
Premises after the expiration or earlier  termination of the Term of this Lease,
such holding over shall, in the absence of a written  agreement to the contrary,
be construed as a tenancy from month to month,  terminable  on 30 days notice by
either party, subject to all the conditions,  provisions and obligations of this
Lease insofar as they are applicable to a  month-to-month  tenancy.  The Minimum
Annual  Rental  payable  during any period of holding over shall be equal to one

<PAGE>
hundred fifty percent  (150%) of the Minimum  Annual Rental  payable  during the
period  immediately  preceding  Tenant's  holding  over,  plus  Additional  Rent
(including  Percentage  Rental) at the same rates as would have  otherwise  been
applicable  if this  Lease  had been  formally  extended  on the same  terms and
conditions  contained  herein.  Nothing  contained  in  this  Article  shall  be
construed as consent to Tenant's  holding over. If Tenant fails to surrender the
Premises upon the expiration or earlier  termination of this Lease, Tenant shall
indemnify Landlord against and hold Landlord harmless from any loss of rent that
was payable by any succeeding tenant and any claims, demands, liability, damages
or  expenses  resulting  from such  failure,  including  any claims  made by any
succeeding tenant.

                                   ARTICLE 24
                             LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

     24.1 Agreement by Tenant.

     (a) In  consideration  of the  execution of this Lease by Landlord,  Tenant
agrees in the  event of any  actual  or  alleged  failure,  breach,  or  default
hereunder by Landlord:

     (i) The sole and exclusive  remedy shall be against the corporation and its
corporate assets;

     (ii) No  shareholder,  officer or director  of  Landlord  should be sued or
named as a party in any suit or action  (except  as may be  necessary  to secure
jurisdiction of the corporation);

     (iii) No service of process shall be made against any shareholder,  officer
or director of Landlord  (except as may be necessary to secure  jurisdiction  of
the corporation);

     (iv) No  shareholder,  officer or director of Landlord shall be required to
answer or otherwise plead to any service of process;

     (v) No judgment will be taken against any shareholder,  officer or director
of Landlord;

     (vi) Any judgment  taken  against any  shareholder,  officer or director of
Landlord may be vacated and set aside at any time without hearing;

     (vii) The covenants and  agreements  are  enforceable  both by Landlord and
also by any shareholder, officer or director of Landlord.

     (b) Tenant agrees that each of the foregoing covenants and agreements shall
be applicable to any covenant or agreement  either  expressly  contained in this
Lease or imposed by statute or at common law.

                                   ARTICLE 25
                                     NOTICES

     25.1 Notices. Whenever in this Lease it shall be required or permitted that
notice or demand be given or served by either  party to this  Lease to or on the
other,  such notice or demand  shall be in writing,  mailed or  delivered to the
other party at the  addresses  specified in Article 1. Mailed  notices  shall be
sent by United States Postal  Service,  certified or  registered  mail,  postage
prepaid  and shall be deemed to have been given on the date posted by the United
States Postal Service. Either party may, by written notice delivered pursuant to
this provision, at any time designate a different address to which notices shall
be sent.


<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE 26
                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

     26.1  Governing Law. The laws of the state in which the Property is located
shall govern the validity, performance and enforcement of this Lease.

     26.2 Invalidity. If any provision of this Lease is determined to be void by
any court of competent  jurisdiction,  such  determination  shall not affect any
other  provision  of this Lease and such other  provisions  shall remain in full
force  and  effect.  If  any  provisions  of  this  Lease  are  capable  of  two
constructions,  one which would  render the  provision  void and one which would
render the provision  valid,  the provision  shall be  interpreted in the manner
which would render it valid.

     26.3 Payments.  Except as may otherwise be expressly  stated,  each payment
required to be made by Tenant  shall be in  addition to and not in  substitution
for other payments to be made by Tenant.

     26.4 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence of each and every provision of
this Lease.

     26.5 Force  Majeure.  Any  prevention,  delay or  stoppage  due to strikes,
lockouts,  labor disputes,  acts of God; inability to obtain labor, materials or
reasonable  substitutes therefor,  governmental  restrictions,  regulations,  or
controls,   judicial  orders,   enemy  or  hostile  governmental  action,  civil
commotion,  fire or other  casualty,  and other  causes  beyond  the  reasonable
control of the party obligated to perform,  shall excuse the performance by such
party  for a period  equal to that  resulting  from  such  prevention,  delay or
stoppage,  except those  obligations  of Tenant to pay Minimum Annual Rental and
Additional Rent pursuant to the terms of this Lease.

     26.6  Brokers.  Tenant  warrants  that it has had no dealings with any real
estate broker or agent in connection  with the negotiation  and/or  execution of
the  Lease.  In the event any  broker  other than the  brokers  acknowledged  in
writing by  Landlord  make claim for monies  owed,  Tenant  shall hold  Landlord
harmless  therefrom.  Any such  claims or  demands  or  requests  should be made
subject to the indemnity provision of Section 12.1.

     26.7  Attorney's  Fees.  If either  party  commences  any  legal  action or
proceeding to enforce,  interpret or construe this Lease,  the prevailing  party
shall be entitled to recover from the other party reasonable attorneys' fees and
court costs, as determined by the court. "Legal action or proceeding" includes a
declaratory  relief  action and any  bankruptcy or  insolvency  proceedings.  If
Landlord is involuntarily  made a party defendant to any litigation  relating to
this Lease or the  Premises  by reason of any act or  omission  of Tenant,  then
Tenant shall hold Landlord  harmless from any loss,  cost or expense,  including
reasonable  attorney's  fees and  expenses as a part of the  judgment  resulting
therefrom.

     26.8  Entire  Agreement.  This Lease and its  exhibits  contain  all of the
agreements and conditions made between the parties with respect to the hiring of
the Premises and may not be modified orally or in any other manner other than by
a written instrument signed by all the parties to this Lease.

     26.9 Liability of Successors. The covenants and conditions herein contained
shall, subject to the provisions as to assignment,  apply to and bind the heirs,
successors,  executors,  administrators and assigns of all of the parties hereto
and all of the  parties  hereto  shall be jointly and  severally  liable for the
covenants contained herein.

     26.10 Nondiscrimination and Nonsegregation.  Tenant hereby covenants by and
for itself,  its  successors  and  assigns,  and all persons  claiming  under or
through  them,  and this  Lease is made and  accepted  upon and  subject  to the
following conditions:

     That there shall be no discrimination  against or segregation of any person
or group of persons,  on account of sex,  sexual  orientation,  marital  status,
race,  color,  creed,  religion,  national  origin or ancestry  in the  leasing,
subleasing,  renting,  transferring,  use, occupancy, tenure or enjoyment of the
property herein leased, nor shall Tenant itself, or any person claiming under or
through it, establish or permit such practice or practices of  discrimination or
segregation with reference to the selection,  location, number, use or occupancy
of tenants, lessees,  sublessees,  subtenants, or vendees in the property herein
leased.


<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE 27
                                    MARKETING

     27.1 Marketing. Tenant shall, at Landlord's option, either participate in a
marketing  fund  ("Marketing  Fund") or a  merchants'  association  ("Merchants'
Association")  which shall be organized to market the Property.  Landlord  shall
control and administer the Marketing Fund, if  established,  with advice from an
advisory group comprised of  representatives  of various Property  tenants.  The
activities of the Marketing Fund or the Merchants' Association,  as the case may
be, shall be financed by an annual budget based on an  appropriate  fiscal year.
The  annual  budget  shall be the sum of the  following:  the  annual  marketing
charges of all  tenants at the  Property;  plus the  contributions  of all Major
Tenants and Pad Tenants  pursuant to their  separate  agreements  with Landlord.
Fifteen  percent  (15%) of the budget  shall be paid to  Landlord as payment for
administrative  costs and expenses in  connection  with the  administration  and
management of the Marketing Fund or Merchants' Association.

     27.2 Tenant's  Marketing Charge.  Tenant shall pay the Marketing Charge set
forth in  Section  1.5  hereof to  Landlord  if  Landlord  has  established  the
Marketing  Fund, or as dues to the  Merchants'  Association  if Landlord has not
established the Marketing Fund.  Tenant shall pay the Marketing  Charge in equal
monthly  installments,  payable in advance commencing on the Rent Start Date and
thereafter on the first day of each calendar  month of each year.  The amount of
Tenant's  Marketing  Charge shall be adjusted  annually in  accordance  with the
provisions  of  Section  4.2,  provided,  however,  that in no event  shall  the
Marketing  Charge  increase in any one  calendar  year by more than five percent
(5%) over the Marketing  Charge for the previous  calendar  year,  and provided,
further, that notwithstanding the foregoing the Marketing Charge due from Tenant
hereunder  shall not increase  during the first  twenty-four  (24) months of the
Lease Term over the $1.50 per square foot  provided  in Section  1.5 hereof.  In
determining  the  annual  increases  for  purposes  of this  Section  27.2,  the
Commencement Date shall be October 1 of the calendar year immediately  preceding
Tenant's  initial  opening for business in the Property and the Adjustment  Date
shall be October 1 during each calendar year of the Lease Term  thereafter.  The
adjustment  shall  be  effective  as of  the  first  day of  the  calendar  year
immediately following the Adjustment Date.

     27.3 Special Assessments.  In addition to the Marketing Charge described in
Section 27.2 hereof,  Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord,  as Additional Rent, the
following special Marketing  Assessments:  (a) a Grand Opening Assessment in the
amount  set  forth  in  Section  1.5  hereof;  and  (ii) a  special  promotional
assessment,  in an amount to be  determined  by  Landlord,  for the  purpose  of
staging  special  promotions  of the  Property for the benefit of Tenant and all
other  tenants of the Property.  Landlord  shall notify Tenant and other tenants
and occupants of the Property in writing of the budget  Landlord has established
for either such event,  and such notice shall include both a description  of the
marketing  program for the event and the per square foot marketing  charge to be
paid by Tenant therefor.  The special promotion marketing  assessments described
in this  Section  27.3  shall be due and  payable by Tenant to  Landlord  within
thirty (30) days of Tenant's receipt of written demand therefor from Landlord.

                                   ARTICLE 28
                               CONDITIONS TO LEASE

     28.1 Conditions to Lease.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,
this Lease is contingent upon Landlord  obtaining  financing for construction of
the Property, and meeting all conditions and obtaining all approvals required by
governmental  authorities,  and all other  approvals  necessary to implement the
provisions of this Lease. If Landlord does not obtain such  financing,  meet all
such  conditions and obtain all such  approvals,  this Lease shall be terminated
upon  notice  from  Landlord  to Tenant.  In the event of any such  termination,
Landlord and Tenant shall have no further rights or obligations hereunder except
those,  if any, which accrued prior to the date of  termination  and except that
Landlord shall return any deposits previously  delivered from Tenant to Landlord
pursuant hereto.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Landlord and Tenant have duly executed this Lease
as of the day and year first above written.


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                           <C>
TENANT:                                                       LANDLORD:

TOYS INTERNATIONAL, INC.,                                     LANDGRANT DEVELOPMENT UNLIMITED,
a California corporation                                      a California corporation


By:      /s/ Richard Brady                                    By:      /s/ Chris Smith
    Signature
                                                              Title:        Executive Vice President
    Richard Brady
    Name
                                                              By:      /s/ C. Samuel Marasco
                President
    Title                                                     Title:         President


By:      s/ James B. Frakes
    Signature

             James B. Frakes
    Name

                        Secretary
    Title



</TABLE>





<PAGE>
                                    ADDENDUM
                             OPTION TO EXTEND TERM


     THIS ADDENDUM is made a part of that certain Lease  Agreement  ("Lease") by
and  between  LandGrant   Development   Unlimited,   a  California   corporation
("Landlord") and TOYS INTERNATIONAL,  INC., a California corporation ("Tenant"),
dated as of ___July  13,  1999______.  Unless  otherwise  defined or the context
otherwise  indicates,  the terms used  herein have the  meanings  defined in the
Lease.

     Landlord hereby grants to Tenant the option to extend the Term of the Lease
for two  additional  periods of five (5) years  each  (each an  "Option  Term"),
subject to the following conditions:

     1. Method of  Exercise  of Option.  Tenant  shall  exercise  each option by
delivering to Landlord  written  notice of its intent to exercise the applicable
option not earlier  than four (4)  months,  and not later than three (3) months,
prior to commencement of the applicable  Option Term. Tenant shall have no right
to exercise its option during any time when Tenant is in default under the Lease
including  without  limitation  during  any  period  of time  when any  monetary
obligation due from Tenant to Landlord remains unpaid.

     2.  Commencement  of Option Term.  If the option is  exercised  pursuant to
Section 1 of this  Addendum,  the Option Term shall commence upon the expiration
of the preceding  Term,  whether it be the expiration of the initial Term or the
expiration  of an  extension  of the  Expiration  Date  pursuant to a previously
exercised Option Term.

     3. Minimum Annual Rental. The Minimum Annual Rental during each Option Term
shall be the amounts specified for such Option Term in Section 1.4 of the Lease.

     4. No  Landlord's  Work. In the event Tenant  exercises the option,  Tenant
agrees to take the Premises in an "as is"  condition  with no  obligation on the
part of the Landlord to undertake any work with regard to the Premises.

     5. No  Assignment.  The option  granted  herein  shall be  personal  to the
original  Tenant,  may be  exercised  only by the  original  Tenant  while it is
occupying  the  Premises,  and may not be  exercised by or assigned to any party
(including,  but not limited to, any  sublessee  or lender)  without the express
written consent of Landlord.  Upon  assignment or subletting of this Lease,  the
option granted herein shall automatically become null and void.

     6.  Failure to Timely  Exercise.  Tenant's  failure to timely  exercise the
option for any Option Term shall  nullify the option for all  subsequent  Option
Terms.

     7.  Insurance.  Landlord  shall have the right,  as a condition to Tenant's
exercise of any option  granted  herein,  to require Tenant to: (a) increase the
limit and  coverage  amount of any  insurance  Tenant is  required  to  maintain
pursuant to Section 12.3 of the Lease to an amount that  Landlord,  any superior
mortgagee,  or any superior landlord may, in its sole reasonable judgment,  deem
sufficient,  and/or (b) purchase other  insurance  and/or  endorsements  in such
amounts or types as Landlord,  any superior mortgagee,  or any superior landlord
may  reasonably  require,   and/or  (c)  provide  Landlord  with  a  certificate
evidencing the increased coverage.

     8.  General.  All terms and  conditions  of the Lease shall  remain in full
force and effect  during any Option  Term,  except that the  provisions  of this
Addendum shall control over any inconsistent provisions of the Lease.


Landlord /s/ CSM, CSS                       Tenant    /s/ RB, JBF




<PAGE>
                                   EXHIBIT B
                            DESCRIPTION OF PREMISES


     That  certain  space in the City  of_______________,  County of San  Diego,
State of California,  containing  approximately 10,000 square feet of Floor Area
with a frontage of approximately  feet and a depth of  approximately  feet. Said
space  is  labeled  Space  #172  and  is  shown  in  that  approximate  location
crosshatched on Exhibit A.

                               TENANT'S TRADE NAME

     Tenant shall operate the Premises only under the trade name of TOY CO.

     USE OF PREMISES

     Tenant  shall not be deemed a Food  Court  Tenant at the  Property.  Tenant
shall use the Premises solely for the operation of a toy store, and for no other
use or purpose without  Landlord's prior written,  reasonable  approval.  Tenant
shall  sell a large  variety of toys and agrees  that  Tenant  shall not use the
Premises in  violation  of any of the  Restricted  Uses  (hereinafter  defined).
Without  limiting the foregoing  preclusions,  Tenant  specifically  agrees that
Tenant shall not sell pets or charge the public for  entertainment  (machines or
activities  or  otherwise).  Tenant  agrees that its sale of  bicycles  shall be
generally  children's  and family  quality  bicycles  (and shall  therefore  not
include  high-end  bicycles).  Tenant  further  agrees that to the extent Tenant
sells  consumer  electronics  which are  consistent  with the operation of a toy
store, the display of said  electronics  shall not exceed 400 square feet of the
Premises.  Tenant  further  agrees  that  in the  event  Tenant  sells  computer
software,  prerecorded audio and/or video records,  discs,  tapes and/or related
devices, Tenant's Gross Sales from such items shall be less than fifteen percent
(15%) of Tenant's  total Gross  Sales,  and Tenant  agrees that Tenant shall not
rent such items.  Tenant also agrees that in the event Tenant  sells  children's
apparel,  Tenant's  Gross  Sales from such items  shall be less than ten percent
(10%) of Tenant's total Gross Sales.

     Landlord  shall give its  reasonable  approval to alternative or additional
uses if said uses are (i)  consistent  with a  "first-class  promotional  retail
center", and (ii) not a Restricted Use at the time of request, and (iii) not the
primary  use of another  tenant on the  Property  at the time of  request  where
"primary use" shall mean that such other tenant  operates fifty percent (50%) or
more of its floor area for such use, or derives  fifty  percent (50%) or more of
its Gross Sales from such use.

     Restricted  Uses are any  exclusive or  restricted  or  objectionable  uses
("Restricted  Uses")  Landlord  has agreed to preclude  or restrict  pursuant to
written  agreement  with  another  tenant  or  owner in the  Property  as of the
Effective  Date hereof or at any time prior to Tenant's  addition of said use or
Tenant's  notice to Landlord of Tenant's  proposed  alternative use or which are
precluded or restricted by the CC&R's  referenced in Section 7.1 hereof,  and as
such  preclusions or restrictions  may be amended or expanded from time to time;
provided,  however,  that Landlord  shall not create a Restricted  Use after the
Effective  Date that is  inconsistent  with  Tenant's  exclusive  use  described
hereinbelow.

     Exclusive:  So long as (i) Tenant's use of the Premises is for such purpose
and (ii) Tenant is at such time open and  operating  in the  Premises,  Landlord
shall not authorize the use of any space in the Shopping Center,  other than the
Premises, for the operation of a Competing Business.

     Competing  business shall, for purposes  hereof,  mean: a toy store such as
Play Co. Toys is operating as of the  Effective  Date, or such as is operated as
of the  Effective  Date by stores  like,  but not limited to Toys R Us and Kabee
Toys.  "Toy store" for purposes  hereof means a store  selling a wide variety of
toys and  toy-type  items but  excludes  (1)  space  leased to or owned by Major
Tenants or Anchor  Tenants of the Shopping  Center  which,  for purposes of this
Exhibit B, shall be defined as any space of 15,000 square feet or more;  (2) any
business  which  specializes  in selected items or categories of items sold in a
toy store such as, but not  limited  to:  bicycle  stores,  game  stores,  hobby
stores,  doll stores,  records/tapes/CD  stores,  computer  stores,  electronics
stores (such as Radio Shack),  or consumer  electronics  stores (such as Circuit
City),  sports cards stores,  crafts stores and teacher's supply stores; and (3)
any store with a floor area of 3,000 square feet or less.





<PAGE>
                                   EXHIBIT D
                               GUARANTY OF LEASE

     WHEREAS,  a certain  Lease of even  date  herewith  has  been,  or will be,
executed:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>               <C>                                <C>
   a.             Name of Property:                  International Gateway of the Americas
   b.             Landlord:                          LandGrant Development Unlimited, a California corporation
   c.             Tenant:                            Toys International, Inc., a California corporation
   d.             Effective Date:                             _________________________
   e.             Space No.:                                  Space #172
</TABLE>

     WHEREAS,  the  Landlord  under said Lease  requires as a  condition  to its
execution of said Lease that the undersigned (herein referred to as "Guarantor")
guarantee the full  performance  of the  obligations of Tenant under said Lease,
and

     WHEREAS,  Guarantor is desirous  that  Landlord  enter into said Lease with
Tenant,

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  execution  of  said  Lease  by
Landlord,  Guarantor hereby  unconditionally  guarantees the complete and timely
performance of each and all of the terms, covenants and conditions of said Lease
to be kept and  performed by said Tenant,  including  the payment of all rentals
and other charges to accrue thereunder. Guarantor further agrees as follows:

     1. That this Guaranty shall  continue in favor of Landlord  notwithstanding
any  extension,  modification,  or  alteration of said Lease entered into by and
between the parties thereto, or their successors or assigns, notwithstanding any
assignment  of said  Lease,  with or without  the  consent of  Landlord,  and no
extension, modification, alteration or assignment of the above referred to Lease
shall in any manner  release or discharge  Guarantor and it does hereby  consent
thereto.

     2. This Guaranty will continue unchanged by any bankruptcy,  reorganization
or  insolvency  of  Tenant  or  any  successor  or  assignee  thereof  or by any
disaffirmance or abandonment by a trustee of Tenant;

     3. Landlord may, without notice,  assign this Guaranty of Lease in whole or
in part and no  assignment  or transfer of the Lease shall operate to extinguish
or diminish the liability of Guarantor hereunder.

     4. The liability of Guarantor  under this Guaranty shall be primary and, in
any right of action  which shall  accrue to Landlord  under the Lease,  Landlord
may, at its option,  proceed  against  Guarantor  without  having  commenced any
action or obtained any judgment against Tenant.

     5. Guarantor  shall pay Landlord's  reasonable  attorney fees and all costs
and other expenses incurred in any negotiations,  action or proceeding commenced
to enforce this Guaranty; and

     6. Guarantor  hereby waives notice of any demand by Landlord as well as any
notice of Tenant's default in the payment of rent or any other amounts contained
or reserved in the Lease.

     The use of the singular shall include the plural. The obligation of two (2)
or more parties  shall be joint and several.  The terms and  provisions  of this
Guaranty shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective heirs,
legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties herein named.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Guarantor  has caused  this  Guaranty  of Lease to be
executed as of the Effective Date of the above-mentioned Lease.

GUARANTOR OF LEASE:
PLAY CO. TOYS & ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION, a California corporation

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                 <C>
By:_____________________________________                            By:_____________________________________
Title:_____________________________________                         Title:_____________________________________

</TABLE>

     NOTE: If Guarantor is a corporation,  its authorized  officers must sign on
behalf of the  corporation  and indicate the capacity in which they are signing.
This  Guaranty  must be  executed by the  president  or vice  president  and the
secretary or assistant secretary, unless the bylaws or a resolution of the board
of directors shall otherwise provide,  in which event, the bylaws or a certified
copy of the resolution,  as the case may be, shall be attached to this Guaranty.
Also, the appropriate corporate seal should be affixed hereto.





<PAGE>
                                   EXHIBIT E
                          TENANT ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

RE:      Premises:
         Lease Dated:
         Amendment(s) Dated:
         Between (Landlord) and (Tenant)
         Square Footage Leased:
         Floor(s)/Suite #(s):

     The  undersigned,   Tenant  under  the  above-referenced  lease  ("Lease"),
certifies to the following:

     1. The Lease  constitutes the entire agreement  between Tenant and Landlord
with respect to the Premises, has not been modified, changed, altered or amended
and is in full force and effect in the form  attached as Exhibit A. There are no
other  agreements,  written or oral,  which  affect  Tenant's  occupancy  of the
Premises.

     2. We have taken  possession of and accepted the Premises  described above,
except as follows:

     3. The lease terms as described below are true and accurate,  and the Lease
is in full force and effect:

Minimum Annual Rental: ________________________________________ per year
Escalations: ________________________________________
Abated Rent: ________________________________________
Commencement Date: ________________________________________
Rent Start Date: ________________________________________
Operating Expense Start Date: ________________________________________
Expiration Date: ________________________________________
Renewals: ________________________________________
Except as specified in Section(s) ______________________ of the Lease (copy
attached), we have no option or right to cancel the Lease or to lease additional
space in the Premises or the Property.

     We have made no agreement  with  Landlord or any agent,  representative  or
employee  of  Landlord  concerning  free rent,  partial  rent,  rebate of rental
payments or any other similar rent concession  except as specifically  set forth
above.

     We are not  entitled to any credit  against any rent or other  charge under
the Lease except as set forth in the Lease.  No rental  payments  have been made
more than one month in advance.

     4. No part of the Premises has been subleased, and Tenant's interest in the
Lease has not been assigned or encumbered except as follows:

     We have no option or preferential  right to purchase all or any part of the
Premises  (or the land of which the  Premises  are a part).  We have no right or
interest  which  respect to the  Premises or the  Building  other than as Tenant
under the Lease.

     5. The rent has been paid through:

     6. The security deposit is

     7. All  insurance  required of Tenant under the Lease has been  provided by
Tenant and all premiums have been paid.

     8. We  represent  and warrant that we have not used,  generated,  released,
discharged,  stored or  disposed  of any  Hazardous  Materials  (as such term is
defined in the Lease) on, under,  in or about the Premises or the  Property.  We
have no actual knowledge that any Hazardous  Materials are present, or have been
used, generated,  released,  discharged, stored or disposed of by any party, on,
under, in or about the Premises or the Property.

     9. We are not in default of our obligations under the Lease.  Landlord,  to
the best of our knowledge, is not in default of its obligations under the Lease.
There  exists no defense or  counterclaim  to rent or other sums  required to be
paid by us under or pursuant to the Lease.

     If Tenant is a corporation,  the undersigned is a duly appointed officer of
the  corporation  signing this  certificate  and is the  incumbent in the office
indicated under his/her name. In any event,  the undersigned  individual is duly
authorized to execute this certificate.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                    <C>
Date:____________________, 199___                                      Signed:          ______________________________________
                                                                       (Signature)
                                                                       (Print Name & Title)

</TABLE>



<PAGE>
                                   EXHIBIT F
                                 SIGN CRITERIA

                           To be Provided by Landlord



                                   EXHIBIT G


WHEN RECORDED RETURN TO:

- ----------------------------------------
c/o LandGrant
12625 High Bluff Drive, Suite 212
San Diego, CA 92130

Attn: __________________________________



                             SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

     , Tenant named in that  certain  Lease dated , 19 , wherein  Tenant  leases
from , as Landlord, certain premises which are part of a Property known as , the
location  of said  Property  being more  particularly  described  in Exhibit "A"
attached hereto and made a part hereof,  hereby  subordinates said Lease and its
interest       in       said        premises        to       that        certain
_____________________________________________________ dated _______________ , 19
, entered into by and between , , and recorded on , 19 , under File No. Page No.
in the Official Public Records of the County of , State of .

Dated this   day of  ,  19  .

                                 TENANT: _______________________________________



                                         By: ___________________________________
                                        Title: _________________________________


                                         By: ___________________________________
                                        Title: _________________________________


                                                       [NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT]





<PAGE>
                                   EXHIBIT H
                         CONFIRMATION OF TERM OF LEASE


   This Confirmation of Term of Lease is made ________________________,  19 ___,
between LandGrant Development Unlimited, a California corporation, ("Landlord"),
and TOYS INTERNATIONAL,  INC., a California corporation ("Tenant"), who agree as
follows:

     1. Landlord and Tenant entered into a lease dated ________________________,
19 ___, in which  Landlord  leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord the
premises described in Paragraph 1.2 of the Lease (the "Premises").

     2.  Pursuant to  Paragraph  1.3 of the Lease,  Landlord and Tenant agree to
confirm the  Commencement  Date and  Expiration  Date of the Term,  and the Rent
Start Date, and Operating Expense start date as follows:

     a.  __________________________ 19 ___, is the Commencement Date of the Term
of the Lease;

     b. __________________________ 19 ___, is the Expiration Date of the Term of
Lease;

     c.  __________________________  19 ___,  is the Rent  Start  Date under the
Lease; and

     d.  __________________________  19,___,  is the  date for  commencement  of
payments for Operating Expenses.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                           <C>
TENANT:                                                       LANDLORD:

TOYS INTERNATIONAL, INC.,                                     LANDGRANT DEVELOPMENT UNLIMITED,
a California corporation                                      a California corporation


By: _______________________________________                   By:_________________________________
    Signature
                                                              Title: _______________________________
    ----------------------------------------
    Name                                                      By:_________________________________

   _________________________________________                  Title: _______________________________
    Title


By: _______________________________________
    Signature

    ----------------------------------------
    Name

    ----------------------------------------
    Title



</TABLE>






<PAGE>
                                   EXHIBIT C
             PROVISIONS RELATING TO CONSTRUCTION OF TENANT'S STORE

SECTION I - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

     1. As soon as practicable after the final drawings and specifications  have
been approved by Landlord and by all applicable governmental agencies,  Landlord
will, at its own cost and expense,  commence the erection of a building covering
the Premises,  unless prevented or delayed by conditions over which Landlord has
no control.  It is expressly  understood  and agreed that the building  upon the
Premises may constitute a portion of a larger building.  In the event that prior
to  commencement  of  construction  of the  building of which the Premises are a
part,  Landlord  elects  not to proceed  with such  construction,  Landlord  may
terminate this Lease upon notice to Tenant,  and both parties shall be forthwith
released.

     2.  When  Landlord's  architect   (hereinafter   "Project  Architect")  has
completed  drawings of the basic shell of the building (or if such drawings have
already been  completed,  then  concurrently  with the execution of this Lease),
Landlord  shall  deliver a floor plan of the Premises  ("Floor  Plan") to Tenant
showing thereon the columns and other structural work in the Premises.

     3. Landlord will construct for Tenant an improved shell,  all in conformity
with and to the extent hereinafter set forth as "Landlord's Work".  Tenant shall
be responsible,  at its own cost and expense,  to complete the work  hereinafter
set forth as "Tenant's  Work";  all  Tenant's  Work shall be completed to a good
workmanlike condition.

     Tenant's  plans shall be prepared with full  knowledge of and in compliance
with the Floor  Plan,  this  Exhibit C and all City,  County,  State and Federal
ordinances,   rules  and  regulations   relating  thereto   including,   without
limitation, the energy conservation requirements, if applicable, of the State in
which  the  Property  is  located  and  the   architectural   and  accessibility
regulations  issued by the United States Attorney  General's  office pursuant to
Title  III of the  Americans  with  Disabilities  Act of 1990  and  the  Minimum
Guidelines and  Requirements for Accessible  Design issued by the  Architectural
and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board. All drawings for Tenant's Work, as
described below, are to be prepared at Tenant's expense by an interior  designer
or space planner or, if required by governmental authorities, Tenant's architect
who shall be licensed in the State in which the Property is located.

     Tenant  agrees to submit to  Landlord,  within  twenty  (20) days after the
later of Tenant's  receipt of the Floor Plan or the Effective Date of the Lease,
fully dimensioned and detailed 1/4" scale  preliminary  drawings showing general
store layout.

     Within  forty-five  (45) days  after the later of  Tenant's  receipt of the
Floor  Plan or the  Effective  Date of the  Lease,  Tenant  agrees  to submit to
Landlord two (2) sets of fully detailed and dimensioned  one-quarter inch (1/4")
scale  construction  drawings.   These  drawings  shall  indicate  the  specific
requirements of Tenant's space showing clearly, without limitation, the interior
partitions, trade fixture plans, lighting,  electrical outlets, plumbing, signs,
size and  locations of equipment  to be  installed  on the roof,  if any,  state
energy  compliance  calculations,   handicap  access  requirements,   structural
calculations,  samples,  etc.,  and all other  items set forth  under  "Tenant's
Work".

     All  drawings  for  Tenant's  Work are  subject to  Landlord's  and Project
Architect's  approval and in the event said drawings are not  approved,  for any
reason whatsoever, within sixty (60) days after the later of Tenant's receipt of
the Floor Plan or the  Effective  Date of the Lease,  this Lease  shall,  at the
option of Landlord, be null and void and of no further force or effect.

     Tenant shall be  responsible  for submitting  construction  drawings to the
proper  building  authority  (or health  authority  as  applicable)  to obtain a
building permit. Fees for plan checking,  processing,  permitting, and any other
fees relating to Tenant's Work shall be paid by Tenant. At Landlord's option the
Premises shall be  constructed by Landlord or Tenant's  contractor in accordance
with said  drawings and both parties  agree to pursue the  construction  work of
said  building  diligently  to  completion,   complying  with  all  governmental
ordinances, rules and regulations.  Upon completion of all Tenant's Work, Tenant
shall file for record in the Office of the County Recorder where the Property is
located a Notice of Completion, as permitted by law.


<PAGE>
     5. In the event Landlord agrees in writing to perform any of Tenant's Work,
the following procedures and conditions apply:

     a. The cost of all requirements shown on Tenant's construction drawings are
to be paid for by Tenant.  Landlord  shall submit a bid proposal to Tenant after
Landlord approval of Tenant's  construction  drawing and Landlord's agreement in
writing to perform  Tenant's  Work.  Tenant  shall have the right to approve all
costs to be borne by Tenant  pursuant to the  provisions  of this  paragraph  5.
Tenant  shall  notify  Landlord in writing  within ten (10) days after  Tenant's
receipt  of the  bid  proposal  that  Tenant  approves  or  disapproves  the bid
provided,  however,  that if Tenant does not so notify  Landlord within such ten
(10) day period,  Tenant shall be deemed to have approved such costs.  The total
amount of such costs to be paid by Tenant shall be  delivered to Landlord  prior
to the commencement of construction of Tenant's Work.

     b. Any  additional  charges,  expenses,  or costs  arising by reason of any
subsequent  change,  modification,  or alteration in said approved general plans
and specifications  ("change to plan") made at the request of Tenant or required
by governmental  authorities,  including without limitation  architect's fees or
consultant's fees, shall be at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, and Landlord
shall  have the  right  to  demand  payment  for such  change  to plan  prior to
Landlord's  performance  thereof.  No change to plan shall be made  without  the
written consent of Landlord. Landlord shall bear no costs in connection with the
plans or fees related to, or construction of, Tenant's Work.

     6. The  parties  agree to  cooperate  with each other and to  respond  with
required  approvals  or  disapprovals  with  reasonable  diligence  in  order to
complete  Landlord's Work and any Tenant's Work which Landlord agrees to perform
pursuant to Section 5 of this Exhibit C by the  Commencement  Date  described in
Section 3.1 of the Lease.  Prior to occupancy of the Premises,  Tenant shall pay
Minimum  Annual  Rental at the rate  specified in Section 1.4,  prorated for the
number of days completion is delayed for any of the following reasons:

     a. Tenant's failure to submit drawings within the time periods specified in
Section 3 of this  Exhibit C. b.  Tenant's  request for changes in the plans and
specifications or in the construction of the work; and/or c. Tenant's failure to
pay any costs  required of Tenant  pursuant  to this  Exhibit C, within the time
periods specified herein.

     7. Tenant may not require an exterior design,  finish or construction other
than one that has been approved by Landlord;  and Landlord  shall be entitled to
erect and construct  such exteriors in keeping with the overall plans and design
of the  Property.  Tenant  shall not be  permitted  to  maintain or place on the
building or upon the Premises  any awnings or other  exterior  appendage  except
with written consent of Landlord.

     8. Tenant  agrees that upon  receipt of  Landlord's  Notice of  Substantial
Completion,  as defined in Section  3.2,  Tenant will accept the Premises in the
condition  which it may then be and waives any right or claim  against  Landlord
for any cause,  directly  or  indirectly,  arising out of the  condition  of the
Premises,  appurtenances  thereto,  the  improvements  thereon and the equipment
thereof;  and Tenant  shall  thereafter  save and hold  harmless  Landlord  from
liability as provided in Article 12 of this Lease.  Landlord shall not be liable
for any latent or patent  defects  therein;  provided,  however,  that  Landlord
warrants  the  building  against  latent  defects  for a period of one year from
completion.

     9. In the event  Tenant  enters into  possession  of the  Premises  for the
purpose  of  performing  Tenant's  Work  prior  to  the  Notice  of  Substantial
Completion  and  completion  of Landlord's  Work,  such entry shall be deemed an
acceptance by Tenant of  substantial  completion  of the  Premises,  and in such
event Tenant shall hold Landlord harmless and indemnify Landlord for any loss or
damage to Tenant's property,  fixtures, equipment and merchandise and for injury
to any  persons,  unless  same be  caused  by the gross  negligence  or  willful
misconduct of Landlord or its agents, and Tenant shall repair any damage done by
Tenant or Tenant's agents, contractors,  subcontractors,  employees, vendors, or
representatives to Landlord's Work.


<PAGE>
     10.  During  the  construction  of  Landlord's  Work,  Landlord  agrees  at
Landlord's  expense  to  obtain  and  maintain  public  liability  and  worker's
compensation insurance adequate to fully protect Tenant as well as Landlord from
and against any and all  liability for death of or injury to person or damage to
property caused in or about or by reason of the construction of Landlord's Work.
Tenant  agrees  at  Tenant's  expense  to obtain or  maintain  public  liability
insurance  as set forth in  Article  12.3 and  worker's  compensation  insurance
adequate  to fully  protect  Landlord as well as Tenant from and against any and
all  liability  for death of or injury to person caused in or about or by reason
of the construction of Tenant's Work.

     11.  Where  final  drawings  are in  conflict  with  this  Exhibit  C,  the
provisions of Exhibit C shall prevail.

     12. Upon actual  completion of the building shell of which the Premises are
a part,  Landlord agrees to file for record in the Office of the County Recorder
where the Property is situated a Notice of Completion, as permitted by law.

                  SECTION II - DESCRIPTION OF LANDLORD'S WORK

     The following is a description  of the  construction,  and  limitations  of
same,  which will be provided by Landlord and herein  referred to as "Landlord's
Work".

     A. BASIC SHELL

     1.  Frame:  The  building  shall  be of  steel  or wood  frame,  reinforced
concrete,  or bearing wall  construction  designed in accordance  with governing
building codes.

     2.  Exterior  Walls:  The exterior  walls shall be of masonry or such other
material or materials as selected by the Project Architect.

     3. Floors: All floors on the ground floor area shall be a minimum three and
one-half  inch (31/2")  concrete with smooth  finish.  Floor to be flat and on a
single plane without visible depressions or raised areas.

     4. Roof: The roof shall be built-up  composition type, single ply, or other
commercial roofing material as selected by the Project Architect.

     5.  Exterior  Doors/Frames:  Rear/side  exterior exit door frame(s) will be
hollow  metal  construction.  Exterior  service  doors will be hollow metal with
panic hardware.

     6.  Exterior  walls  and  roof  will  be  insulated  with  Fiberglass  batt
insulation in accordance with building code and state energy requirements.

     7. Fire  Service  and  Distribution:  As  required  by  building  code,  or
otherwise at Landlord's option.

     8.  Storefront:  A  standard  store  front  shall be  designed  by  Project
Architect  and  installed by Landlord at its sole cost and  expense.  One single
storefront  door will be provided to each store unless  otherwise shown on Floor
Plan.

     B. INTERIOR FINISHES

     1. Ceilings:  Ceilings to be 2' x 4' lay-in acoustical tile with an exposed
T-bar  suspension  system.  Clear height between floor slab and ceiling shall be
governed by  structural  design and  specified  in the Floor Plan  delivered  by
Landlord to Tenant.

     2. Walls: Demising walls between suites shall be framed of wood stud, metal
stud,  or masonry,  and shall be unpainted  drywall,  finish taped and textured;
they shall  extend from floor to roof  structure  with  drywall only on one side
above the ceiling.  Any interior  partitions  shall not be a part of  Landlord's
Work.  The interior  portion of the exterior  walls shall be unpainted  drywall,
finish taped, and textured; drywall to extend 6" above ceiling height.


<PAGE>
     3.  Interior  Doors/Frames:  Interior door frames shall be wood or metal at
the option of Landlord.  Interior  doors will be wood,  hollow core,  with lever
hardware.

     C. SANITARY FACILITIES

     1. Two Toilet Rooms, each containing:  One (1) standard  lavatory,  one (1)
water closet,  one (1) door with  hardware,  one (1) light fixture with fan, one
(1) electrical outlet, and sheet vinyl floor with topset base.

     D. UTILITIES

     1. Water and Sewer: Landlord will furnish water and sewer service lines for
one toilet  facility  for each store.  All  installation  required  beyond these
facilities  shall not be a part of Landlord's  Work.  Cost of water used will be
paid by Tenant.

     2. Electricity:  Landlord shall furnish one (1) 100 amp subpanel within the
Premises which shall include  breakers  appropriate  for the scope of Landlord's
Work and wiring  stubbed  to the  subpanel  and which  shall be  constructed  to
provide for separate metering. The meter shall not be a part of Landlord's Work.
Landlord  shall furnish seven (7)  electrical  convenience  outlets,  located as
shown on Landlord's  floor plans  (including the electrical  outlet shown in the
toilet room). Two (2) additional  interior ceiling outlets will be located above
the storefront, if required by code.

     3.  Telephone:  Landlord shall furnish one (1) telephone  conduit  (without
wires) from main telephone room for the building stubbed to Tenant's Premises.

     4.  Lighting:  Landlord  shall  furnish one two foot (2') by four foot (4')
long recess mounted  fluorescent light fixture per 112 square feet of Floor Area
of the Premises arranged in accordance with Landlord's Floor Plan.

     5. All Tenant  Illuminated  Storefront signs shall be under central control
of Landlord.

     6. Sprinkler Drops:  Landlord shall furnish  sprinkler heads as required by
building code (excluding  additional  heads which may be required as a result of
Tenant's Work).

     7.  H.V.A.C.:  Landlord will install a Landlord  selected air  conditioning
unit,  located  on  the  roof  complete  with  air  distribution  ductwork,  air
distribution  outlets,  fresh air  supply,  and  thermostats  as designed by the
Landlord to suit the standard lease space requirements. Air conditioning tonnage
shall be based on  approximately  one ton per 400 square  feet,  as  dictated by
state energy  requirements  and  calculations,  based on the  standard  Landlord
improvement.  One (1) ducted return vent shall be provided. Supply venting shall
be as follows:

                  2 supply  diffusers for 4 tons or less; 3 supply diffusers for
                  5 tons;  4  supply  diffusers  for 7 1/2  tons;  and 6  supply
                  diffusers for 10 tons.

     In the event that Tenant's use of the Premises  requires fresh air, make-up
air, and/or exhaust air for special  equipment,  cooking  equipment,  stock room
areas, or show windows,  and the like, Tenant will provide same at its sole cost
and expense, subject to Landlord's prior approval.

SECTION III - DESCRIPTION OF TENANT'S WORK

     The work to be done by Landlord in satisfying its  obligations to construct
Tenant's  store  under the  Lease  shall be  limited  to that  described  in the
foregoing  paragraphs.  All other items of work not therein  provided  for to be
done by Landlord shall be provided by Tenant at Tenant's  expense and are herein
referred to as "Tenant's Work".  Tenant acknowledges and agrees that if required
by Landlord, Utility equipment and facilities included in Tenant's Work shall be
procured  from Utility  providers  specified by  Landlord.  Tenant's  Work shall
include,  but  not be  limited  to,  the  purchase  and/or  installation  and/or
performance of the following:


<PAGE>
     1. Electric  Fixtures and Equipment:  All electrical  work for the Premises
not  specifically  stated  under  Landlord's  Work  to be  performed  by  Tenant
including  without  limitation  any  additional  convenience  outlets or circuit
breakers.

     2. Utility Meters and  Connections:  All Utility  meters,  connections  and
hookup fees,  assessments,  front footage  charges and any other fees or charges
for Utilities  serving the Premises shall be paid by Tenant.  Tenant shall apply
for and arrange for installation of all meters.

     3. Telephones:  All wiring from the main telephone room to the Premises and
within the Premises. All conduits for Tenant's telephone system in the Premises.
Tenant shall make all arrangements for telephone service.

     4. Walls:  All interior  partitions  and curtain walls within the Premises,
except as provided by Landlord under Landlord's Work.

     5. Coves and Ceilings: All special coves, ceilings, furring, etc.

     6.  Furniture and  Fixtures:  All store  fixtures,  cases,  wood  paneling,
cornices, etc.

     7. Show Window  Background,  Floors,  Etc.:  All show window  floors,  show
window background, show window lighting fixtures, and show window doors.

     8. Floor Coverings: All floor coverings and floor materials (including wall
base)  other than  concrete  (except as  Landlord  is required to provide in the
toilet room as Landlord's Work).

     9.  Ornamental  Stairs:  All  ornamental  or other  stairs not  required by
governing building codes.

     10. Alarm Systems, Etc.: All alarm systems or other protective devices.

     11.  Plumbing:  All  plumbing,  either  roughing in fixtures,  or equipment
required for Tenant's needs.

     12. Special Ventilation: All ventilation systems, hoods, ducts, shafts, and
chases, including show window's ventilation.

     13. Special Equipment: All special equipment such as conveyors,  elevators,
escalators, dumb waiters, etc., including installation and connection.

     14. Interior Painting and wall coverings.

     15.   Tenant's   exterior   sign.  All  Tenant  signs  shall  be  designed,
constructed, and located in accordance with the approved sign plan, and shall be
subject to the approval of Landlord,  and local  governing  agency,  all as more
specifically described in Exhibit F to the Lease.

     16.  Concrete  Floors:  Any special  reinforcing,  raised areas,  insulated
floor, or depressions.

     17.  Roof:  Framing of all roof  openings  in  accordance  with  structural
calculations as required by code. All flashing, counterflashing and roof repairs
caused by the installation of Tenant's  equipment shall conform to the project's
roofing  specifications  and such work shall be paid for by Tenant, but shall be
performed by the project's original roofing contractor.

SECTION IV - CONDITIONS RELATED TO PERFORMANCE OF TENANT'S WORK

     If Tenant's Work is performed by anyone other than  Landlord's  contractor,
the following  items shall apply;  said items shall be  incorporated as "Special
Conditions"  into the contract between Tenant and its contractor (with a copy of
the contract to be furnished Landlord for Landlord's  reasonable  approval prior
to the commencement by Tenant of Tenant's Work):


<PAGE>
     1. Prior to start of Tenant's  Work,  Tenant or Tenant "s contractor  shall
provide Landlord with a construction schedule in "bar graph" form indicating the
completion dates of all phases of Tenant's Work.

     2. Tenant or Tenant's contractor shall perform said work in a manner and at
times which do not impede or delay  Landlord's  contractor in the  completion of
the  Premises as provided in this  Lease.  Any delays in the  completion  of the
Premises  impacting the commencement of the Minimum Annual Rental and any damage
caused by Tenant or Tenant's contractor shall be at the sole cost and expense of
Tenant.

     3.  Tenant or  Tenant's  contractor  shall be  responsible  for the repair,
replacement  or  cleanup of any damage  done by him to other  contractors'  work
which  specifically  includes  Landlord's  Work and  accessways  to the Tenant's
Premises which may be currently used by others.

     4. Tenant shall accept the Premises prior to Tenant's  contractor  starting
any trenching  operations.  Any rework of subbase or compaction  required  after
Tenant initial acceptance of the Premises shall be done by Tenant's  contractor,
which shall include the removal from the Property of any excess dirt or debris.

     5. Tenant or Tenant's contractor shall contain his storage of materials and
his operations within the Premises and such other space as he may be assigned by
Landlord or Landlord's  contractor.  Should he be assigned  space outside of the
Premises, he shall move to such other space as Landlord or Landlord's contractor
shall direct from time to time to avoid interference or delays with other work.

     6. All trash and surplus construction  materials shall be stored within the
Premises  and shall be promptly  removed  from the  Property at the sole cost of
Tenant or  Tenant's  contractor.  Once the  Property is open and  operating,  no
Common Area trash containers shall be used for construction debris.

     7.  Tenant  or  Tenant's  contractor  shall  provide  temporary  utilities,
portable toilet  facilities and potable  drinking water as required for his work
within the Premises and shall pay to Landlord or Landlord's  contractor the cost
of any  temporary  utilities and  facilities  provided by Landlord or Landlord's
contractor at Tenant or Tenant's contractor's request.

     8. Tenant or  Tenant's  contractor  shall  notify  Landlord  or  Landlord's
Project  Manager of any planned work to be done on  weekends,  holidays or other
than normal job hours.

     9. Tenant and Tenant's  contractor are  responsible for compliance with all
applicable  codes  and  regulations  of  duly  constituted   authorities  having
jurisdiction  insofar as the performance of the work and completed  improvements
are concerned for all work  performed by Tenant or Tenant's  contractor  and all
applicable  safety  regulations  established  by the general  contractor for the
Property,  and Tenant further agrees to save and hold Landlord harmless for said
work  as  provided  in  Article  12 of  the  Lease.  Prior  to  commencement  of
construction,  Tenant shall submit to Landlord evidence of insurance as required
in Article 12 of the Lease.

     10. Tenant's contractor or subcontractors  shall not post signs on any part
of the Property or on the Premises.

     11.  Notwithstanding the provisions herein, Tenant shall be responsible for
and shall obtain and record a Notice of Completion promptly following completion
of Tenant's Work.

     12. Prior to the commencement of construction, Tenant shall obtain or cause
its  contractor to obtain  payment and  performance  bonds covering the faithful
performance  of the  contract  for the  construction  of  Tenant's  Work and the
payment of all  obligations  arising  thereunder.  Such  bonds  shall be for the
mutual  benefit of both  Landlord and Tenant and shall be issued in the names of
both Landlord and Tenant as obligees and beneficiaries. Prior to the date Tenant
commences   construction   of  Tenant's  Work,   Tenant  shall  submit  evidence
satisfactory to Landlord that such bonds have been issued.
<PAGE>
                             ADDENDUM to EXHIBIT C
                             CONSTRUCTION ALLOWANCE


     Notwithstanding  anything  to the  contrary  contained  in this  Exhibit C,
Landlord  agrees to contribute the sum of Eighty Thousand  Dollars  ($80,000.00)
("Construction  Allowance")  toward the cost of Tenant's Work ("Costs"),  except
that said sum shall not in any event be applied  toward costs of  preparing  the
space  plans,  the  Final  Plans  and  the  working  drawings;  engineering  and
architectural  fees; costs of governmental  permits and plan check fees; testing
and inspection costs; bonds.

     As soon as reasonably possible after completion of working drawings, Tenant
shall prepare and deliver to Landlord a firm breakdown of Costs.  Landlord shall
deliver its written  approval or disapproval of the Costs to Tenant within three
(3) business days after receipt. If Landlord performs the Tenant Work, the Costs
payable by Tenant which exceed the Construction  Allowance shall be delivered to
Landlord  prior  to  the  date  specified  by  Landlord  for   commencement   of
construction.

     If Tenant  performs the Tenant Work, upon written  request,  Landlord shall
pay Tenant the  Construction  Allowance within thirty (30) days after the latest
date on which any  contractor,  subcontractor,  materialman or laborer of Tenant
may record a valid  mechanics'  lien against the Premises  and/or  Property with
respect to  Tenant's  Work and after the Tenant  has  opened  for  business  and
delivered to Landlord the following:

     1. An executed Tenant's Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit H;

     2. A copy of the "Certificate of Occupancy";

     3.  A  copy  of  Tenant's  recorded,   valid  "Notice  of  Completion,"  if
applicable;

     4. A complete list of the names, addresses,  telephone numbers and contract
amount for all contractors,  subcontractors,  vendors and/or suppliers providing
materials and/or labor for Tenant's Work;

     5. Copies of all invoices from Tenant's contractor, subcontractors, vendors
and/or  suppliers of labor and/or  materials for Tenant's Work, which Tenant has
paid;

     6. Copies of all mechanics' lien releases or other lien releases on account
of  Tenant's  Work,  which  are  notarized,  unconditional  and in such  form as
Landlord shall have approved;

     7. Copies of all building  permits,  indicating  inspection and approval by
the issuer of said permits; and

     8. An architect's  certification that the Premises have been constructed in
accordance  with Tenant's Plans and are one hundred  percent (100%)  complete in
accordance with this Exhibit C.

     The cost of any  additional  work  performed by Landlord for the benefit of
Tenant  shall  be  deducted  from  the   Construction   Allowance   before  said
Construction Allowance is paid to Tenant.

     Should Tenant fail to open for business  within the time limit set forth in
Article 3, Section 3.2 or otherwise be in default of its  obligations  under the
Lease,  or should Tenant fail to request payment of the  Construction  Allowance
within one  hundred  twenty  (120) days after its  opening  for  business,  then
Landlord shall not be obligated to pay Tenant this  Construction  Allowance.  In
the event that the Lease is terminated as a result of Tenant's  default pursuant
to the  provisions  of Article 14 of the Lease,  then,  in addition to all other
damages specified in Section 14.4 of the Lease, Landlord's damages shall include
the  unamortized   cost  of  the   Construction   Allowance,   (amortized  on  a
straight-line  basis over the initial Lease Term) with  interest  thereon at the
interest rate specified in Section 14.7, from the Commencement Date of the Lease
through the date of payment to Landlord.

                                 EXHIBIT 10.136
                              Investment Agreement

                              Investment Agreement

                                    between

        Toys International.com Inc. ("Toys International" or "Company")
                   550 Rancheros Drive, San Marcos, CA 92069

                 Play Co. Toys & Entertainment Corp. ("Playco")
                   550 Rancheros Drive, San Marcos, CA 92069

                              both represented by
        Harold Rashbaum, Chairman of the Board and Rich Brady, President

                       CDMI Capital Corporation ("CDMI")
             P.O. Box 47, Roadtown, Tortola, British Virgin Islands

                           represented by Ilan Arbel

                                      and

                        Concord Effekten AG ("Concord")
               Gro(beta)e Gallusstr. 1 - 7 60311 Frankfurt am Main

                                 represented by

     Dirk Schaper (Chairman of the Board) and Bernd Groebler (Board member)

                                     Preface

     Objective  of  this  Agreement  is  a  Pre-IPO  capital  increase  of  Toys
International  through an investment by Concord and CDMI. Toys  International is
currently a wholly owned  subsidiary of Playco.  Playco is a US public  company,
quoted on the OTC Bulletin  Board,  which is  controlled  by affiliates of CDMI.
After a second  capital  increase,  the shares will be distributed to the public
and Toys  International  will be introduced for trading on the Regulated  Market
("Geregelter  Markt") in the SMAX segment at the Frankfurt Stock  Exchange.  The
date of first listing is planned for 15 October 1999.

I. Participation

     Toys  International  shall issue  660.000 of its common  stock,  $0.001 par
value.  Concord and CDMI agree to each purchase 330.000 shares, for the price of
US$4.24  per  share,  for an  aggregate  value  of  US$1.4  million  each.  Toys
International  agrees  that at the  conclusion  of this  transaction,  the total
issued and outstanding share capital of the Company will be 10 million shares of
common stock issued as follows:

Concord:          330,000 shares (3.3%)
CDMI:                      330,000 shares (3.3%)
Playco            9,340,000 shares (93.4%)

     Concord  shall be  allowed  to sell  part of its  shares  to a  cooperation
partner.

     Playco  may  transfer  25% of its  shares  in Toys  International  to Tudor
Technologies, Inc. ("Tudor"), a British Virgin Islands investment company, which
invested  in  Playco's   original   acquisition   of  certain   assets  of  Toys
International  and  received  an option  over 25% of  Playco's  interest in Toys
International.  The above  transfer may not occur unless Playco secures a voting
rights agreement from Tudor giving Playco the irrevocable  right to vote Tudor's
shares and Tudor agrees to participate in the Voting Trust described below.

     The Company  agrees that it shall not issue any  additional  equity or debt
capital prior to the IPO without the express written approval of Concord.


<PAGE>
II. Voting trust

     Playco,  Concord and CDMI hereby  agree to form a voting  trust  concerning
their shares of Toys International in conformity with the following arrangements
(the "Voting Trust"):

     All shares owned by Playco, Concord and CDMI shall, in regard to the voting
rights arising from these shares,  be committed  until Toys  International  goes
public.  This  shall also apply for new  shares  which the  contracting  parties
obtain in the course of further capital  increases.  The committed  shares shall
remain the separate property of each of the Parties and this Agreement shall not
be construed as establishing  joint or shared  ownership.  In the event of third
parties acquiring shares in Toys  International,  Playco,  Concord and CDMI will
ensure that these new shareholders become parties to the Voting Trust.

     The purpose of the Voting Trust is to assure the  official  listing of Toys
International on the Frankfurt stock exchange and to deal with matters regarding
capital increases and the public offering process.

     The Voting Trust shall be responsible for all issues regarding the official
listing of Toys International on the Frankfurt stock exchange, capital increases
and the public offering process..  This includes,  if necessary,  consulting and
decision-making, and for taking note of all matters incumbent upon it under this
contract, in particular:

     decisions on how the voting rights  controlled by the Voting Trust shall to
be exercised for each agenda item of a planned shareholders' meeting;

     changes to the Voting  Trust,  the admission of new  shareholders,  and the
transfer of shares to third parties, as far as this agreement does not stipulate
the right to have co-investors;

     all other matters relating to the Company and the Voting Trust.

     Meetings of the Voting Trust members ("Trust  Meetings") shall be held upon
invitation of the Trust Representative.  The invitation to a Trust Meeting shall
be issued no later  than  three  days  prior to a  shareholder's  meeting of the
Company. The Trust Representative has the obligation to call for a Trust Meeting
upon written request of Trust members which own no less than 3% of the shares of
Toys International. The invitation to a Trust Meeting shall be in writing, or by
fax, with an invitation  period of two days  (beginning with the day after which
the letter  was  sent).  The day of the Trust  Meeting  is not  included  in the
calculation of the invitation period. In urgent cases, the invitation period can
be shortened to one day. The Trust Meeting may be held by telephone if all Trust
Members are present.

     The Trust  Meeting  shall not have a quorum  until 98% of the entire  share
capital of the Voting Trust is present or regularly represented.  If this is not
the case, the Trust  Representative  shall call a new Trust Meeting which has no
quorum with a shortened invitation period of two days.

     Resolutions  of the Trust may be made in writing if all Trust  Members sign
the resolution.

     Each  Trust  Member has the right to appoint  another  Trust  Member as his
representative by written authorization.  Representation by third parties is not
permitted, except for authorized employees of the Trust Members.

     All  resolutions of the Trust Meeting shall be recorded in writing,  signed
by the Trust Representative, and sent to all Trust Members.

     The Trust  Representative  shall be elected for a period of four years. The
first Trust Representative will be Mr. Harold Rashbaum.

     Resolutions  of the Trust Meeting shall be adopted by a simple  majority of
all exercised  votes, if not otherwise  agreed on in this contract.  Abstentions
are considered as not exercised votes. The voting rights are exercised according
to the number of shares of Toys  International  held by each Trust Member,  with
one share entitled to one vote. The right to vote in the Trust Meeting shall not
exist if one of the parties entitled to such vote cannot exercise such vote in a
Shareholders' Meeting of the Company on the actual resolution topic involved.


<PAGE>
     The following  resolutions of the Trust Meeting relating to decisions about
the  following  issues at a  Shareholders'  Meeting of the  Company  require the
approval of Concord:

     resolutions on all capital increases which take place prior to the IPO, and
resolutions on assuring the public placement;

     resolutions on dividend payments from net profits (ss. 119 Para. 1 No. 2 of
the German Corporation Act "Aktiengesetz")

     resolutions on changes to the articles of incorporation,  including capital
increases and decreases, and on dissolving the company.

     Moreover,  Concord  has a  veto-right  concerning  decisions  of the  Trust
Meeting,  which could,  from Concord's  sole  discretion,  materially  adversely
affect the IPO of Toys International.

     The rights of Concord set forth in Sections  11(a) through (d) shall not be
construed  to give  Concord  any  veto-right  over the  general  operations  and
management of the Company.

     The  Parties  agree that on  request  of not less than 3% of the  committed
shares,  a  shareholders'  meeting can be convened in accordance with ss. 122 of
the Corporation Act "Aktiengesetz".

     The voting  rights of the shares in the Voting  Trust shall be exercised at
the  Shareholder  Meeting  by the Trust  Representative,  unless an  alternative
representative is appointed at the Trust Meeting. The right of the Trust Members
to participate at Shareholder Meetings is not affected by this rule.

     In the event of a shareholder dying, the Voting Trust shall be continued in
regard to the committed  shares with the heirs or survivors  benefiting.  In the
event of bequest through a legacy,  the transfer of the shares involved shall be
conditional on the heirs or survivors entering into this voting trust agreement.

     This Voting Trust  agreement  shall be  deposited  with the Company and the
Company  agrees that any exercise at a Shareholder  Meeting by a Trust Member of
their voting  rights in violation  of this Voting Trust  agreement  shall be not
valid.

     The  provisions  under  this  section  IV will  also be valid for the legal
successors of the parties.

III. Management

     Harold Rashbaum,  Rich Brady and Jim Frakes agree to remain active in their
present functions and positions. This agreement shall be valid for not less than
three years after Toys International goes public, and if the company does not go
public, then at least until December 31, 2004.

IV. Business Plan

     The Business Plan (appendix A) is an integral part of this agreement:

     Toys International agrees, within 28 days after the end of each quarter, to
forward to Concord an internal report  containing actual figures for the quarter
concerned in a comparison with the planned figures (within 6 weeks of the end of
each  quarter,  except  for the year  end,  the  Company  shall  provide  public
quarterly  reports.  Within 90 days from the end of the fiscal  year the Company
shall provide audited  accounts,  unless the Frankfurt  Stock Exchange  requires
other terms).

     If there is a  negative  deviation  of more than 30% in the  resulting  net
income for a quarter in comparison  with the Business  Plan,  Concord shall have
the right to appoint a representative to the Board of Directors.

     Toys International  furthermore agrees to inform Concord  immediately if it
is  foreseeable,  that the monthly planned sales and income figures will be more
than 10% below the expected results.


<PAGE>
V. Warranties

     Toys International hereby represents and warrants to Concord and CDMI as of
the date this contract is entered into that

     Toys International is a corporation duly organized,  validly existing,  and
in corporate good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, USA.

     Toys  International  has all  requisite  corporate  power and  authority to
perform,  and  observe  its  obligations  under  this  Agreement  and any  other
instruments provided for herein and to carry on Toys  International's  business.
Toys  International  represents  and  warrants  that  the  execution,  delivery,
performance  and  observance  of this  Agreement  by it and  each  of the  other
documents or  instruments  delivered by Toys  International  to Concord and CDMI
hereunder  have been duly and  validly  authorized  by all  necessary  corporate
action. Toys International  represents and warrants that this Agreement and such
documents and instruments  have each been duly executed and delivered by it, and
are the legal,  valid, and binding  obligations of it, enforceable against it in
accordance with their terms.

     Toys  International  represents and warrants that neither the execution and
delivery  of  this  Agreement  by  Toys  International  nor  compliance  by Toys
International with the terms and provisions of this Agreement will conflict with
or result in a breach of any of the  terms,  conditions,  or  provisions  of any
contract or other instrument to which Toys  International is a party or by which
Toys  International  is or may be  bound  (including,  without  limitation,  the
Articles  of  Association  of  Toys   International)  or  constitute  a  default
thereunder.

     no   governmental  or  third  party  consents,   approvals,   filings,   or
qualifications  are  necessary  in  connection  with  the  execution,  delivery,
performance,  and  observance  of Toys  International's  obligations  under this
Agreement  or  the  documents  and  instruments  provided  for  herein  by  Toys
International.

     the shares being issued  hereunder  shall be fully paid and  non-assessable
and that there are no third party claims, liens or charges relating to shares of
Toys International,  other than an option owned by Tudor Technologies, Inc. over
25% of Playco's shares in Toys International.

     the issued and outstanding  share capital of Toys  International  following
the  transaction  contemplated  by this  Agreement  shall  consist of 10,000,000
shares of common stock, $0.001 par value.

     Toys International is not overindebted or insolvent.

     to the best of its knowledge,  the last annual financial statements of Toys
International are materially accurate,

     Toys  International  has paid all taxes due, and all tax  liabilities  have
been accurately shown in the financial statements,

     to the best of its  knowledge and belief no hidden  dividend  payments have
been made at Toys International,

     no lawsuits against Toys International are pending,  and Toys International
itself is not conducting any lawsuits against third parties.

     all  approvals  required for Toys  International  business  operations  are
unrestrictedly in place,

     the property of Toys  International  is free of any claims of third parties
(except Finova,  which has a first lien on the assets of the Toys  International
pursuant to its credit facility),  and all approvals are unrestrictedly in place
relating  to   construction   permission,   trade  and   industry   legislation,
environmental statutes and other requirements.


<PAGE>
     Toys International further warrants that it knows of no circumstances which
prior to Toys  International  going  public  might  entail  changes in the above
situations and guarantees.

     Toys  International  refuses to register any transfer of the securities not
made in accordance with the provisions of Regulation S, pursuant to registration
under  the  Act,  or  pursuant  to an  available  exemption  from  registration;
provided,  however, that if German law prevents Toys International from refusing
to  register  securities  transfers,  other  reasonable  procedures  such  as  a
restrictive legend will be implemented to prevent any transfer of the securities
not made in accordance with the provisions of Regulation S.

     Should  the above  listed  representations  and  warranties  be  incorrect,
Concord and CDMI,  irrespective  of further  rights  arising from this contract,
shall be put in the position in which they would be if the  representations  and
warranties  concerned were to be correct.  This above entitlement shall be valid
until three years after the IPO of Toys  International,  or December  31,  2004,
whichever is earlier.

     Concord and CDMI represent and warrant as follows:

     that they are not U.S. persons and are not acquiring the securities for the
account or benefit of any U.S. person;

     That they  agree to resell  such  securities  only in  accordance  with the
provisions of Regulation S under the US Securities  Act of 1933, as amended (the
""Act"),  pursuant to  registration  under the Act, or pursuant to an  available
exemption  from  registration;  and that they  agree  not to  engage in  hedging
transactions with regard to such securities unless in compliance with the Act;

VI. Lock Up

     Playco  agrees,  for a period of six months  after the IPO, and Concord and
CDMI agree  until the IPO,  not to dispose of their  shares,  except as provided
elsewhere in this Agreement.  Any shares not sold by CDMI and Concord in the IPO
shall be bound by the same lock up as Playco.  CDMI  agrees that  Concord  shall
have sole  discretion as to the number of shares sold by CDMI and Concord in the
IPO, provided that they shall be an equal amount.

     The parties  agree,  that the shares  which are locked up according to this
agreement,  shall be deposited on trust in a common lock-up-account of a banking
institution  and shall be  transferred  only according to this  agreement.  This
joint deposit shall not alter anything regarding the parties' separate ownership
of the shares each of them holds. In particular,  this shall not be construed as
establishing any joint or shared ownership.

     On termination of this contract,  the parties may demand  delivery of their
shares.  Shares  which  have to remain on a  security  deposit  for  reasons  of
liability are exempt from this regulation.

     The  lock-up  shall not be  considered  contrary to the right of Concord to
sell shares to one or more co-investors prior to the IPO.

VII. Adjustment of Concord and CDMI shares.

     If the IPO price for the  330.000  shares  each held by Concord and CDMI is
less than $2,8 Million,  Concord and CDMI shall receive  additional  shares from
the Company until the value of the shares held by Concord and CDMI equals an IPO
value of $2,8 Million.  If Toys  International  chooses,  this adjustment may be
paid in cash. Toys International  shall inform Concord and CDMI in writing prior
to the filing of the  prospectus  with the  Deutsche  Borse AG as to whether the
adjustment will be paid in cash or shares.  The adjustment shall be payable with
closing of the IPO.

VIII. Right of withdrawal, consequences of a withdrawal


<PAGE>
     CDMI and Concord  shall be entitled  to withdraw  from this  contract if by
April  1,  2000,  the  capital  increase  required  for the  IPO  has  not  been
implemented  for reasons  within the  responsibility  of Toys  International  or
Playco.

     Concord  and CDMI can,  not  affecting  other  rights,  withdraw  from this
contract prior to Toys International going public:

     if Toys  International is in breach of any representation or warranty under
Section V.

     if a comparison  between the business plan and the actual quarterly figures
reveals  negative  deviations  of 30 % or more,  or in the  case of any  similar
negative  deviation of figures which have been authorized by Toys  International
for being published prior to the IPO.

     If the market valuation of the Company at the IPO is less than $50 million.

     if the proceeds of the pre-IPO  investment is not utilised according to the
provisions of the Engagement Letter dated June 14, 1999.

     The withdrawal shall be declared by registered  letter given 30 days notice
and specifying the reasons for the withdrawal.

     If Concord and/or CDMI should  withdraw for the reasons  specified in No. 1
and/or No. 2 above,  Toys  International  agrees to repay  Concord  and/or  CDMI
assignment of the shares to Toys International.

     Following withdrawal from this contract by CDMI or Concord, they shall have
no rights  or  duties  whatsoever  any  longer  under  this  contract,  with the
exception of the  above-mentioned  obligations.  Concord and CDMI's rights under
Section V(2) shall remain unaffected by a right of withdrawal.


Other provisions

     Changes and supplements to this contract must be made in writing.

     In case one or more provisions of this Contract are rendered ineffective or
contestable,  the validity of the other provisions will not be affected. In this
case, a valid regulation will replace the ineffective and contestable provisions
having a similar economic  purpose to the ineffective or contestable  provision.
The same applies in case the Contract contains a gap.

     This  contract is subject to the laws of the  Federal  Republic of Germany.
International  Laws shall not apply.  The place of  jurisdiction is Frankfurt am
Main.

     XII. Term of Contract

     This  contract  shall  begin upon the  signing by the parties and shall end
three years after Toys  International  going public, but not later than December
31, 2004.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                           <C>
For CDMI:                                                     For Concord:

Frankfurt a.m.. the . . . . . . . . .                         Frankfurt a.m., the . . . . . . . . .


- --------------------------                                    ----------------           ----------------
Ilan Arbel                                                    Bernd Groebler             Markus Saller
                                                              Vorstand                   Prokurist


For Toys International:                                       For Playco:


- -----------------------------------                           -----------------------------------
Harold Rashbaum, Chairman of the Board                        Harold Rashbaum, Chairman of the Board



- --------------------------------                              --------------------------------
Richard Brady, Director and President                         Richard Brady, Director and President

</TABLE>


                                  EXHIBIT 21.1
                                  Subsidiaries



Toys International.COM, Inc.
State of Incorporation: Delaware

Name(s) under which does business: Play Co. Toys International, Toy Co.,
Tutti Animali

Play Co. Toys Canyon Country, Inc.
State of Incorporation: Delaware
Name(s) under which does business: Play Co.







                                  EXHIBIT 23.1
                         Consent of Haskell & White, LLP







               CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS



     We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus  constituting a part of this
Registration  Statement  of our report  dated  June 24,  1999,  relating  to the
financial  statements of Play Co. Toys & Entertainment Corp. which are contained
in that Prospectus.

     We also consent to the  reference to us under the caption  "Experts" in the
Prospectus.



                               HASKELL & WHITE LLP


September 15, 1999







© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission